The Complete Collected Works

on this Revolutionary Healing Art

by the Originator of the System

For the first time, the original books on Polarity Therapy-

a healing science based on living energy fields - are gathered into two volumes,
easily accessible to students and practitioners of all the healing arts.

VOLUME TWO
Health/Bodywork Volume Two

Polarity Therapy is a healing science based on living energy fields which acknowledges and includes
all dimensions of a human being: physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual. Polarity Therapy is a way of work­
ing with the fundamental energie's of life, a way of bringing these energies into a state of balance and free
1
flow throughout the entire hu n energy field. It is an open-ended system that draws from many healing
traditions, Western and Eastern, ancient and modern, to form a remarkably integrated and powerfully effec­
tive healing art.

This book is a goldmine of both energy-balancing principles and numerous therapeutic techniques that
practitioners of all the healing arts can employ. In fact, Polarity Therapy clarifies and elaborates the underlying
principles of many other healing systems. In addition, since Polarity Therapy incorporates the universal prin­
ciples of many ancient traditions and recognizes self-development as crucial for health, Polarity Therapy can
also reveal to truth-seekers some of the keys to the eternal mysteries of human life. Dr. Stone's view is that
the human body is the temple of the Creative Power of Life and that it contains the secrets that all human
aspirations point toward.

This sewn-binding edition opens flat for easy use without falling apart, allowing the reader to study
the numerous charts conveniently. This two-volume set constitutes the original writings upon which Polari­
ty Therapy was founded and is required reading for students and practitioners of all the healing arts, especially
those which employ manual techniques or energy-balancing procedures. Polarity Therapy is currently being
used by practitioners whose work focuses on postural alignment, psychotherapy, chiropractic, osteopathy,
many types of massage, physical therapy, sports injuries, dance, yoga, and many other forms of therapy and
bodywork.

Volume II of this two-volume set includes the following major works by Dr. Stone and is reproduced from
the original first editions:
The Mysterious Sacrum
Vitality Balance
Evolutionary Energy Charts
Polarity Therapy P rinciple s and Practice

DR. RANDOLPH STONE was born in Austria in 1890 and emigrated tq the United States in 1903.
He lived to be 91 years of age and was living proof of his health ideas, actively traveling and teaching
into his old age with energy, inspiration, and enthusiasm. He studied ever y major healing art, earn­
ing Doctors' degrees in Osteopathy, Chiropractic, and Naturopathy. He practiced for over 60 years,
all the while experimenting with innumerable diets, exercise programs, and therapeutic methods
in a constant search for the most effective ways of achieving and maintaining health. His books
synthesize the discoveries of a lifetime of study, experiment, and research. Dr. Stone is regarded
by many as a uniquely inspired pioneer in the healing arts who was far ahead of his time.

"As I grow older in my work. I keep discovering the profound influence that Dr, Stone's explorations have
had on my development and on the growth of my colleagues, His work was truly pioneering, I think he is
the father of a new field of energetic studies,"
- DL Robert K Hall. M,D.
Lomi School. Mill Valley. CA

"The study and application of I)r, Stone's Polarity Therapy has enabled my clinical and research work to
evolve into broader and more encompassing dimensions of healing. The synthesis of his teachings truly
builds a foundation for a unified concept of health and the healing arts."
-Dr. James Z. Said. D.C .. N.D.

ISBN 978-1-57067-080-0
CRCS WELLNESS BOOKS 5450 0>
Distributed in North America by
BOOK PUBLISHING CO.
P.O. Box 99
Summertown, TN 38483 $45 9 781570 670800
DR.. RANDOLPH STONE'S

The Complete Collected Works

VOLUME TWO

CRCS WELLNESS BOOKS

Distributed in North America by
BOOK PUBLISHING CO.
P.O. Box 99
Summertown, TN 38483
(Telephone: 931-964-3571)
Dr. Stone lecturing at a seminar in California in the
early 1970's, when he was well past 80 years of age.
 THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM
The Key to
Body Structure & Function

A Course in Structural Balance

Based upon
The Energy Fields in Man

Illustrated by Harlan Tarbell, D.N.

BOOK IV
of Dr. Stone's Complete Collected Works on Polarity Therapy
 INTRODUCTION

After years of research and writing on the subject of Health and various types of therapy, a
thought occurred to me to condense a few of the outstanding features into a small book for busy
doctors to enable them to test and prove these findings for themselves in actual practice.

It is my earnest endeavor to share these priceless gems of R)LARITY PRINCIPLES AND

THERAPY with other doctors who are interested in deeper research as well as finer and more
effective applications for the benefit of their patients.

Every doctor wants results and help for his patients by means of the simplest and best
methods. And I know from experience that many doctors live for that ideal and purpose. With this
in mind, I have selected a f ew charts from my three courses for reprint in this book, added some
of the latest findings, including new charts to present these values in a condensed form.

Three things are mainly stressed in this book:

1 The sacrum as the foundation and key for spinal correction according to POLARITY PRINCI­
PLES.

2 - The over-all picture of the physiological short leg and its instant response to POLARITY
THERAPY.

3 - The heart and how to apply POLARITY THERAPY for release of blocks of obstruction in the
� gy fields of wireless circuits.

It is my hope that the application of the principles and techniques illustrated and described
10 this book will enable the reader to render more effective service and with much less strain on
himself than he is exerting at present without obtaining such good results. I humbly dare to ex­
press this hope because this has proved to be the case with a number of doctors from various
places in the United States who have read my other books and taken personal courses of instruc ­
tion here.

Yours for better service

and deeper understandin g,

The Author
 CONTENTS

New Reprint
Chart Chart Page
No. No. Subject No.

Introduction ....... 1

The Mysterious Sacrum 3

1 The Sacrum as the Keystone and Foundatio n for the Normal and Abnormal
Curves of the Spinal Column. ................ . .... . .. . . 5

Explanation of Chart No.1 6

11 (from book III) Perfect Body Polarity and Gr avity Lines on the Test Board 7

Comments on Chart No.11 Reprinted from Book III 8

2 Superior and Inferior Polarity Relationships ..... 10

Explanation of Chart No. 2 . .. . .............. . .... . . 11

11 (from book II) Energy Therapy Chart of the Lines of Force of the
Interlaced Triangle ............................ 14

Comments on Chart No. 11 R eprinted from Book II 15

13 (from book II) A Geometric Relationsh ip of lines of Force of Energy

Currents, Gravity and Weight Bearing Surfaces of the Body .... 17

3 Sacrum Distorted Laterally with a Crease in the Tissue on the High Base
Side, and a Compensatory Spinal Curve Opposit e ............. . 18

Explanation of Chart No. 3 ................. . 19

4 Th e High or Posterior Side of the Body with Contacts for Correcting same;
also Innominate and Heel Contacts and Corrections ............ . 20

Explanation of Chart No. 4 ................. . 21

14 (from book III) Correction of the Sacrum for Laterality and Anterior
Base Correction 22

Comments on Chart No. 14 Reprinted from Book III 23

20 (from book III) Pelvic Polarity Corrections according to the lines of

Tension and Tenderness found in the Fibers of the Gluteus Muscles 24

Comments on Chart No. 20 Reprinted from Book III ...... 25

18 (from book II) Measuring the Legs for Comparative Length to

determine the side of the most C ontracted Electromagnetic Circuit
which is one definite measure of Imbalance, distinct from Gravity 26
 CONTENTS

New Reprint
Chart Chart Page
No. No. Subject No.

Comments on Chart No. 18 Reprinted from Book II n

5 The Cause of the Short Leg and its Physiological Reaction 28

Explanation of Chart No. 5 ................ .... .

Heart Trouble and its Psycho-Physiological Release Through

Polarity Therapy ............................ 30

6 Polarity Therapy A pplied to the Extremities for Heart Trouble 32

Explanation of Chart No. 6 ...................... . 33

7 Brachial Plexus and Occipital Release as a specific for Respiration,

Circulation, Heart and Dig estion 35

Explanation of Chart No.7 36

8 Polarity Therapy for Heart Conditions - Releasing the Energy Blocks in

Heart Trouble by Polarity Technique with Diaphragm and Shoulder
Contacts 37

Explanation of Chart No.8 . .... ................... .. .. 38

9 Contacts under the Sternum with corresponding Polarity Contacts on the

Cardiac Stability Center of the Head, the Pituitary Region of t he
Forehead, and one over the relaxing center of the Jaw ...... . 40

Explanation of Chart No. 9 ................... . 41

10 Polarity Relationship Established in Fetal Life as the basis of

Polarity Exercises for Heart and Digestion ........... 42

Explanation of Chart No.10 ............ . 43

11 Polarity Exercise for Diaphragm release through its Crura attachments and
by Toning the Psoas, Iliacus and Abd ominal Muscles ............ 45

Explanation of Chart No. 11 ........ . .... ........ . 46

12 Polarity Exercise for the release of the Brachial Plexus and

Neck Tension ....... 47

Explanation of Chart No. 12 . 48

13 Release of Pattern Energy Blocks in the Cerebrospinal Fl uid an d

Structural Bipolar Release of Respiratory Muscles ........ 49

Explanation of Chart No. 13, Including Summary ..... 50

 Volume Page 13

THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

All research in the healing art is bent on finding the "open Sesame" which will unlock the
door to the mystery of life in the body of man. The health of patients is the concern and the prob­
lem of doctors, no matter what type of therapy they may employ.

"Specifics" is the cry of the day; do the one thing which does all. But Nature does not
respond that way. Life is a mystery. All motion is triune. Nothing in the manifested universe is
an independent unit. The lesser depends on the greatel', and the superior rests on the inferior.

Structure has a physical basis in gravity and mechanics, and a p_§ychological one in the life
which inhabits this form or body. The important question is does the form rule the life or does the
life rule the form? Where shall our emphasis be in order to reach the one point where our effort is
most effective?

Is the superstructure more important than the foundation? Are we really trying to influence
the Life Current, or the structural position of the key vertebra, the atlas?

If it is the Life Currents wh ich we are trying to influence, then the superior pole is the most
influential one. But, if it is structure, then the inferior pole or the foundation will be more in line
with the proposition and with the principle of gravity pull.

Life flows from above dow nward, and structure supports function from below upward. Life is
the first impulse. Reaction is the second wave, which must return to make a circle or a circuit
of energy flow as CAUSE AND EFFECT, or positive and negative poles of the current.

Life must flow to express itself. Currents must conduct this energy from pole to pole as in
any electrical field. The structure is the field through which the energy must flow and support the
pattern and forms of energy fields of w hich the booy is composed.

In the study of the entire bony structure of the body, the sacrum is the most vital and the most
neglected bone. The spine has been given consideration by many schools. Lately, even the bones
of the skull have received a lot of attention, because the polarity impulses of life through the
bones, as electromagnetic fields, have yielded results hitherto unsuspected.

The cranial bones had been considered immovable because of the dovetailed sutures, by
even the most enthusiastic doctors who adjusted other bones successfully. The fact that life

breathes in the body, which in turn must expand and contract in rhythmic response through �y
body cell, had been totally overlooked.

The mechanics of the structure had completely overshadowed the life in it as the main actor
of all function. Life does not depend on mechanics, but it activates the mechanical levers thus
built for overcoming gravity. When the leverage system becomes useless or inoperative through
trauma, then life stands still, lies dormant, or departs. The manifestation of life is only condi­
tioned by mechanics and leverages as well as by gravity. Life overcomes gravity by leverage of
bones and joints, through muscles and tendons which it operates. Structural limitations and trau­
ma are life's limits in motion and function.

Electromagnetic currents are the circuits which act like wheels in the body's finer functions,

3
 THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

which are both, wireless and conducted currents, as step-down specific duties relay ed through the
brain's telephone system.

The over-all picture 1s that of waves of wireless function. The s pecific functions are
through nerves as conducted energy currents. Matter itself proves this in the atom and in the solar
systems and their planets. Why not in man? Are the words which hurt cruel ly, conducted by
nerves? Are love and life tied to wires?
 Volume Page 15

CHART NO. J. THE SACRUM AS THE KEYSTONE AND

-DUN DATION FOR THE NORMAL AND ABNORMAL
CURVES OF THE SPJNALCOLUMN.

'
'

/
,
,
,
/
Fig. 3

'
'
'
' ·

Fig. 2
Fig. 4
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 1

FIGURE 1 represents a normal sacrum with a horizontal line across the surface of its base.
This is an inverted triangle and serves as the level weight bearing line of the entire spinal column
and its structure. The line is important and has to do with tilts, laterality and inferiority of the
base as a whole or on one side.

FIGURE 2 shows the sacrum and spinal column intact, with a vertical line plus the hori­
zontal one, which have become diagonal lines on the chart to bring out the effect of a lateral tilt
more clearly.

FIGURE 3 is a drawing of the articulating surface of the sacrum with the innominate bone.
The lines of stress are clearly given as a cross through the center of this articulation. This line
has to do with anteriority, posteriority and twists of the sacrum between the innominates.

The sacrum is a key wedge between the two innominate bones, like the keystone in an arc h,
between the two pillars on which this arch rests. It is the most vital structure in its position and
effect in this part of the body.

FIGURE 4 portrays the sacrum and the spine with two stress lines which indicate its anteri­
or or posterior position.

With this clear picture of the normal sacrum in mind and the simple lines of normal position­
ing, we can proceed to an over-all view of this norm in relation to the w hole human body. It is
necessary for the trained eye of the good doctor to see this relationship of the patient �gainst some
fixed background by which he can detect abnormalities. Even in taking x-ray pictures in the up­
right position, this precise arrangement, to the lines of gravity, is very important.
 Volume Page 17

PERFECT
CHAR-I NO.I I.
BODY POLARITY AND
GRAVITY LINES ON THE
TEST BOARD.

7
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

COMMENTS ON REPRINT OF CHART NO. 11 FROM BOOK Ill

This is an exact presentation of a normal figure on a simple platform of a square, to keep

the heels exactly in line and square with a ve rtical gravity line.

Such a background reveals much at a glance to a trained eye. It indicates the proportion of
individual polaritx..parts to the whole structure and to gc:avity_pull. The three horizontal lines tell
much of the three bases of the entire structure:

1 - The line across the shoulders as the superior base or level of action for arms and neck, and
its relation to the other lines of balance and support below.

2 - The sacral base line, or a line straight through the center of the sacral articula tion shown
here, supports the structure above and should be parallel with the two other horizontal lines.

This line is a vital structural line, tied up with the function of the motor impulses of the
watery essence of the pelvis, as described in detail in book III and mentioned in the other
books.

3 - The third horizontal line is the one below the buttocks which are important muscular centers
of tone and energy of vital force. The buttocks express the sensory action and tone of the
individual's over-all vital reserve. (The positive pole of this same vital inherited reserve
energy is expressed in the lower lobes of the ears.)

When one buttock is lower than the other, it can be due to a sacral tilt laterally, if the tone of
the muscles is good. But if the buttocks are relaxed and merely hang, there is not enough
vital force for normal reaction and such cases respond slowly to correction. However, if only
one buttock is relaxed below the level of the other in better tone, then a better and quicker
response is possible through corrective POLARITY BALANCING, which may improve the
over-all picture of the body.

4- The central vertical line is the upright of the spine, which must be in line. Externally, it is
of structural importance. Centrally, it is of the greatest vital importance to all function through
the finest essence in the body, which flows in the center of the spinal cord called "Shushumna".

The essences of the psychological energies and the physiological ones have their m eeting
ground here. (See page 5 of book I). The vertical line represents the one river of life, flowing
out of Paradise, which splits into four rivers of energy in the body, and waters and supplies
it just as the rivers do the earth. This is the neuter energy of the etheric essence which flows
in the center of the body in its circuit from the head to the thumbs of the hands and the two
great toes of the feet. Like the thumb as one member opp oses four fingers and supports them
in all action and skill, so does this one central current suppo rt all the other currents in the
body. It is explained by Nature in our own hands, if we can but read it t here.

5 - The two diagonal lines which go across the ba ck, explain much in diagnosis and relationship,
as shown in chart No. 4 of this book. The cro ssing point is directly over the space between
the second and third lumbar vertebrae, which is the exact center of weight and balance in the
body when placed on a scale.

It is only when these lines balance that they cross in the cen ter between the second and third

8
 Volume Page 19

COMMENTS ON REPRINT OF CHART NO. 11 FROM BOOK Ill

5 - lumbar vertebrae. If one shoulder is superior or posterior, these lines are displa ced from the
perfect relationship shown here. Knowin g the normal, the abnormal in all its variations c an be
seen at a glance.

Pos teriority on one side m eans anteriority on the other s ide at the same level and dia gonally
across the back, following the lines. Plus or posterior at the top indicates a minus anterior
on the opposite bottom, following the same dia gonal line. This is present in m ost cases where
the twist or distortion is not too complicated, or compens ated by time a nd Nature's resistance
to this torque of stress and structural strain, or internal pull of imbalance.

Having thoroughly illustrated the normal sacrum in its various relations and functions, it
should be eas y to compare the abnormal sacrum and correct its position, Polarity relationship, and
current flow.
BOOK N: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHARI N0.2. SUPERIOR AND INFERIOR POLARITY

RELATIONSH' PS.

MIND ENERGY IS IHE PRIMAL

GEOt-'\ETRIC PAITERN E:NER6Y
OF DESIGNS AND RELATIONSI41PS
W�l<..i-4 OPE.RATE.INTl-tECEREBRO
SPINAL FLUID IN T�E BRAIN
AND IN T'4E. NERVES.

' I
'

'B Bl
I I
.A'I
I
lA
I I
'
'
I
I
I
Fig. 2
'
I
I

TJ..4E GYROSCOPIC.
ACTION OF BALANCE
INTHEBODY.

114E SACRUM IS T�E

OPPOSITE POLE TO T)..tE
B�AIN EXPRESSING
ACTION AND STRUCTURAL
BALANCE.

Fig.

SEE CHART 13, BOOK :3.

10
 Volume Page 21

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 2

Here a deeper relationship of parts is shown, like an ex-ray of lines of force and stress in
the body, which move in exact proportion and angle to every exertion and motion of the body.

The superior acts on the inferior and the inferior supports and reacts on the superior pole.
Internal lines of force support structure in the atomic relationship of matter, as energy lines of
stress or strain. These are stepped down to physiological functions and requirements and become
mechanical factors in the law of motion and gravity.

Every joint is an "X" or cross-over point of such energy, to make it a pliable, moving unit
for the leverage of bones. The sinews and muscles act as cables to operate this human machine.
Expansion and contraction are the waves of motion of this electroma gnetic energy which flows
over the muscles in every exertion.

Finer wireless currents are the essence of energy which built the wires and tubes for special
conduction in fluids of stepped-down potentials for specific purposes and local effect. The cere­
brospinal fluid of the brain, in the meninges of the cord and in the center of the nerves is such a
medium for conduction of the AIRY PATT ERN ENERGY OF THE MIND over this intricate network.
The brain is the switchboard where expansion in fibers makes contact and contraction breaks it.
This arrangement is called the synapse in the brain and nerve tissue.

Mind itself is the energy which flows over this network to give intelligence and sensitive
touch to cells and the automatic centers of cellular structure to carry on selective work of absorp­
tion, secretion and elimination. Polarity principles are at work here as mind energy, in attraction
and repulsion of substances as patterns of like or unlike energy fields. Like the spinning elec­
trons are unstable in number, so the attraction in each center governs the building blocks of the
material which it uses.

THE SAME PRINCIPLE OF POLARITY WHICH IS RECOGNIZED IN CHEMISTRY IS USED

IN POLARITY THERAPY as a balancing force, directed and distributed in fields where operation
was blocked by opposite currents. The idea of a finer field of energy back of the grosser body
and parts, like the broadcasting waves in our radio box or television set, through light and sound
waves, is behind this POLARITY VIEWPOINT AND THERAPY when understood.

We take all this for granted wh en we push the buttons of our radio or television set, where
sound and light waves operate. Do these not also function in man, or has he no speech nor sight
to function with? Our minds have been outward bound and conditioned by machines which we built
and, like Frankensteins in the fable, they control us now because we only believe the machines.
Any direct preception not demonstrable by external measures and man-made machines is not scien ­

tifically acceptable today. How the cent er and standard of man has shifted from h is r eal center
to the circumference entirely, is the sixty-four dollar question. And the return series is even at a
higher premium!

The depth of this perception of energy operating in man is one of the things necessary in
making a POLARITY THERAPY DIAGNOSIS of wireless waves and lines of stress which operate
the human body, of the being called man, the soul who occupies the house consisting of the mortal
body.

A real doctor must see deeper than mere solid matter which has no life nor sensation if he

11
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 2

wishes to t reat the patient and not merely the shell. Life is the actor. The form is dead the mo·
ment life departs. Then what do we treat?

Structural correction must be based upon living energy fields and parts of the body, to link
them to life itself and to the being of man who lives in this house of clay called the body.

When the life principle of man is uncomfortable in this house, it means that his energy i s
not able to pass out over his own fields and parts to operate and nourish them. Something much
finer than mere mechanics or gross chemistry has gone wrong.

But where is the physician or the "Daniel" who can interpret this handwriting on the walls
of the tissues of the body? Where and why! is the patient's cry. And who shall answer the finer
demands of life and its energies by gross measures only?

Is there no comm on denominator or universal solvent between the fine and the gross action
and remedies? Yes, it is THE POLARITY PRINCIPLE which operates in things, fine and g�
�y:where. All are within its bounty,but know it not. It is there and always was, but it has been
lost to man's understanding. The outer attractions have lured man's consci ousness completely
away from an understanding of his own inner life and finer interests.

Having presented a very brief picture of Life's Pattern Energy operating within the nervous
system, and bypassing a similar story in the Life Energy of the blood as the inner warmth and fire
of life itself, plus the vital Energy of the Water Principle in the pel vis, as they are fully explained
in book III, we shall continue with the explanation of this chart.

No one would believe that so much could be seen in one perfect figure of relationship of
fields and lines of force in one body . The old Japanese proverb:

A line for the ocean,

A curve for the shore,
The will to refrain
And the skill to do more.

applies here, so our treatise will not be too long.

The symbolic picture of a kite or a poor semblance of a gyroscope depicted on this chart,
JOinS two triangles into a diamo nd-shaped figure. The upper, broader and s horter triangle repre·
sents the occipital bone and the brain centers which it covers in their automatic, gyroscopic, self·
balancing and preserving action. It is the positive pole of this triangle.

The lower, longer triangle, with its base upward, joining the upper triangle, represents the
sacrum, its preservative generative energy locked in the cerebrospinal fluid within the meninges,
in the expanded upper portion of the sacrum.

The vertical and the horizontal lines on this chart are the major indicators of this important
relationship of these two bones in their action and reaction. It is a clear geometric presentation
of which much could be said. "As above, so below" expresses it briefly.

12
 Volume Page 23

EXPLAHA TIOH OF CHART HO. 2

LINE "A" connects the middle of the shoulder with the sacral base and apex on each side.

LINE "B" connects the mandibular joint with the 'hip joint, and the temporal bone above
'

with the ear-shaped innomin ate bone below.

LINE "C" connects the occipital atlas articulation with the sacral articulation in a hori­
zontal rel ationship across the base, the vertical relationship being in the center of the sacral arti­
culation, with the innominate bone on each side. These lines are cle arly shown in chart No. 1 in
this book.

A preci se knowledge of the body's energy fields and its psychophysiological current flow is
a treasure in any man's possess ion. It will serve where other things have fa iled. This can be
easily attained through d iligent stud y and application of the Polarity Principles and Therapy in
their triune function.
BOOK IV: THE MYSfERIOUS SACRUM

ENERGY
THERAPY CHART OF THE LINES OF FORCE
CHART NO.JI
OF THE INTERLACED TRIANGLE
SP�CE OF SPIRITUAL. INFLUX PICTUR�I) A� ATHENA
IN THE HE�D OF Z.EUS
PUBIC REFLEXES
CREATIONOF IDEA!i ABO\/E
ONE BASE �����s
ABOVE AS TH �
t7�����f rse�e�',...77"'71 THE. UPPER.
POStiiVE POLE TRIANGLE CoN\/E't'S
THE FIERY EWERGY
THE BASE OF �==:T:i��'*'"-==,., II-IE UVULA � OF THE !-lEAD DOWN­
T14E UPPER +POL£ INSIDE WA�D A5 WARt-'111-t
TRIAI-I6LE OF MJO Ll6HT FOR
INNER ENERGY DIRECTION OF
1.5 TI-lE LIF� FORCE MOTIOf./. IT ALSO
T.HE. DIAPI-IRA6M
WITI-' ITS POSTER­ AS THE 0 NEUTER CONVE'IS TH(;:
IOR+ SUPERIOR FUNCTIONING Ll F'E. ENE RG'{
POLE 11-J THC POLE OF BR.E.ATI-l AND
MEDULLA AIR MI)(Ej) INTHE.
OBLONGATA. CAJ\.�URETOR
II �E.FL..EC.T5 THE REC.TlJM OF 11-'E '"'EART
VITAL ENEP-6'( AS T14E- NE6Aii\IE AIIID DISTRIBUTED
TE�!'>JON A'-10 FUNC.TIUNit-.�6 Tf.\ROUG� THE
6RP.VIT'( 6'1' POL-E C.IRCULATION OF
THE POSITION TI.\E 6LOOD TO
OFTHEHEAO EVER'{ ctU IN
ONE BASE TI-\E 8001{ I<E-EP­
TI-lt:: SASE OF ItJG TI-\EM AUVE.
Tl-1-15 LOWER
�BELOW AS
THIS E:NERGY
TRtP.I'JGLE IS T�E lHE. NEGATIVE IMPVLSE IS T�E
VITAL FORCE..
IT IS A 1'11.)(TURE POLE AND ENERGY PUS'"' 6EHINP
TI-lE CIRC.ULATION.
OF COSMIC WP.TER. RESERVE tN
AND EARIH E.IJERG'i
WHICH R�A(.T5 TO THE SACRUM
GRAVITY B't T�E.
POSITION OF RELA"TIDN51·liPOF ENER6Y LI�ES AND GRAVITY
TI4-E SAC�Ut-1 STRESS IN IHE PELVIS. THROUGH TUIS FLUID
WrTI-IIN TI-lE SAC.RUM THE INOIVIDUAL VITAL FORCE PURP..MATER
WHc� TI-llS SLEEPING
FOR<.E IS LIFTED UP RELATES TO EARTHINESS AND JOINS WIT.. GR.AVIT"(
TO Tijf BRAIN IT.S ATTRACTION �;::;� ;;;:;; .....
BY INTENSE TO EARTH Tt·tt S ENfR6'(
C.ONCEN­ BE�MI!!:S
TRATION THE 80w'OF
AND
PEVOTION THE ARCHER
THE �� Dl: •..-,. .:.:.:·:··11:·:·:· SAGITARIUS
POWE THROV6f-\ TI-lE.
MCEHO� ,.,..,,.."..........."' E)I..PRE.SSION
OIIITJ.l£TREE' OF FORCI:: IN
Of LI�E WMEIIICE THE THIGHS
IT CA�E..THIS DIRECIE'D
Ef>JER6Y 'Jl.lEI'J UPW.AROOR
AWAI<fi,IS TH£ DOW).� WARD
LATENT SLEEPII-lG A'ltJ AIIICIENT
FORGE IN T�E PICTURE OF
PIHf.AL GLAND (niE
PINE CONE. Ce�TER)
KUI-JOII.LINI THE
AND UNI"'LDS THE FORC.E AS 11-\E
PATiER.N OF CO.SHIC. \::::::::::::'::�-f'..:·:·:·:·: SLEEPING VITAL (/SACRUM
CONSCIOU5NE.S5, ENE�GYINTH�SACRUM
SEAT OF
COILED UP
ENER6V
NOTE ENL�RGI::D
5PAC.!; IN T�E
Dt.JRA 1"1AIER TO
HOLD CEREBRO
SPINAL FLUIDS

14
 Volume Page 25

COMMENTS ON CHART NO. 11 REPRINTED FROM BOOK II

This chart endeavored to illustrate in geometric outlines, some of the psychophysiological

principl es which are also presented in chart No. 4 of book III.

An interior and posterior view of the human body is given in figures 1 and 2, with the inter­
laced triangle of the "Seal of Solomon the King" (the dweller in the body ) placed correctly in the
house of God (the human body). The temple built by King Solomon contained great mystery and'
symbolic meaning.

Posteriorly, the base of the upper triangle cuts through the foramen magnum of the occipital
bone, the ring of Solomon, where the automatic or magic actions ta ke place, which build and pre­
serve the temple not built by the hand of man.

The apex of this triangle dips into the very center of the sacral fluid, at a point midway
between its articulating center on each side. The above and below unite in a synchronized triune
action of this triangle. This is one of the secrets of Sol omon, the king who lives in this temple
but has lost the key to the secret.

The other triangle has its base in the pelvis, and its line crosses the exact center of the
sacral articulations and touches the point of the upper triangle in the middle of the cerebrospinal
fluid in the center. This is the "living geometry of life's vital force" as motor energy in the sa­
crum. It is symbolized by a cobra, ready to strike, and is called the "Kundalini" in the Tantric
philosophy of India. (See figure 5 near the bottom of this chart.)

The a pex of this triangle joins the center of the cord about in the floor of the fourth ventri­
cle, in the medulla oblongata, where the center of the automatic life energy s eems to o perate.
Again, this shows that our mere structural relationship of bones and tissues and muscles is not
the "secret of the king" who is vitality and life itself in the body of clay. It definitely points to
a deeper relationship, latent in the structure of the sacrum, to that of the automatic l ife center.

Figure 2 illustrates the same relationship in front of the body, by the proper placing of Solo ­
mon's triangles. The base of the upper triangle cuts through the seat of the c enter of conscious­
ness, a point between the eyebrows. This is the sensory center of mind function, as perception,
through mind and light waves. This becomes the fire in the eyes, as the positive pole, and the
heat that digests food in the neuter pole of the abdomen, and it becomes the motion center of run­
ning, expressed in the thighs as the negative pole. It is all linked together as "seeing, preserv­
ing, nourishing and motion", to prevent the body from running into danger.

This a pex goes to the very center of the pubic bone and becomes the involuting vital perser­
vative and regenerative energy consciousness which not o nly preserves and nourishes the body but
is instrumental in continuing the line of the specie.

The lower anterior triangle has its base at the apex center of the upper one and dips lower
in front in the pelvis to cross the pubic arch, below the great trochanters of the femur. Its upper
p oint is at the center of consciousness, between the eyebrows, as mentioned before, where it
crosses the base line of the superior triangle and leaves a wedge-like space in the brain area,
where the goddess of WISDOM, also known as Pallas Athena , or M inerva resides in the golden­
locked head of Zeus or Jupiter. This may be a myth but, strange to say, all the spiritual faculties
of man are exactly related to this central upper area of the brain.

15
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

COMMENTS ON CHART NO. 11 REPRINTED FROM BOOK II

The areas on each side of the head are f or mental faculties and body reflexes from each sid e ,
physically. The physical motor type energies are located in the back and lower portion of the
brain.

Again we have a triune arrangement, even in the brain areas of function, bro ught out by geo­
metric energy lines known by the Greeks, Egyptians, the wise men of India and other countries.

16
 Volume Page 27

CHART NO. J3. A GEOtv1ETRIC RELATIONSHIP OF LINES OF FORCE

OF ENERGY CURRENTS, GRAVITY AND WEIGHT
BEARING SURFACES OF THE BODY.

THE RELATIONSHIP m: THE HEAD TO THE: IWO ARTIC.ULAIIN6 SURFACES OF

THE PELVIS IS A VITAL ONE OFA I�E 5AC.RUM AND ILIUM 1-\A\IE A
POSITIVE lOA NEGAIIVE Pou::. DIREC..T BEARING AND RELAIIONSI-\IP
THE DOITED LINES ARE TI-\E ON T�E CONDYLES OF THE. OCCIPUT
POLARI'Z.ED DUAL BRAIN CURRENIS AND IHI=-ATLA5. TI-\E SUPERIOR REST:S
OF THE CADUCEUS, CROSSING ON 11-lE INFERIOR .S'< GRAVITY PULL.
OVER IN EVERY CENTER. AND IT IS ALSO UNDER STRESS OF REACTIONS
PRODUCING .ACTI ON5 At-.1 D REACTIOt-.15. FROt-11 ITS OWN POLARIIY AND REFLEX
THESE 1-INC.S OF.5TRES.S GAN BE C.URR.E"-l15 Ol= TI-\E ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
SEEN IN 11-\E MUSCULATURE OF FIELDS IN THE 800Y EVEN WI-\EN RESTING.
11-\E BAC..K IN IP-RE6ULAR C.ROSS­ EAC.H OF THE. FIVE OVAL AND FUNCT10�1N6
OVE.R PATTER.t-JS OFTENSIONS. CAVITIES At-JD CENTERS CAN PI<ODUCE
1"HE C.AUSE.S MAY BE INIH6. PELVIS DEFINITE BLOCKS ANDR�FLE)<..ES.
OR FOUND ANIERIORLY AS JVIENIAL DI5TRIBUTIN6 WA\I'E.S CAN
FUNCTIONAL REF=LE)(ES C.ROSStNC:. PRODUCE BLOCK$ AN'{\NHERE E5PECIALL'(
OVER 10 THE SUPERIOR AND IN '"THE VITAL C.ENTRAL.AX\5 .TI-\E..SE. t:\L50
POSTERIOR. BOTH CAN BE c..AN 6E TRACED AND RELEASED AS MENIAL
TRAC.ED At-JD REL£ASEO. El'i\OIIONAL BLOCK51lN ASUR.PRI.SING
tv1ANNER. THE PERINE.AL1 COCCYGEAL AND
PUBIC TI-\ERAPY ARE POWERFUL FACIORS
P.S WELL AS �EFLEXES FOUND IN TI-lE FEEl;
TI-lE. MOST"--EGATI\/E POLE, VOMITING
RELEASES n-IESTOMAC.H �NDTI-IE- FIFTH
DORSAL AL50 THE .DIAPI-\RAGM AND
THE 1-\EAO REFLE)C..E.S.

THE RELATIONSHIP OFT14E SYI'API-H.SIS THE REFLE� LINES FRoM TI-\E. C.A\/11'<
PUBIS At-ID'"THESACROILIAC.AR.IIC.U­ OF THE. I UUf.l\ AI'-JP ITS BRIM tiND ALONG
LATION IS CLEARL'f SHOWN P..5 WELL Ti-'E. UPPER PARI OF -n--IE POUPART�
A5 ITS 1NIER.R£L.ATED SUPERIOR 1...G
.\ .O.ME.NT.S, ARE. MOSTLY FUt.iCIIONALI
REFLE'Y-ES. THE CROS�IN6 O'IIER OF D16E.5TI\IE. REI='U;XE:S F=RQM Tt-4E
�E BRAC.I"-16 LINES OF FORCE SIGMOID, CAECUM, OR CONGESTION
FRD/v'\ II--IE WE'IGHT BEARIHG OFTHE Al-'lPULLA CF VAIER. TI--IE5b.
5AGR.AL AR"fiCUL�TION IS ABOUT C.!<-055 0\/ER AT IHE FIFTH CERVICAl­
THE FIFTH DORS�LVERTEBRA. 'JERTEBRA. '"TI-\AT IS LI'"TERALL'{
THAT l--IAS A GREAT BEARING ON C.ATC.HIN6 IT I� THE NE:.CK. STII=F NECKS
MIDDLE 6AC.K PAIN AND It-� DIGESTION, AND IORIIC.OLU.S HAVE THEIR FOUND­
IT ALSO SHOWS IN REVERSE HOW ATIOI'i 1-\ERE FINDING I'T IN THE.
..

INDI6E5TION CAN CAU.5t.. LU"1B�60 NE.GAIIVE. POLE AS A CAUSAIIVE

AND 5ACR.O ILIAC TROU�LE, At-ID BLOCK WILl. RELEASE TI4E SEVERE
FURTI-\ER IT PUTS Dt6ESTI'-J E PAIN DlJ� TO SPASMS FROM
TROUBLE RIGHT IN THE MIDDLE R.E.FLEXES BELOW. ONLY WHEN
AS A C�\.lSE ORAN EFFECT OF "Tl4E5E BLOCKS ARE REMOVED WIU...
MAN'( PAIN5 IN TI--lE e>ACK 01= '"'fl4E SPASM SUBSIDE ANO INI-\IBIII'JE.
11-\E I-IE.A01 OGGIPITAL P.O.II-!51 Tl4E.RAPY AND DRAINI�G TH£. FIBRES
F=RONTAL HEADACHES 1 ATLAS OF C.ENIRAL CONGESTION 6E AITEMPTED ..

AR11CULAIION TROUBLE, ETC. REMOVING CAUSES AND 6ALANCIN6

OF TI-lE ENERGY CURRENTS 6'1 POLAR­
IZJN6 TI-lE ABOVE WITH THE BEl-OW,
ISTHE lNDICATED"TH!::.R.APY. ALSO
LOOK 10 THE STOMACH REFLEX AND
DIETETIC ERRORS.

17
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART NO.3. SACRUM DISTORTED LATERALLV WlTJ-1 A

CREASE IN THE TISSUE ON THE HIGH BASE SIDE,AND A
COMPENSATORY SPINAL CURVE ODPOStTE.

IHE SUPERIO� SACRAL

BASE IS USUALLY THE
EXTENDED SIDE WITH
THE HIG� Sl-tOULDER.

T�E INFERIOR
THE SACRAL TILl ANTERIOR �ACRAL
IS EXAGGERAIED BASE \S USUALLY
HERE AS WELL AS THE CONIRACTED
THE CENTER LINE FOR CORRECTION 51 DE WITH THE LOW
THRU 11' IN ORDER TO OFA LATE-RAL 51--\0ULDER AND
BRING IT TO THE T/ L:T OFTI4 E BASE I�E S140RT LEG.
ATTENTION BECAUSE: THE PATIENT IS /
IT WAS OVERLOOKED
LAID ON T'-'ESIDE
50 LONG. IT 15 ONL'<
iN Ci-'RONIC CASES OF THE CREASE
T14AI THE CENTER. WITJ.-1 A PILLOW
LING: BE"TWEEN TI-4F UNDERTI-\E HEAD
TIN() BUTTOCKS IS 015- AND A t=IRM PILLOW
TORTE.D AS WELL A� UND�R Tl-4E )4\P
n-IE INFERIOR LEVEL. JOINT OF TJ4£ HIGH Fig. 2
OF= T�E BUTTOGKS. BASE.
THES�ARENEW
DIA6N05iiC FIN
INTER.PRETAIION.S
At-!0 C.ORREC.TIVE
APPL-1 CATIONS.
Fig. I

18
 Volume Page 29

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.3

This chart includes two pictures of simple distortions resulting from sacral base tilt on one
side and the other.

Please note the spinal curvature on the side of the inferior base; also the slanting or dis­
placed apex line, which should fall in the center, between the legs, when normal. See figure 3 in
chart No. 1 in this book, as well as chart No. 11 of book II which is reprinted in this book, for
observation of the normal line; also see chart No. 2 in this book.

A buckling of the tissue of the back, producing a crease, is usuall y found in the corpulent
patient, on the high side of the sacral base.

Anterior rotation usually accompanies laterality. In most cases, the anterior side of the
body is also the anterior sacral base side.

In this chart the posterior side is marked with a plus sign and the anterior side with a m inus
sign.

It is quite obvious that when one side is posterior on the shoulder, the other must be anter­
ior. But, strange to say, if you la y a y ardstick across the back diagonally, as shown in the plumb­
line chart No. 11 of book III, the opposite side of the posterior is also anterior over the hips, even
in severe twists of the back.

Of course, any distortion or abnormality is possible, but those men tioned here are common
among the regular run of patients. By using the simple methods presented here, it is easy to de­
termine the anterior sacral base position and the inferior one, and correction according to POLAR­
ITY PRINCIPLES is simple, easy and effective.

19
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CJ-IART N0.4. THE HIGH OR POSTERIOR StDE OF THE BODY X

AND THE SACRUM. THE THUMB CONTACTS INDICATE TJ-lE
DIRECTION FOR CORRECTING, TI-lE INFERIOQ AND ANTERIOR
BASE. CONTACTS ON T�E HIGH SIDE OF THE BODY AND SAC.RUM ARE
ALSO iNDICATED WITI-\ A ROCKING MOTION PLUS AN INNOMINATI::
CORRECTION BY TURN\ NG IH E �I P AND THE LEG OUTWARD WIT�
A FIRM ROIAIING HEEL CONTACT. SEE: CHART 20, BOOK 3.

Fig.

Fig. 2

FOR THE CORREC.I

At-JGLE OF INNOMINATE
ADJUSTMENTS ON TI-U�:
SlOE..
5E£. CHART 34 BOOK 2.

Fl6.4 AND FI6.2..AREOUTWARDROTAIIN6

HEEL C.ONTAC.TS Wll'� OWE HANDONTI-\6:.
HIPANDT�Ut-J\BONT�E HEADOFTI4EFEMUR.
ONE �AND MAY BE. SHIFTED FROM EITHER
Fig. 4 PLACE TO THE POSTERIOR BACK TENSION
IN A R.OCKIN6 RELEASE.

20
 Volume Page 31

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.4

This chart illustrates a simple and easy method of correcting the lateral tilt of the s acral
base. The thumbs indicate the definite direction of vibratory contacts. Other holds can be used
as l ong as the direction is correct for balance. A full-hand contact can also be used here, but is
not included in the chart as the contact would cover the sacrum and would not demonstrate the
direction of the impulse.

The lateral sacrum and the posteriority are the ma in factors here for polarity balance.

The posteriority is marked by a plus sign everywhere in the drawings.

FIGURES 2 and 4 show an excellent heel contact which is a rota tional straightening stretch
on the curved-in heel to stra ighten it, usually in an outward direction on the posterior side of the
body. Hold it under mild tension with one hand as shown here, and use the other hand on the pos-.
terior part of the back to rock it superiorly and toward the floor as well as to complete the p olarity
contact. See cha rts No. 54 and 55 in the supplement to book II.

The hip is treated the same wa y while the heel is held as shown in fig ures 2 and 3 on this
chart and in figures 1 and 2 of chart No. 20 in book III.

Chart No. 14 of book III - figure 1, reprinted in this book - illustra tes the easiest and most
effective way to correct the lateral sacra l tilt. The patient on the table in this case presented
the sacral base tilt - inferior on the right side - as shown in chart No. 2, figure 2 in this book.
The sa cral tilt and the spinal curves ha ve been sketche d in to ma ke it easy to see what is needed
to correct both.

Curved and distorted heels are usually very tender, which in dicate polarity reflex blocks
in the current here and in the neuter pole of the womb, ovaries or bladder, and in the male it indi­
cates prostatic trouble.

So it is evident that functional polarity distortion was at work here to pull the heel out of
its natural structural alignment, as the primary factor of distortion.

The center of the heel represents the central pelvic orga n in the male and in the female. The
organs of the pelvis have their polarity reflex laterally, on each side of the ankle. See charts No.
17, 31 and 33 in book II.

21
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART NO.I4. SACRAL BALANCING TECHNIQUE BY

VIBRATORY D1RECTIONAL IMPULSES AND POSlllON.

CORRECTING A LAIERAL TILT OFTHE

SACRUM, Wt"THTHE INFERIOR BASEON
T�E SID� OF Tl-4£ LATERALSPINALCURVE.

Fig. I

CORRECTION OF A RIGHT ANTERIOR

SACRAL BASE BY LEVERAGE AND
DtRECTIONAL CONTACT.

Fig. 2

22
 Volume Page 33

COMMENTS ON REPRINT OF CHART NO. 14 FROM BOOK Ill

The finger contact is on the apex of the sacrum and is used in a gentle directional v ibration.

The hand on the hip gives an upward and toward- the-table ro cking dire ctional mo vement to
open the way for the sacral p9sition.

The apex contact is held steady during this time.

Rock, hold, rest; then repeat a few times.

Then have the patient stand for line-up again and you will be amazed at the wonderful re­
sults, even in many unyielding cases previously treated by other methods.

Figure 2 in th is chart shows an anterior sacral base correction.

The contact is made with the thumb, near the m id dle of Poupart' s ligament and close to it
until you feel the sacrum under it. Make a soft-cushion contact of the thumb, like a rocker arm ,
and not stiff like a point. A firm but gentle contact m akes this a powerful correction for the more
stubborn anter ior sacral base condition.

Have the patient inhale first, then slowly exhale as you lift the head, so the exhalation is
complete by the time the head is raised as far as toleration will permit. Start slowly, w ith short
lifts, and increase the stretch as you repeat the move three or four times. Another check -up against
t he plumbline will reveal the surprising amount of correction obtained by this sim ple POLARITY
THERAPY.

23
 BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART NO. 20. PELVIC POLARITY CORRECTIONS ACCORD­

ING TO THE LINES OF TENSION AND TENDERNESS FOUND
IN T�E FIBRES OF THE GLUTEUS MUSCLES.

HEEL ROTATION AND

Tf.4UM8 CONTAC.T ON
1-fEAD OF FEMUR Fig. 2
FOR P051ERIOR
I-ll P CORRECTION.

A TI4UMB CONTACT ON THE

HEAD OF' THE FEMUR. AND
A Fl r-.!6ER II P CONTACT ON
TI-lE APEX OF" THE SACRUM
TO C.ORREC.T TJ.\E ANTERIOR
AND INFERIOR SACRAL BASE.

NEUTER PO LARITV
REFLEXES FROM TI4E
B.ACKOFTHE HAND, Fig. 3
TOTHAT 51DEOFTI4E
BACK OF TI-4E BODY.

Fig. 4

NEGATIVE
POLARITY REFLEXES
FROM THE TOP OF FOR HIP
THE FOOT, TO THAT (.ORRECTION
SIDE. OF TI-lE BAC-K SE.E CHARI :34,
BooK2.
Fig. 5

24
 Volume Page 35

COMMENTS ON CHART NO. 20 FROM B OOK Ill

This chart emphasizes the thumb contact on the head of th e femur fo r all hip and sacral cor­
rection , while the patient is lying on the side. It is extre mely valuable and quite different from
other methods.

FIGURE 3 presents a lateral view of the correction of the right anterior sacral base, wit h the
thumb on the head of the femur.

The contact is with the first two fingers on the apex of the sacrum, on the same sid e.

The leg is a little above right angles to the body, as shown in this illustration.

Force is not necessary nor should it be exerted, as this gives easily when the condition is
there and the position is right.

FIGURES 4 and 5 present polarity reflex areas in the hands and feet, which are sometimes
very helpful in relaxing spastic muscles of the back before other corrections are made, and can
also be used for polarization after other corrections are made . This is a valuable treatment in
painful lumbago cases which are so plentiful everywhere these days.

25
BOOK N: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART NO.I8. MEASURING THE LEGS FOR COMPARAIIVE LENGTH

10 DETERMINE THE SIDE OF!HE tv\051 CONTRACTED ELECTRO
MAGNETIC CIRCUIT WHICH IS ONE DEFINITE MEASURE OF
IMBALANCE, D\SIINCT FROM GRAVIIY
6RA5PINGTHE.51DE OF EACH FOOT T�E ELECTRO MAGNETIC. FIELD ON EACJ-1
Wll'H A GENTLE 5UT FIRM TOUCH SIDE OF THE BODY 15 T�E OVERALL­
EVERT T�EM TO .STRAI6�TEN TI-lE C.URRENT WI-HCH IS RESPONSIBLE
1-\EELS AND BRING THEM TOGETHER rOR MORE TENSION ON ONE SIDE:
SLOWLY WITI-l THE OF TI-lt=. BODY TI-l AN THE OTHER,
6\GTOE...JOit-.ITS SEE C14ART8 -FIG.4.
M�TCHI NG. TI-llS 61VES
II-IE 0\/ERALL PICTURE
OF' TI-lE LEN(,TI-I A"'T THE
BOTlOM OF TI4E. t-\EELS ,
CHARI 11-\E SHORT ....""""'"..._
..

L..EG ONL'(

Fig. 2
lr-.1 ILLNESS, TI-lE. BODY IS OUTOI=' BALANC.Ej "TI-IERt. IS MORE.
TENSION AND OBSTRUCTION ON ONESIDEANDTHIS 15 THE INHERENT
WEAKS IDE FROIV\ 8\RTI-I/T�A"T .51-lOWS UP IN EVER'1' IL-LNESS.

ANOTHER CO�TACT
FOR MEASURING
T�E L£6$ IS SHOWN
HERE WI'TI-I THE I-lANDS
UI\IDERTI-\E HEELS AND
ANKLES-BENDINGTHE
HEELS OUT TD5TRAI6HlEN
'THEM -THEN 6Rit-.16
THEM TOGETHER A�D
' LOOK FO� COMPARISON
\ AT I� E. HEELS FOR THE
LEON 6TH OF LEGS. THE
SHORT LEG 15 'TI-lE
FACTOR.

Fig. 4

EVEN LEGS
INDICATE
IMPROVEMENT
AN DARE
CONSIDERED
1-JORMA L-.

Fig. 7

5�0\NI�G T�E LEFT

LE6 SHORT.

26
 Volume Page 37

COMMENTS ON REPRINT OF CHART NO. 18 FROM BOOK II

A fter studying the circuits on each side of the body, it can be easily seen that the electro­
magnetic circuits cause the primary action in m uscle function and tension in general. The side
which labors the most is the short-leg side. That reveals where the tensi on is located.

This chart illustrates how to measure the legs for diagnosis. It will make the doctor's work
easier and more thorough.

The sicker the patient is, the shorter w ill be one leg because the electromagnetic balance
is upset between the posi tive and the negative poles of each half of the body.

THE REAL AND SIMPLE S OLUTION IS TO RESTORE THE BALANC E QUICKLY AND
EFFE CTIVELY, SO THE BODY CAN MEND ITS FIELDS OF DISTORTED EN ERGY.
BOOK N: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART N0.5. T�E CAUSE OFT�E SHORT LEG AND ITS

P�YSlOLOGICAL REACTION.

Fig. I

ELECTRO MAGNETIC- CURRENTS WHICH TRAVEL FROM HEAD TO

F-'OOT ON EAGH SID£ OF THE BODY IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS.

Fig. 4

A SPECIFIG
SHORI LE6
TE:GH�IQUE..
_.......... .

POLARITY REFLEXES FOUND IN T� E

A POLARIIY CONTAC.TON THE SIDES JOINIS OFTHE 8\GTOE. A MILD SHOCK
OF 114E BIG TOE WrT14 PRESSURE At-JO TREATMENT W\11-1 RESPIRATORY
A STRETCHING MOVEMENT, TOWARD REFLEXES ,SHOUl-DER TEN.SION RELEASE.
THE MEDIAN LINEOFTI-\E.BODY.If-HS AND LENGTHEt-.!ING THE. USUAL 5'-\0RT LEG.
IS USED WHERE THE QUICK lAP 01-J T�E:
...JOINT IS C.OUNTE.R INO,CATED.
SEE C.HART NO, 3,, BOOK 2.

28
 Volume Page 39

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.5

This chart is a composite of figures 2 and 4 from chart No. 8 of book II and figures 2 and 4
from chart No. 17 of book III.

Figure 1 portrays the systemic direct energy currents which pass over the body from the
head to the feet and toes; also over the arms, hands and each finger, as a circuit. THESE ARE
ENERGY CURRENTS AND THEIR POLARITY CIRCUITS.

Figure 2 gives the over-all electromagnetic currents which carry their sensory impulses to
all fields over the body.

After years of research, I found that the one point of respiratory_ polarity reaction through
the center core radiation was not only a quick method but was also most effective. To know which
circuit is involved is the real art. Without this knowledge, it is guess work no matter what system
is used.

The transverse arches of the feet are the negative poles for the shoulders and the respira­
tory center of the brachial plexus. The big toes are in its center line over the body, as shown in
charts No. 3, 5, 6 and 7 in book II.

The large joint of the big toe is a negative representative of the 7th c ervic al vertebra, on
each side. The respiration and circulation can be quickened through this inferior pole by the ap­
plication of a quick blow to the joint, administered with the softest cushion of the hand of the
operator, immediately below the thumb. It is really a mild shock treatment whic h stimulates both
the respiration and the circulation. It makes the leg long at once. And, if applied to the short leg
only, it will make it long and balance the over-all electromagnetic circuit by this quick stimulation
at the most negative pole.

Figure 4 illustrates this move. The toe is held firmly a nd stretched. The tap is quick and
is applied a little below the center of the large joint, and there is a gentle click when properly
done. It is effective. But for arthritic joints and chronic sore ones, this correction should not be
attempted until the area has been prepared by gentle but firm pressure and stret ching of the big
toe, as is shown in figure 3 of this chart. It may be necessary to do this for several visits before
the toe - or the bunion if there is one - is ready for this release.

The anterior sacrum is also a factor in this physiological short leg, and must be corrected
when such a condition is present. The directions for this correction by means of Polarity Therapy
are covered in the chapter on the Sacrum. See Chart 20, Fig. 3 in Book III.

29
BOOK N: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

HEART TROUBLE AND ITS PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL RELEASE

THROUGH POLARITY THERAPY

In these days of rush an d excitement, heart trouble is a daily danger and is met with often
in various forms. Knowing the over-all wireless energy currents, we c an easily see how powerful
the mental stresses and strains as well as the emotional ones and shocks can be as the real pri­
mary factors in all heart trouble before it becomes a p_!tysical ailment due to repeated stress and
strain and the blocks or obstructions left as residue in the vital circuits and their circulatory
fields of distribution.

Chronic heart reflexes will be found in the second, third and fourth toes, especially on the
left foot. This reflex is often most acute o ver the toes and between the tendons on top as well as
on the soles of the feet. The reflex at the fourth toe , on top of the foot, as well as immediately
under the main articulat ion with the arch of the foot is most important. This reflex involves the
vital force of the sun energy which is the mainspring of the heart reflex, flowing through the ring
finger and that area in the hand as the neuter pole of this energy.

When the third toe or the second finger and the area between them on top or bottom is most
tender, then the fire of warmth in the circulation is in trouble due, to improper digestion of food. Too
many fats and sweets or cholesterols are taken up by the blood stream and interfere with the circu­
lation. Cholesterol may even form as fatty deposits in the arteries and veins. It also deposits in
the eyes and eventually forms cataracts. Mineral oils taken internally for a long time may be a
factor, or over-heated animal fats which are used and heated over many times. These items should
be avoided in addition to fried foods.

When the index finger and the second toe areas are most sensitive, then over-strain and lack
of the airy element in the body are the main factors. Rest from mental-emotional strain is very
necessary here, more so than mere physical rest.

The space between the thumb and the first finger is a vital area. It connects the thumb with
the first finger like the neck joins the head and the body together. The life force of the neck re­
gion is represented here in its neuter field of expression, joining the stubborn mind force of the
head with the emotional heart center into one of skillful expression and usefulness in life. Much
can be interpreted and observed from the dexterity or the rigidity, or the nodules of sensitiveness
in these members and the neuter space between them on the Mount of Venus, the soft portion below
the thumb.

IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW A ND UNDERSTAND THESE POINTS IN ORDER TO SUC­

CESSFULLY AND INTELLIGENTLY TREAT HEART TROUBLE, regardless of the method or
type of therapy employed.

The blood has three principles of finer essences in its liquid make-up which form the force
behind the circulation. The details are too involved to be given here. For the description and the
meaning of each type of beat, see chart No. 3 in book III, and the comments on it in that book.

It is sufficient to state here that the wireless energy circuits and waves have more to do
with the circulation than the mechanical force of the heart as a pump. Nowhere else in Nature or
in mechanics is manifested such a m iracle of a pump the size of the owner's fist to circulate a
a semi-heavy fluid through miles and miles of the finest vessels and tubes, as the heart is sup­
posed to do.

30
 Volume Page 41

HEART TROUBLE AND ITS PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL RELEASE

THROUGH POLARITY THERAPY

Be that as it may, our job is to help patients who come to us with heart trouble, and prevent
further attacks if possible. Of course, there are many general factors of habits and strain which
it is part of the patient's job to bvercome and change. No doctor can give energy or life nor revive
it when it has been complete!}' exhausted and there is no reserve in that individual's make-up...:

However, for best possible results in any heart condition, interferences must be rem oved
and the general circuit of the energy field must be kept in good functioning order. That is all the
best doctor can do. And for this purpose these wireless energy currents lend themselves beauti­
fully for enhancing the energY. flow behind the circulation through the application of POLARITY
PRINCIPLES AND TH ERAPY.

When the blood does not circulate freely, it is really this energy circuit which is at fault.
Remove the blocks in the tension field and normal circulation can be restored if this principle is
thor ou ghly understood and consistendy applied. The blocks or degrees of obstruction vary with
each case and are not always limited to one field in the body.

The simple facts are similar to the irrigation of the fields of the earth. The farmer goes
along with a s hovel and removes the obstacles in the ditches. It is as pla in as that when Life is
understood.

But man himself is not simple. He is the most complex mechanism of all cre ation because
everything that is in creation generally is also in man (the microcosm). That is why man's possi­
bilities are so unlimited.
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART N0.6. POLAR\TYIHERAPYAPPLlEDTOTHE

EXTREMITIES FOR �EARTTROUBLE.

Fig. 2

A LA'TERALPOLAR.IZIN6 (ON1ACT
-

ON TI-'E Fl RSI .JOINT OF EACH

TOE,

A DOUBLE POLARIZ.ING
CONTACT ON IHE FIRST JOINT
01= E.ACI-t SECOND TOE. --- ..

A DOUBLE POL�RITY
CONTACT ON THE SORE
BETWEEN ll-4E. TENDONS ON TOP
OF EACH FOOT, .SUPPORTED BYTl4UMB
PRESSURE ON TI-'E SORE SPOTS ON SOiTOM.

A DOUBLE POLAR.IZIN6 CONTACT ON

11-\E: FIRST F\NuER I)PS 1 ANTeRIOR­
PO.STERIORAND LA"TERAL P�E.SSURE
0� IHE F="IRST .JOINTS.

POLARJTY PRESSURE
�ON TACT ON 114ESORE SPOTS
BETWE:.E.N THE TENDONS Ot-l TOP
OFT� E. �At..,l[), WITH T'"'E. T�UM6S
\N IHE. PALM AREAS.

32
 Volume Page 43

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 6

This is a composite chart consisting of figures 1, 2 and 3 from chart No. 8 in book III and
and figures 4 and 5 from chart No. 20 in book III, the latter two being listed on this chart as fig­
ures 3 and 5. The composite is reproduced as chart No. 6 in this book for your convenience .

Since stagnation and coldness of the circulation start in the feet, the application first deals
with this general block. The feet constitute the negative pole, where the first and severest blocks
occur. The hands are the neuter pole and they are affected next In iine by the lack of circula­
tion.

There are the three toes of both feet and the three fingers of both hands, as well as the
space between the thumbs and fingers and between the big toe and second toe on each foot where
pressure must be applied in a bipolar way, to balance the inequality in each side of the body and
�polarize it in addition to removing the local blocks which obstruct the current flow.

The tips and first joints of the first three fingers are all heart polarity reflex points for con­
tact in the application of POLARITY THERAP Y.

The space between the thumb and the first finger is of prime importance because the first
finger is the true polarity reflex finger to the heart. Squeeze this area between your thumb and
finger all along the thumb line. Take hold of both hands simultaneously so they may also become
polarized or equalized as you work with them. Then use your finger tips and work between the
tendons of the first and second fingers, the second and third fingers, and the third and fourth
fingers.

For doing this, grip each hand between your thumb and fingers (your thumbs contacting the
surface in the palms of the patient's hands, and your fingers on the tops of the hands as shown in
figure 5) and squeeze the sorest spots in between the tendons in rhythmic motion. Go from one
interspa ce to the next on the hands.

Then do the same thing on the feet and the space between the tendons; and press on the
bottoms of the feet also to steady the contact and reinforce it, as shown in figure 3 of this chart.

The bac k o f th e hands and the top o f the feet have a polarit y reflex to the back of the body,
over the shoulders, the area of the brachial plexus.

Breathing rules Life and the heart beats. Where there is no breath there is no life. The

heart may stop, but the Life is in the breath and it can return and start the heart again. This has
happened many times. That is why there is a mirror test for the detection of the faintest sign of
breath, whe n there is no evidence of life according to heart beat or pulse beat. Life is an inner,
unknown, finer function of the soul.

After manipulating the finger and toe interspaces, firmly pull and squeeze the first joints of
the index fingers for about one minute as shown in figure 4 of this chart. Proceed with the second
fingers and then the third fingers of both hands in the same manner.

Then use the same polarity contact on the feet, as shown in figure 1 of this chart, pulling
and firmly squeezing the three toes next to the big t oe on both feet. Simultaneously work on both
feet with both hand s, but on one toe of each foot at the same time, standing at the foot end of the
bed or table for this application.
33
BOOK N: THE MYSfERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.6

The lateral polarizing contact should also be used on the fingers and the toes as illustrated
in figure 2 of this chart.

If the patient suffers from fainting and a fading pulse, use the mild sh ock tap on the large
joint of the big toe of the left foot, several times, lig htly, to stimulate the central energ y waves.

34
 Volume Page 45

��ART NO, 7 BRACHIAL PLEXUS AND OCCIPITAL RELEASE

AS A SPECIFIC FOR RESPIRATION, Cl RCULATION. HEART
.AND DtGEST\ON.

A HEADCONIACI W\TH
TI-\E CHIN FLEXED ON
TkE NECK BYTHE THUMBS
ON THE JAW, WITI-l A GENTLE
ROCKING EXTENSION FOR
Tf-\E: RELEASE OF T�E
O<...CIPITALATLAS ARTICU­
LATION, NECK TENSION
AND ENERGY BLOCKS IN
HEARl CONDITIONS.

Fig.

RELEASE OF B�ACHIAL PLEXUS BLOGKS BY 6ETTlNG

TI-lE Fl N6E:RS UNDER THE SHOULDER BLADES AS
)41GH AS POSSIBLE IN A LIFTING MOTION WITH
THE PATIENT SITTING UP. SPECIALLY INDICAIED
\N HEARl TROUBLE AND RESPIRA\O�V DIFFICULTY:
SEE CHART NO. 36, BOOK 2, FOR THE TABLE TECHNIQUE.

35
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.7

This is another composite chart, reproduced here as chart No. 7 for your convenience. Fig­
ure 1 is a reprint of chart No. 24 in book III. It is also similar to th at listed as "Countryside
Technique" in chart No. 46 of book II, and the same contact is illustrated as table or bedside
technique in chart No. 36 of book II. Figure 2 on this chart is a reprint of figure 3 from chart No.
25 in book III.

Get under the shoulder as high as you can, near the top of it, and lift an d hold on for one to
three minutes on both sides, one shoulder at a time. This is the most potent release of all for the
brachial plexus and it does wonders. Repeat several times, until the patient can breathe easily.

IN AL L SUCH EMERGENCIES, this is the first thing to do on the left shoulder, then the
right. Lift and hold!

Do it frequently as the patient improves, and as a daily treatment.

The patient and the doctor will be astonished what can be done in the hour of need with th is
simple procedure, based upon the principles of Life and energy currents which rule and govern
the body of man.

PLEASE NOTE: In treating heart cases, the anterior dorsals must be brought posteriorly.
The sorest spinal process tip is the most anterior and it is essential that it is corrected. Direct
adjustment to the anterior in the upper half of the dorsal region should never be given in any heart
case.

The lift shown under "Countryside Technique" in chart No. 46 of book II and in this chart,
is excellent for such conditions. Also show the patient how to rest on the posterior dorsal, on a
solid support, and pull forward on the head, advising the patient to do this at least once daily.

The exercises illustrated in the last chapter of this book are also highly beneficial for
heart, respiratory and digestive disturbances.

36
 Volume Page 47

-=.HART N0.8. RELEASING THE ENERGY BLOCKS IN HEART

-R, OUBLE BY POLARITY TECHNIQUE WtTJ-1 DIAPHRAGM
�ND SHOULDER CONTACTS.

Fig. I

Fig. 2

37
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.8

The diaphragm is the central muscle of respiration and life's function in the body. Normally,
the heart beat and respiration are in direct ratio to each other. In disease this is not so. The
severity of the illness can almost be measured by the disruption of this rhythmic relationship
between the airy current of respiration and the fiery energy of the heart beats.

It is not so much the extremes which are so dangerous as it is the patterns of incompatible
relationships. Naturally it is advisable to bring both factors to as nearly a normal rhythm as
possible, by any form of therapy employed. In PolaritY. TherapY._ the aim is to establish the normal
energy current flow in the body's wireless system through its fields of response at the neuter pole,
the negative pole and at the positive pole.

Energy waves on one side balance those on the other side of the body by traveling in the
opposite direction. See charts 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in book II. The two fishes in the sign of Pisces
illustrate these hidden currents by swimming in opposite directions. This psycho-physiological
principle dates back to the creation of man.

Others have employed certain phases of these underlying principles, but no one seems to
have had the practical understanding of the whole picture; that is, all the currents in each one of
the fields, and applied this knowledge to the healing a rt of the human body since the days when
it was used by wise physicians centuries ago. If only the good Doctor Fitzgerald had known this
lost art of the ancients in its entirety and practical application, the world would have benefited
immensely by it.

The reason Polarity Therapy_ is so effective when once understood and correctly applied,
is because it deals with the wireless waves of the body, which have their polarity reflexes to the
five senses, the five fing� as touch and skill, and the five toes as motion and action. Cause
and effect can easily be balanced when they are known and balanced in their fields.

The diaphragm and the heart are both muscular structures. The diaphragm is the neuter pole
which controls both functions. Without the action of the diaphragm, there is no oxygen and no
breath; hence, without its action no life is possible, not even one heart beat. So it is not really
the physical heart which controls this function, but it is the breath of life and respiration.

In cases where the heart is in danger of stopping, or has stopped, it can be started again by
establishing diaphragmatic function and breathing. Fo r this purpose there is no application as
effective as direct rhythmic lifts under the floating ribs, especially on the left side, where the
fingers of both hands can reach under the floating ribs, deeply, in a double grip and gentle lift,
repeated in rhythmic applications. This is a good emergency measure in any type of therapy.

Start the diaphragm to function! For motor release of this area see chart No. 7 in this book.

Then by more gentle procedure of Polarity Therapy, the positive fields above can be bal­
anced with the neuter centers of action in the chest. For this purpose chart No. 8 presents ideal
but simple polarity contacts and moves.

FIGURE 2: The doctor stands at the patient's right side with his left hand placed over the
left shoulder of the patient. The hand fits exactly over the shoulder by laying the thumb below
the clavicle and the hollow of the hand over the head of the humerus, pushing it posteriorly. The

fingers grip the trapezius muscle firmly in rhythmic action of ai ternate gripping and release.

38
 Volume Page 49

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 8

The thumb of the _tight hand pushes under the sternum, at the tip of the xiphoid process, in
an upward direction toward the left shoulder. Then it follows all along under the floating ribs,
moving over little by little, until all spastic sore spots are released under the stomach.

In this way all the chest muscles are released and relieved of spastic action.

In many previous charts I show the side of the hand or the tips of the fingers pushing under
the floating ribs for that same purpose, where the tension is not too great.

Sometimes the little finger alone has to be used because there is not enough room under the
the xiphoid process or under the ribs. The contact seems to give best response closest to th e
under surface of th e ribs. The little fin ger of the operator seems to lend itself best for this pur­
pose, as it can reach further up than the larger fingers. This has been found to gi ve marvelous
results where mere hand application, using all the finger tips, did not register sufficient response.

FIGURE 1: After the left side is polarized, the right side is treated in a similar w ay to
balance the diaphragm on both sides. This can all be done by stand ing at the patient's right sid e.
In this way the positive right hand is under the diaphragm, and the negative left hand is on the
shoulder as before, except that it is on the right shoulder this time, and the thumb in the region
of the liver lifts toward the right shoulder.

This dual polarity application is good therapy for the three vital functions of respiration,
circulation and dig estion; all of which are necessary to maintain life in the body. The true value
of this therapy will be realized when it is thoroughly understood and properly applied.

These two polarity applications can be alternated with the work on the negative pole at th e
toes, because the currents from above must be able to flow through for best and permanent results.
Neuter - Positive - Negative - seems to be the sequence of procedure in these cases. A little
time spent on each field of the body gives best results without overdoing at any one pole. As soon
as good response is obtained at any pole, proceed to the next one.

Favorable response of the vital life force that the doctor is working with may be manifested
in any one or all of the following ways: Relaxation of the tissue under contact, sighing as a sign
of relief, yawning, perspiring and a generally relaxed feeling. It is the life energy in the body,
in the tissues and fields, which responds like an intelligent and grateful person w ho has been
helped to accomplish a difficult task.

39
 CHAR
T No.9
THE IE A CON
NSION TACT
I S , WIT UNDE
ON THE H A S R THE
CARDI i iiVIULA SiERN
THUM AC ST UM WH
B CON ABILIT T I N G ERE
IACT O y CEN PINGE
VER I TER O R CON
HE PII P F'/G. TAct
UIIAR 3, AND
y REGI A STi:::A
ON ON Dy
FOREH
EAD.

Fig.

Fig. 3

FI G,L_
CONIA A SUBSTER
FINGt:: CT WITH Tl-4NAl
RsoN 12
IN A IHE�
F="l Rfv}
CONiA A W
THE RE
I"I G. 4. LAxiNG CE
CT OVE:
R
SE'.E'. Cl-f NTeR.
Of'
"V{T <! 3,
B
oox: 2
,
Fig. 2

Fig. 4
40
 Volume Page 51

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 9

FIGURE 1 shows a contact with the EJ.ght thumb of the operator placed in an upward direc­
tion, under the sternum, for polarity reflex to central organs.

The thumb of the left hand of the operator is steadied firmly over the P.ituitary region of the
forehead, and the fingers of the left hand mildy stimulate the center of cardiac stability shown in
figure 3.

This central positive pole has a polarity reflex to the negative P.ole of the centrally located
organs of the womb and the prostate gland.

FIGURE 2 consists of the same sternal contact except that it is pointed slightly to the left
and toward the firm contact on the jaw for relaxation of the abdominal viscera.

When the right jaw contact is indicated, then the thumb is placed under the sternum on the
right side, pointing upward toward the jaw contact on that side.

These contacts have a very soothing effect and are specifics for t he release of heart and
digestive blocks and for toning these areas.

FIGURES 3 and 4 are self-explanatory and have been reprinted here for your convenience
from chart No. 43 in book II.

Other faculties in the brain, which act as poslttve directive cont rol poles of energy distri­
bution, may also be used in this manner of polarization. See chart No. 44 in book II.

41
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

CHART NO. JO. POLARtTV RELAtiONSH' P ESTABL\SHED

IN FETAL LIFE AS Tf-4E BASIS OF POLARlTY EXERCISES
FOR. HEART AND D'6E9TtON.

S3S'-:t9

42
 Volume Page 53

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 10

It is not an easy matter to present an exercise for heart trouble because that is the one time
when nearly all physicians agree on complete rest and no exercise of any kind. This is very wise
procedure in all acute attacks and with reference to the usual form of exercise. However, this
does not take care of the prdplem after the acute stage nor does it help the heart patient to bring
him back to as near a normal balance as Nature will permit.

Inaction is no cure for heart trouble. Moderate action and the release of gases as shown in
charts No. 63 and 64 of the supplement to book II, as well as the exercises given in my book en­
titled: "EASY STRETCHING POSTURES FOR VITALITY AND BEAUTY" have proven to be of
great help to many patients.

The digestion is usually involved in heart trouble because the fiery energy w hich is the
warmth in the blood is also the heat which digests the food. It is an energy_ principle which is
involved in the whole of matter and not merely a constituent in t he blood.

Gas pressure under the diaphragm is also an important factor. This may be due to disten­
tion of the stomach filled with fermenting , undigested food; or it may be due to diffused gasses
from the colon. Directions for correcting both of these factors are in this book and in bookiii
under the heading of "Gas Releasing Techniques According to Polarity Principles". Acute indi­
gestion often resembles a heart attack in all its active symptoms.

The question naturally arises, how could any exercise benefit the heart and what kind should
this be to restore the heart to a more natural function? Since strain and over-action are credited
as causes of heart trouble, it seems strange that there could be a logical approach to exercise as
an answer to this ticklish problem. Is it possible? The answer is "yes", and it has been proved
in actual practise.

Chart No. 10 is presented in this book to illustrate the foundation of the principle used here
and as Nature's testimony to the process of building and restoring life in the body. In nearly all
illness, when this position is possible, the sufferer assumes a posture - even while in bed - as
nearly similar to the one the fetus has during the period of gestation, when the body is being built.
The vital currents evidently favor this posture because it is assumed spontaneously- consciously
and un consiously - by patients in any violent pain in the anterior part of the body, especially
in abdominal pain.

It seems quite evident that the positiOn for building the form would be the best suited for
its reiJair. This w as also the foundation of charts No. 63 and 64 in the supplement to book II and
of the book, "EASY STRETCHING POSTURES FOR VITALITY AND BEAUTY". Small children
naturally assume this posture while at play.

The legs of the fetus are upward, with the toes near the forehead; and the little arms are
folded across the chest; thus polarizing one side with the other and the head with the feet. Polar­
ity seems to work best in this position because the poles are then in closer proximity to each
other for quick response. No action is necessary at this stage, but building is the major process.

It is in this posture that the four polarized elements of Nature have their turn of rhythmic
action and play, one after the other, in their triune function of positive, neuter and negative ac­
tion. The four conditions of matter itself are the actors who weave the body like threads of life

43
BOOK IV: THE MYSfERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 10

according to a precise mental pattern in the positive sperm of the father, the negative ovum of
the mother, plus the neuter pole of the pattern energy which the incarnating soul brings with it as
its own destiny, the fruit of its own previous desires and actions.

It is this unknown quantity and quality which makes each child in the same family different
from the other. The trinity principle is again the active factor in determining the life span quality,
and motion.

The fetus attracts what it needs from the mother's blood stream as its universal supply.
When it is ushered into the world of matter it becomes an infant when the cord is cut. Then its
supply must come from the outside, through its own process of breathing, digestion and warmth.

The four polarized elements which were the electromagnetic energies latent in matter, as
solids, liquids, gases and warmth, continue to build the body as before; but the elements of Mother
Earth must now supply the material out of her bosom and storehouse. Mother's milk, or a substi­
tute liquid which contains all these elements, may be the babe's proper nourishment for a while
until the child is able to obtain its nourishment direct from the supply of Mother Nature.

The infant's energy fields are built according to his mental pattern field, in every one of
the body's five major cavities. By the electromagnetic function of these, the babe attracts unto
itself what it needs and can digest in order to grow. These currents continue to weave back and
forth throughout life, to keep the body in tune with Mother Nature, so it can live on earth.

If any one of these currents are depolarized in the individual and out of tune with Mother
Nature's supply, it spells disease, and suffering for that person. Or if even one is broken, then
the whole house (body) f alls back into chaos and the clay of the earth.

This vital fact of life has been forgotten by man because it ser ves so silently.

The infant has a complete zodiac in its own make-up, an exact duplicate of the cosmos in
which it lives, or it could not exist here on earth. This is woven by the four pattern threads of
"the Four Rivers of Life" stated in Genesis and explained in my book, "The New Energy Con­
cept of the Healing Art".

When the four modes of matter, as solids, liquids, gases and warmth, as electromagnetic
energy, act in their triple function - in and through the body, they build it in a process similar to
four threads in three shuttles. Then twelve stations or centers are formed which constitute the
individual energy zodiac of each person.

This, then, is the miniature zodiac or microcosm by which man's finer forces are linked to
the universe, an d supply him with energy to a ttract the more solid forms of substances needed
for his body.

These facts form the real field of Psychosomatics, of which so little is known in this day
of positive force only. This principle in Nature and in man is the basis of all action as the finer
energy operating in man and by which he lives, breathes and functions.

This real energy field in man is the basis and foundation of all my books and courses. No
external astrology or astronomy is used in any of my work. All references to those forces pertain
to similar operating functions in man. Even as the tiny atom is a universe in itself, so is man.

44
 Volume Page 55

�HART NO. l I. POLARITY EXERCISE FOR DIAPH RAGlV\

::<ELEASE THROUGH 'TS CRURA ATTACHtv1ENIS AND BY
TON I NG THE PSOAS, \ LIACUS AND ABDOMiNAL MUSCLES.

Fig. I

60TH 1-4ANDS PRESS )N T14E CENTER UNDER

IHE DtAPI-4RAGtv'\, IHE LEGS ARE TENSED
AND CLOSE T06EI�ER, T 1-\£ FEET AR.E. E-)(IENDE.D
IN A STRETCH, T�\S IS IHE BEGiNNING OF
THIS EXERCISE.

TI-4E LEGS ARE. SLOWLY RAISED AND

LOWERED UNDERIENSION SEVERAL TIMES.

Fig. 2

45
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 11

The exercise shown here is based upon the principle of respiration. It strengthens the ab­
dominal muscles of breathing and frees the diaphragm.

By putting the legs close together and tensing them first, the muscles of the legs, the ab­
domen and the deep muscles in it are made rigid for the lifting motion. The psoas magnus and the
iliacus are the two deep muscles of major importance here. They rise on the anterior surface of
the lumbar vertebrae and are inserted as one head into the lesser trochanter of the femur. They are
the main muscles involved in raising the legs.

The crura of the diaphragm also have their insertion where these muscles rise in the lumbar
region. So the exercise of these muscles also acts on the diaphragm direct, via the crura, in a
synchronized rhythmic action.

The two hands support and push in under the sternum and the ribs to give additional release
to muscular t ension and stagnation there.

This exercise also reduces the abdomen, relieves bloat, and improves the digestion and
elimination by toning all anterior muscles. When done regularly, a few minutes every day is suf­
ficient to notice all these benefits.

INSTRUCTIONS

1 - Before raising the legs, be sure to straighten and tense them and place them tightly to­
gether to raise them as one unit, in order to obtain the most benefit from this exercise.

2- Push firmly under the sternum to support, specially exercise and free these muscles
during both movements of raising and lowering: This assists in freeing this region of congestion
and gas pockets, strengthens the muscles and relieves bloating.

3 - Start with three or four lifts of the legs to begin with. Then increase the number as you
grow stronger. Do this several times every day. The benefit is visible and the toning is excellent.

4 - When the diaphragm is free, the heart is free to act without fear or apprehension.

46
 Volume Page 57

CHART NO.I2. POLARITY EXERCISE FORIHE RELEASE

OF THE BRACHIAL PLEXUS AND NECK TENSION.

Fig. I

Fl RM POLARITY CONTACTS ON T�E. INNE.R T ..·HGH tv\USC.LES

RELEASE ANTERIOR AND LAIERAL S'-'OULDER MUSCLES.
CONTACTS NEARER IOTHE KNEES1 REFLEX HI614ER ON NECK.
FIRM CONTACTS CAN ALSO BE MADE ON TI-\E
OUTStDE OF THE TI-IIG\-4-S IN THE SAME MAI'-JNE.R.
TO RELEASE POSTERIOR NECK MUSCLES.

Fig. 2

TJ....\E LEGS ARE PULLED UP BY IHE I-lANDS, "THEN

EXTENDED AND LOWE.RE.D.THIS RAISES THS BODY.
REPEAT.

47
BOOK IV: THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 12

Th e polarity exercise is based upon the position of the fetus 1n the mother's womb. The
flexed legs have a polarity relationship to the neck. The neck sits on top of the trunk while the
thigh muscles support the bottom of the trunk. When there is tension in one it is found in the other
also as they are opposite poles of action.

The inner thigh muscles polarize to the throat and neck muscles, including the sternocleido­
mastoid muscles which are usually spastic in torticollis. When the thigh muscles near th e trunk
are held firmly and released by this exercise, it will release the neck muscle spasms, even in tor­
ticollis. What a boon this can be to singers with throat spasms.

The outside muscles of the thigh polarize to the back of the neck and sides.

INSTRUCTIONS

FIGURE 1 shows the beginning of this powerful exercise. With both hands grasp a handful
of muscle tissue on the inner side of the thighs, near the pelvis. Grip the tissue firmly and at the
same time pull the leg� with the hands.

FIGURE 2: Then, continuing the hold with the hands, stretch th e legs out and let them
down. This will raise the head and upper part of the bo dy as you hold onto the thighs.

Then pull up the legs again and the body will go down. This is the seesaw rock which
stretches the muscles on the top of the shoulders, over the brachial plexus, and releases the bot­
tom tension by activating the polarity con tact. Have someone feel your shoulder muscles tense
and relax as you do this exercise and they will be amazed.

The exercis e not only releases all the chest muscles involved in breathing and in heart
trouble, but also the trapezius muscles which are supplied by the spinal accessory nerves which
are the eleventh pair of cranial nerves and the only ones which enervate a musclfl. The psoas
magnus and the iliacus muscles are also exercised as menti oned in chart No. 10.

The real value of these two simple exercises can only be appreciated by those who do them
regularly, for a few minutes each day, and thus build themselves up again after a heart attack, so
they can return to work at their profession or occupation. You can prove this to yourself by doing
it. Seeing is believing. Faith coupled with effort always gets results.

The inner thigh muscles nearest to the pelvis are polarity opposites to the neck and throat
muscles nearest to the shoulders. As the contact hands move lower on the thighs toward the knees,
the polarity reflex is higher in the neck. The area immediately under the knees will correspond
to the universal joint of the occiput and atlas articulation and the anterior muscles of this area.
In the same manner do the outer thigh muscles correspond to the back muscles of the neck. The
hands should also be placed on several areas between the pelvis and the knees, as gripping con­
tacts along t he inside and t he outside of the thighs in doing these exercises. Wherever the greatest
tension and soreness is in the neck, the corresponding contact on the thighs will do the most good.

48
 Volume Page 59

CHART NO.I3. FIG.I. RELEASEOFPAITERN ENERGY

BLOCKS IN T�E CEREBRO-SPINAL FLUID.
Fl G.2. STRUCTURAL Bl POLAR RELEASE OF RESP\RATORY
MUSCLES.

A R14YTHMIC SIIMULAIING DOUBLE CONTACT

OVER TI-lE BRAO·HAL PLI:XUS AND PHRENIC
NERVES FOR DIAPHRAGMATIC. RESPONSE.
ALSO A LIGHT STEADY CONTACT IN AN
UPWARD DIRECTION OVER THE SPINOUS
PR.OC.ESSES OF TI--l£ 4-5-6 A�D 711-1
DORSAL VERTABRAE WITH TI4E
C.USI·\\ON AND TI-\UMB OF THE
RIGHT HAND TO RELEASE AND
CONDUCT THE VITAL 'TI-\R068lt-.IG
PULSAII NG BREATH PATTERN
ENERGYOF MIND SUBSTANCE
AC..T\VE IN THE CEREBR0-
5PINAL FLUID.

Fig. I

MUSCULAR GONTRACTIOf\.4 OVER II-IE

ANIERIOR SUPERIOR SPINE OF"THE
ILIUM 15 OFTEN T14E CAUSE OF TI-\E
At-JIE�IO� INNOMINA"TE AND SACRUM
ON 114A\ SIDE . PAIN ANDTEN.SIOI'Il OVER
TI-\E ARM MARKED )1.. USIJALL'( ACCoM­
PANY Tl-\15 5YMP'TOM. HEAW 11-JI-IIi?\IING
STRUCTURAL BIPOLAR CONTACTS MUSC.ULA� POLARI'TY CONIAOS ON 6011-1
ON 1-\\D AND SHOULDER MUSCLES ARJ:.AS MARKED )1.. OVE� TI-lE ARM AND
FOR TENSION RELEASE OF=" CLOSE. TO I� E. AloJIERIOR SUPERIOR
RESPIRATORY MUS<..LE.S, SPINE Wrn-t A FlATTI-IUMB C.ONTA.C.T
RELEA!>E.S T�IS At-JTERIORII'f WIIHOUT
ANY PELVIC ADJUSTMENT. IT IS A
REVE.LAIION W�EN BOT'"' AREAS ARE
RELEASED .SIMULTANEOUSLY. 01--lE
ALONE:: WILL NOI DO IT. POLARIIY
TENSION 15TH£ PRIMARY IMPULSE.
BEI-'IND I--1USCULAR "TENSION Wl-\1<:1-\ C,AUSES ROTATIO�
AI-ID.SPINAL DISTORIIONS. 11-\15 POLAJ:;!t"TY REL..I::ASE. IS
DONE BEST WITH TI-lE. PAIIE:NTON THE::. t3AC+<.

49
BOOK IV: THE MYSfERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 13

FIGURE 2 represents a muscle release of the positive and negative poles of the breathing
mechanism. The shoulder muscles and the brachial plexus form the positive pole and the hip mus­
cles constitute the negative pole of this function. The muscles around the great trochanter are
related to the muscles of the shoulder joint and to the back of the neck. Pelvic muscles support
the respiratory action. The crura of the diaphragm and their lumbar relation to the psoas and iliacus
muscles are another connection here by their insertion into the lesser trochanter of the femur.

Ropy muscles around the hip joint and around the shoulder joint are factors in inhibited respi­
ration. The fascia lata on the outside of the thighs are digestive reflex areas and have their upper
pole in the posterior and lateral neck muscles.

These two simple contacts can balance both polarity fields and release structural inhibition
to the respiratory mechanism. Excellent results are also obtained by the cross-over polarity cur­
rents. The left hand contacts the opposite shoulder and holds firmly, or gently manipulates the
trapezius and other shoulder muscles and contractions. The hip contact remains the same. If the
glutei muscles are too hard and ropy in corpulent patients, the elbow contact can be used over the
tensest fibers, in connection with either shoulder contact.

These polarity releases constitute valuable therapy in respiratory and digestive conditions.

FIGURE 1 shows a bilateral contact of the left hand over the lower portion of the neck, with
a rhythmically timed hand motion up and down, and a squeeze of the fingers and thumb, synchro­
nized with the patient's inhalations and exhalations.

This stimulates the diaphragm because the contacts are over the brachial plexus and the
phrenic nerves. The object of the rhythmic motion is to tone the impulses of respiration with this
center and the heart action. The contacts are gentle and light.

The tight hand is placed lightly over the mid dorsal region - with the thumb and its cushion
resting on the spinous process of the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh dorsal vertebrae, which are
usually tender in acute conditions. This is a polarity contact and it is held steady, as the mere
weight of the hand, by taking the slack out of the skin in a headward direction a s the contact is
taken, simply rests there in that position. Being a positive contact, it polarizes with the negative
active one above.

In this manner a balance is established between the respiratory rhythm and hypersensitive
cerebrospinal fluid action of the pattern energy of the mind which operates here and sends directive
impulses all over the body.

Respiration cycles and the cerebrospinal fluid have a peculiar hidden sequence, which had
not yet been brought to light and reason in therapeutic applications. In illness, the heart beat
may be out of all proportion to the respir ation, and out of balance as tone in the blood vessels,
revealed by the blood pressure.

The mystery of this triune relationship in health and disease is a great physiological prob­
lem. In order to understand the sequences of relationships involved here, a psycho-physiological
viewpoint and explanation are necessary, reiterated and summarized as follows:

50
 Volume Page 61

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 13

1 - Mind energy is the first essence of matter, which travels in the media of the cere bro­
spinal fluid in the entire nervous system. It is t he pattern energy of geometric proportions in the
atomic fields of matter as the sh ape of things to be. All energy must have a circumscribed field
in wh ich to act, as a pattern 'design, a field of operation, like a nest for a bird. Without such a
field of limits, even the vast energies in space would lose themselves in exhaus tion and to no
purpose.

Hence all construction must start first with designs of blueprints and patterns of things to
be created, built or made. As the pattern is, so is the structure in its relation and function to all
parts as a unit. Geometry and geometric proportions are the first process of creation in the great
and in the small. "God geometrizes."

The human skull has the outline and shape of an egg, a mtmature planet-like shape. It is
the individual microcosmos where the pattern of all things to be in that bod y are cast or woven
into the substance called the brain tissue, which is the positive pole of the being. All things are
represented here as patterns of mind energy and ideas, with a rhythmic wave length of their own.
The whole body is but a duplication of these patterns in a more dense form and a lower vibratory
key of action. "As above (in the brain) so below" (in the body).

This geometric pattern energy is extended throughout the body by the spinal cord and the
nervous system as the director of things to be. Diffused mind energy rules every cell of the body
or it could not have the intelligence to do the selective and specific work of maintaining all the
automatic actions for the preservation of the body. The soul's intelligence and energy work through
the mind to build this body, as the house it wants to inhabit and maintain.

2 - The bloodstream has its essence in the fiery energy of the sun, which is the warmth of
the body and the warm feeling of human relationship. It is a neuter energy which governs the heart
beat. In excitement and in emotional stress, the heart loses all balance of rhythmic regularity.
The energy in the heart and that of the brain and the cerebrospinal fluid are then out of tune. The
brain pattern waves of respiration are too slow for the heart rhythm in any emotional upset. THE
CO-ORDINATION IMPULSES OF THE FOURTH, FI FTH AND SIXTH CERVICAL VERTEBRAE
AND THE PHRENIC NER YES NEED TONING UP AND THE SENSITIVE ENDS OF THE SPINOUS
PROCES SES NEED QUIETING BY A POSITIVE BUT GENTLE CON TACT, WHICH IS D ONE BY
THE RIGHT HAND AS SHOWN IN FIGU RE 1.

The central core in the spinal cord is reflected locally in the tip of its negative external
central bone, the spinous process of the vertebrae. The quieting reflex of a geode application is
transmitted to the core where the central pattern energy is under tension and stress through the
pressure of the fiery energy in the emotions and in the blood in the heart region.

3 - The vital generative energy in the pelvis is the negative pole of the mind pattern energy,
as the foundation of the deep in the end of the descending cycle. It becomes the seed power with
its crystallized patterns in a liquid essence form.

The watery vital energy writes its lines of geometric proportions in the neuter poles of the
hands, as finger print patterns and lines w hich indicate the paths of the heart and the head ener­
gies and the life or the generative energy in man and in skin functions and the secretions as a
whole. The feet are its negative pole, with·pattern designs of their own. The energy in the cere­
brospinal fluid in the sacrum is the positive motor pole and its balance is most important. The
anterior generative center is the sensory negative pole.

51
BOOK N: THE MYSfERIOUS SACRUM

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 13

The perineal floor and the inner thigh muscles are the fields or structural areas f or balancing
this sensory energy of the pelvis. See "Perineal Technique" in books I and II. This is especially
useful in emotional and neck tensions, pregnancy and pelvic sensory disturbances.

POLARITY BALANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED IN ALL THREE VITAL CENTERS FOR

GOOD HEALTH.

52
 Commentary on Book V
Vitality Balance

Dr. Stone wrote that Vitality Balance contained "startling new ideas and find­
ings on fundamental principles contained in the body", new ideas that are "backed
up by practical proof in new techniques." He designed nineteen new charts for
this book, in which "research and practice are summed up in the latest approach
to problems and solving them in an easy way."

This book provides many unique perspectives, often illustrated by charts unlike
those found anywhere else. There is substantial material on the hands and feet,
the spine, the therapeutic use of gold and silver, fevers, and the dynamics of
mind pattern functions.

Perhaps most important for health practitioners are his insightful methods
of diagnosis. Many clinically useful reflex relationships in the body are explained
and illustrated, and facial analysis, the chakras, and various energy pathways are
all explored in new ways.
Dr. Stone demonstrating one of the hundreds oi
techniques with which he had experimented,
this procedure based on the relationship
of the five elements to the five fingers.
 VITALITY BALANCE

Further Explorations of
Polarity P rinciples & Techniques

Illustrated with Nineteen New Charts

BOOKV
of Dr. Stone's Complete Collected Works on Polarity Therapy
 DEDICATED TO THAT "WORD"

OF VITAL CREATIVE ENERGY--

THE NORTH STAR OF INSPIRATION

AND STAFF OF SUPPORT TO ALL

TRUE SERVANTS OF GOD AND HUMANITY

 CONTENTS

Subject Page No.

THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME ------------------------- --

- - -- --
2
The Oval or Ellipse ------------------------------- 14

STRUCTURAL BALANCE -- ---------- --------- ------------------

16
Structural correction by means of polarity,
without adjusting; F unctional effect even greater
than structural response -------- ------- - ----------
16
Chemistry and oxidation ------ ------ - -- - --- - -- - ----
20
Structure reacts from its support, upward. Func-
tional impulses are from above, downward. Summary -
21
Local Spinal Analysis ---------------------- -
- -----
22
Bala ncin g Spinal Nerve Impulses -------------- - ----
23
Indigestion, Gas and Exhaustion ------------------- 24
A Vital Viewpoint on Structural Balance --- -- ---- - -
25
Specific contacts by touch based on
Hyperesthesia Symptoms ---- ------------ - -- - -- -- 30
The Tension Principle of diagnosis in relation to
Vital Balancing ----------------------------- -- - -- - 31

EXPLANATION OF CHARTS NO. 3, 4 and 5 ---------- -----------

33
E ne rg y Circuits for Vital Balance in bodily func-
tions. The relationship of the surface to the
center, the top to the bottom, the right to the
left and the front to the back of the body by
energy waves of a high sensitive nature ----------- 33
The Key to Structure and Posture as well as to
many poles of the body ----------------------------
36
Foot Technique according to Polarity Therapy ------
38
Response areas in the hands, Acute Reflexes, -- - -- - 41

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 6 -

The Evolution Position of the
Energy Fields in the Body -------------------------
44
Visible, direct relationship of the fields of the

body for diagnosis and therapy; Colitis example 47

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 7 -

Primordial Mind Pattern -

Its relationship for diagnosis from face and head -

49

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 8 -

Reflected Vital Geometric
Pattern Fields - Mind patterns form the keynote of
body construction, reflected from above, downward 52
Energy impulses produce muscular distortions -----
53
Emotional Energy Blocks --------------- - -- -- -- ----
54

Bony Structure Correspondence --------- --------- - -

55

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 9 - Vital Posture Balance ----- -

57
 CONTENTS

Sub j e c t Page No,

THE PLUMB LINE AND WUAT IT MEAN S ------------------------- 59

The plumb line good check for structural d is tor -

tions, but not for functional imbalance ----------- 59

E x a m i nati o n pre parat o ry to treatment ---------- 60
Sacro-Iliac Balance - Pe rine a l Te chni qu e -
Points to remember ---- ------ - ------- ------
- - - -
64
Tre atm e n t -- ----------------- -- - -
- - - - -- - - - ---- - 66

Re actions Ge ne ral Rule -------------------- 67

The tre atment e mployed ---------- ---- -- ---- - - - -
68
The North Pole Stretch ------------- - ------ -- - -
69

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, ll - Vital Kidne y Balance ------- 72

Polarity Balancing with pre s s ure adjustment for

poste rior ve rte brae and spinal curves ----- --- -

73

A BRIEF OUTLINE OF VITALITY BALANCE ------- ---- --- -- - - ---- 75

Tons illi tis , sore throat and goiter -- -- - - -

- - - -
-
-- - 78

Energy Re sponse in trea t i n g ----------------------- 79

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 13 - Vital Colon Balance - - --- -- -

81

Balancing Anterior A reas -------------------------- 82

VITAL (Pe lvic and F o ot ) BALANCING --

-
- --
-
--
---
- -- -- - -
� -
- --
84
Prostatic Tre atme nt and Toning of Tissues --- -
- - --- 86
Leg Conditions --------- ------------------------ --- 87

EXPLANATION OF C HA RT NO. 15 - Vital Spinal Balancing

Vertical and Lateral ------------------ ------------ 89

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 19 - POSTERIOR RELATIONSHIP OF

THE HEAD, NECK A ND BACK TO THE F E ET --------------- 94

THE MYSTERY OF F E VER - Nature's own cure --- --- -- ------ -- -

96

Boil s and Carbuncles ---- ------------ ------------

-
- 97

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY 98

 INDEX OF CHA RTS

C hart No. Subject Page No.

1 THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME -

----- ---- ------- - -- ---
1

2 STRUCTURAL BALANCE - FUNCTIONAL CONTACTS

(The relationship of the Sphenoid & Occiput to

the Coccyx & Sacrum, the Cervicals to the

Lumbars & Dorsals, etc.) ----------- -- - --------
15

3 ENERGY CIRCUITS -- -------- ------------

--- � ------ 32

4 FOUNDATION CIRCUITS - (The Feet) --------------- 35

5 ACUTE REFLEXES - (The Hands) ------------------- 40

6 E VOLUTION P OSITION OF THE ENERGY FIELDS OF THE

BODY --------------- - - - ---- - ----------------- ---
43

7 PRIMORDIAL MIND PATTERN ------------------------ 48

8 REFLECTED VITAL GEOMETRIC PATTERN FIELDS ------- 51

9 VITAL POSTURE BALANCE -------------------------- 56

10 SIMPLIFIED GRAVITY TEST BO ARD ---------------- -- 58

11 VITAL KIDNEY BALANCE --------------------------- 71

12 SUPERI OR- INFERIOR VITAL BALANCING -------------- 74

13 VITAL COLON BALANCE ---------------------------- 80

14 VITAL PELVIC AND FOOT BALANCING 83

15 VITAL SPINAL BALANCING VERTICAL AND LATERAL ---- 88

16 BALANCING SPHENOID AND COCCYX VITAL CURRENTS --- 90

17 BALANCING THE OCCIPIT AL AND SACRAL VITAL CURREN TS

WITH THE NECK, BACK AND LEG POLARITY FIELDS -

- --
91

18 OCCIPUT AND SACRUM, SPHENOID A ND COCCYX RELA-

TIONSHIPS -------------------------------------- 92

19 POSTERIOR RELATIONSHIP OF THE HEAD, NECK AND

BACK TO THE FEET ------------------------------- 93

*********************
CHART NO·l THE VITAL
CREATIVE FLAME

UPWARD
Fl AME

DOWNWARD
FlAME

THE
DIAMOND
SOUL THE BALANCED
VITAL FLAME
WITH THE JEWEL
O F SOUND IN
THE CENTER

1
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

Vita - life is symbolized as a radiant flame of energy

which is the heart and core of every living thing. Its Source
is in higher regions of energy, as its vibratory intensity in­
dicates. It is the warmth of life in the blood of all animated

existence. Even in vegetation, it is the sap of life which as­

cends from the roots of the tree upward to the branches and the
leaves.

The vital flame is the expression of life in all forms of

creation as animated function and motion. Without this mysterious

flame there would be no living things on earth. It is also

called the Sacred Flame because all life is a gift from God. It

is beyond the ken of the mortal mind. It is the Master Builder

of forms as temples for souls incarnating in this world. It sus­
tains us and by it we live and move and have our being; but we

know it not. Neither do we understand it nor its mode of motion

in our body and in our being. It is so close to us that we have

no real perspective of it. We all seek more of Vitality and a

longer life, but this sacred gift remains a mystery just the same,

In health we nurse it and cherish it. In illness we seek

outside remedies to balance it and to sustain its function. How­

ever we look at the problem, it is the very same life expressed

in herbs or vegetation, in a special chemical quality by which we
seek to aid the vital energy in our body to establish or re-estab­
lish its equilibrium and normal function. Vital balance is the

secret of life and health. It is the 'Eldorado' which we seek

when we are ill.

The functions of our body are many, but Vitality is one as

the prime mover of them all. We seek to aid these functions by
means of chemistry, vitamins, enzymes, harmones, endocrines, etc.
All means are geared to one idea; namely, to aid this vital en­

ergy and bring offerings to its altar of life so that it may ac­

cept them and carry on the lagging function in our body.

,

What will a man give for his life? The real question in­
volved in illness is what can man give � life? Will life ac­

cept anything? Will it act upon it? Will it use it? Can it

benefit by it? Has the house of life become a beggar all at

once, and the Giver of all an empty shrine of the Sacred Flame?

What can be done? is the cry in every illne,s

. s, in mental and emo-
<
tional distress and imbalance. We have tried this and that, and
the results are sad.

Really, what has gone wrong with this lusty life in our

body, the springy step, the light in the eyes and the song in
our hearts? Has the flame of life receded so far because of

2
 Volume Page 73

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

improper propitiation and neglect, or has it left the house of

flesh entirely? Who knows the answer and who understands the ways

of life? Are these in the books of learning or bestowed as de­

grees in institutionp of education? Are Vitality and Life the

main subjects taught�there, or are they but guests or strangers

there also? Are its teachers inspired by its radiance and do

they impart it to the students, or is it all but an intellectual

pursuit of the detail functions of the body and its structures as

we see them from the outside, by the artificial light of our own
mind's action, supplemented by electricity?

Where are the real devotees of the Sacred Flame of olden

times? Has life changed, or have we, in our search for it and
in our purely material viewpoint of it, failed to tune into its
REAL WAVE LENGTH? Does our research by means of chemical tests

prove Life, aid it, or merely condition its manifestation in the

body? Has Vitality a material origin, or is it something beyond

the reach of matter? All these questions have piled up since the

search for the 'Fountain of Youth' started, long before the re­

corded history of Spain.

The search goes on, but Life is silence itself. We are

moved and know not the Mover. We think and know not the Thinker,
and hardly know our own thoughts. All this is somewhat out of

proportion to all our ma terial progress and the increased number

of institutions of learning. It appears that all our effort has

been spent on research in matter, and none on Life itself.

We know more about the distant stars and constellations,

and the atom, than we do about Life and our relation to it. We
look for it externally, in matter, when it is the very heart and
core of all living things. It is a unit which we have missed in

our search for detailed proof. We h ave wandered away from the

trunk of the tree and its main branches, and have lost ourselves

among the leaves on the Tree of Life. Or, it may be that Life
has passed us by because we have not tuned in on its wavelength
of recording and broadcast everywhere around us? If we treated

any television or radio broadcast as we treat Life, the reception

to our tuning would give the same results.

Real knowledge or understanding is a two-edged sword, like

Truth, which requires much sacrifice of our precious time through

attention and interest in its wholehearted pursuit. Art is a
jealous patron of its devotees, even as deities were said to be.
The Muses cut the thread when interest lags. The art of Life

passes the laggards by. Even a whole lifetime of living gives us

no acquaintance with Life itself. Many precious years of our

3
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL C REATIVE FLAME

youth spent in learning and education give us hardly a hint of

Life's Mystery which sustains us in our pursuit of knowledge.

Such is the paradox which comforts while it mocks. Life

is still the Sphinx of the ages. Who can answer its riddle?

Has the cornerstone of Life been neglected in all our

learning and education? Are we more interested in things, or in

Life? Is the Giver the object of our search, or the gifts?

Where is our heart in this matter? Is it Life or matter which

we really want? Is our goal an education in book learning only,

or an understanding of Life? We obtain what we strive for
earnestly, that is the law; for "Life is real! Life is earnestl"
(Longfellow).

When Truth is presented to our mind and consciousness,

have we a dial and wavelength of reception for it in our make-up
and in our background with which to tune in? Or have we too

many private wires of interest in comparatively trivial matters,

which keep It out? Have we the time or an ear for Truth? Can

we recognize its face in any other dress but the one we have put
on our ideals and ideas of Truth? How can It be found and by

whom? Has Truth or Understanding favorites like the gods of old

had, or can any devotee attain that shrine and sanctuary of his
devotion?

All these questions have the same answer as our everyday

problems. Who can get an education, who will succeed and why?
It is those who make the effort and at the same time keep their
attention on the goal. The law of Attention, Interest and Effort
is the only requisite for all real soul growth and understanding;
that, of course, includes the proper attitude of mind.

Success is the attainment of any goal we set for ourselves,

even as a ship's captain selects a port nearb� or one far away,

and arrives there in good time. Naturally, our direction under

full steam must never vary, or we would not only be off course but
might even find ourselves rushing in the opposite direction. To

apply power and speed before we have set our goal is to flounder

uselessly; but to set the goal first and then proceed under

proper guidance, is the certain and ideal w�y.

Such is the majesty of our ship of Life, propelled by Vi­

tality, our frienrt and stranger of many years. We sail and sail,
but the harbor of Truth is an unknown port. Even good sailors

and seek ers can pass by the north star, if the compass of think­
,
ing and the rigging of our sails of the life breath are not set

4
 Volume Page 75

CHART NO, 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

nor trimmed for such a long journey. This necessitates the con­

quest of the mind and its desir es, under proper guidance, in the

search of our soul's ORIGIN, throug h devotion to TRUTH.

Souls came to �arth and lost their t rue course in earthi­

ness. Now, by search and effort, they can re-discover and find

themselves in this outer - s pace w andering . While we all know that

God and the soul are one ( we are but an infinitesmal ray which

emanates from the Sup re me B eing) , yet our consciousness has for

m any aeons traveled far away from the Li ght and Life of our True

Home, all the while becoming mor e and more involved and entangled

in the meshes of material thin g s . The nostalgia of the awakened

soul of the seeker for Truth is like the s ym ptoms of the pr od igal

son, in the b eautif ul parable given by Jesus, (Luke 1 5 :12-24,)

Home , the haven or heaven of rest for the eter nal wanderer

in space, where our soul , the lost child of Life becomes the re­

turning son to the hearth fi r e of Vitality itself! We can find

the way by reve r sing our attention currents with a feeling of

longing for our Tr ue Home. If we would give even only a f raction

of the time, attention and effort to that for which we really came
into this world, we would be well on the way to Liberation from

the bonds of our own lower mind and d esires.

As our soul can realize and find itself, so do our sins

find us out and detour us from our eternal North Star of Reality.

S elfish i n terest and pleasure must be renounced in this search

for the Goal of life. Jesus truly said:

"If any man will come after me, let him deny

himsel f , " etc. etc. ( Luke 9:23-26, )

The course of Life and True Happiness is a straight and narrow

path - inward and upward. The course of pleas ur e and selfish­

ness is downward and outward. In the former we have everything

to gain while in the la tte r the soul becomes further entangled

and the precious Vita l ity, the Elixir of Life, is wasted.

VITA L BA L ANCE, as a practical ap proa c h to the problem of

life and health is both possible and applicable. Since the Life
Ene rgy is the Builder and Architect of our body, it is also the
Maintainer and S ustainer of it, It o perates in and through the

body, not by chance or guess, nor by chemical formulas, nor by

gravity stress as its cause of function. These are but effects,

produ c e d by a lack of total Vital Action in all organs of the

body, Vitality is above all these conditions and end results

proposed by man. "Man proposes, but God disposes."

5
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHAR T NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

Deep, vital imbalance is the real cause which limits the

flow of energy in the body. The mystery of the VITAL PROCESS be-

gan at the creation of the Universe, and at the time of concep­

tion and intra-uterine life for the individual now on earth in a

human form.

Certain bi-polar processes were set to work at the meeting

of the male spermatozoon and of the female ovum, by the libera­

tion of energy of two opposite actions. Energy threads wove forth

and back, and attracted material from the mother's blood to build
a body according to a definite pattern of the combined quality of

the parents. BUT THE SOUL WHICH DESCENDED INTO THE NEUTER FIELD

AT THE TIME OF CONCEPTION, BROUGHT ITS OWN SOUL PATTERN OF EXPER­

IENCE OF WANDERINGS WITH IT, WHICH MAKES IT DIFFEREN T FROM THE
OTHER CHILDREN OF THE SAME PARENTS.

The shuttle of life threads flies forth and back in a

ceaseless weaving until the temple of the soul is built. This in­
cludes a brain and nervous system, for the thinking process and

for communication to all cells of the body for motion and sensory
perception, to serve the mind as the agent of the soul, for its
private wire telephone system. Also the circulatory system is

built for the sustenance of the body and for growth and repairs.

This is another function of this mysterious Builder, the

Vital Energy, which is the Sound and Light Current of the soul.
It is most intelligent and wise enough to direct the lines of
force and patterns of the body in the process of building, and it

knows how to maintain and complete it by growth later on.

This Vital Master Builder, the 'Hiram Abiff' within, also

designed the bones as the pillars of support and the roof as a

sensitive skin to protect this vital structure . The organs of

function were placed where they could perform best. Vital Energy,

as the Creative Flame, was called 'Hiram Abiff', the Master

Builder of the Temple of Solomon as the symbol of our body.

The lungs were designed by a net-type pattern of its own

to attract energy from the air, and to filter the air from the
outside for the oxygen in the blood, to be carried to all tis­

sues. The chest is the airy space or oval made for this purpose .

·,.

The digestive system requires many b rgans to do the work

of a kitchen and a stove to cook for these hosts of cell workers,
like bees in a hive. It is of an earthy nature and sustains the
body through solid foods and liquids. The fire of digestion

operates in the body as does the fire in a stove, to cook food

6
 Volume Page 77

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

for consumption and subsequent nourishment of the cells. Here the

fire energy excells in its task as a function. Through this per­

meating fire energy \ n food, it gives light to the eye in its

nourishment, and ene i� y for running, plus strength and skill to

the hands to work and do things to express the mind, which is the

governor in the brain department and its wires of nerves of an

intricate telephone system.

A sewer system is also needed for the elimination of sol­

ids and liquids. The colon is designed to take care of the sol­

ids, and the kidneys become the filters for liquids, and the

bladder its storage tank so it can accumulate and empty it at

once for convenience.

The liquid in the body becomes the water system of supply

for all cells and their drainage, as elimination through the ure­

ters, as two pipes, one from each kidney, plus a center one from
the bladder, called the urethra,

The function of generation is also added so the species may

not die out. Here lies the secret of the seed power of reproduc­
tion and its eternal mystery, locked up in every seed for ages,
and still vital when planted. In the fullness of time the baby

is born into this world with a complete anatomy, in miniature, and

a physiology of function to carry on the four processes of polar­
ized life for function and growth.

The geometric designs of building in intra-uterine life

were along four lines of energy and substance, polarized, and

made as a structure and its function for the use of the soul con­
sciousness. It functions through the body as a complete system
of communication and expression through the mind, the emotions and
the senses. As there are five senses, there are also five fields

or bases from which to operate them. There are five special sen­
ses for perception, and five motor senses to carry out these per­
ceptions into actions in deeds of a physical nature. For motor

expression, there are five fingers to give skill and dexterity to

the hands, one for each sense. There are also five toes on each
half of the body for the same reason of balance, and for grounding

these five currents and gripping the ground for a springy step to

express Vitality.

The fingers and toes become end poles of these over-all

currents of sensation and action in the body, dir ectly connected
to the center of the Vitality within, to influence it by Polarity
balancing.

By now it will be somewhat clear that the Pattern Design

7
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

of intra-uterine life grows to maturity with the body and func­

tions through it as mind and as sensory and motor energy. The

four rivers of supply are solids, liquids, air and warmth. It

will also be clear that th e One River out of this Vital Paradise
of Life is the mind in its neuter function, from which all ideas

and motor action originate and to which they must return for con­
scious communication and satisfaction of desires and appetites
sent out as cravings.

It is in this way that the seat of Vital Consciousness and

action can be reached through the polar ends of the body, in their
triune function of pusitive, negative and neuter action of cir­
cuits. These are but centrifugal and centripetal wireless im-
pulses, as agents of the mind and consciousness in conjunction

with soul function.

It will be observed that these functions and their fields

of wireless plates are the batteries of life through which the

Master Builder of Conscious Vitality can be reached, through en­

ergy currents which can be balanced in their fields and as rivers

of supply. The center areas or fields act as a NEUTER ONE, sus­
taining four other fields and functions from above, downward.

These are the levers or contact points to influence the

center for ba lance. That is the complete principle and idea of
VITALITY BALANCE through energy in the fields where it can be
reached and either stimulated or inhibited, like sun or moon en­

ergy application, to keep the circuits going which revolve the

planets in their orbits. All this is illustrated in the charts

and explained in my books, from every angle possible, to convey
it to the reader's mind. The soul energy requires a mystic ap­

proach to speak of its process.

The flame is a symbol of vitality because it liberates heat

and energy. There is a mysterious fascination about a burning

candle. It has charm and a sanctifying atmosphere, and is a sym­

bol of the Primordial Sacred Flame of the Life Essence which sus­

tains all and is not consumed.

The downward flame represents the outpouring energy into

space, as the CENTRIFUGAL CURRENT OF CREATION. The top center

oval is the symbol of this energy proceedi�g from a higher region
or center above. The upward flame denotes energy being liberated

from below, and is reaching upward toward the Source of the Par­
ent Flame.

Between the downward flame and the upward going flame,

there is a center of consciousness which is created by their lines

8
 Volume Page 79

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

of force. This m akes the Diamond Soul, the perfect product of ex­

perience through in volution and e vo l ution. We al l know that moth­

er earth us es a simi lar proces s of heat and pres s ure to produce

d iamond s and other �recious jew e l s .

It is the Jewel in the Lotus F l ower of Life which caus es

the contemplating yogi to exc l aim: "Om mani pad me hum" (Oh, the

Jewel in the Lotus !) He has s een the 'Burning Bus h' which Mos es

saw in the wildernes s . It is the flame or Jyoti in the 'Akas h'

Region, which s upplies the Univers a l Power for the ma teria l crea­

tion. It is the 'Yod' of the 'Yod-He-Vau-He', the 'Jehovah' of

the Is raelites , etc. The Flame is the s ame, only the names d if­

f er according to l anguage and creed .

In the life of the individ ual , this Sacred Flame is the

balance of all energy and conscious nes s . It is the se l f- l es s

se l f of Real i ty, rea l ized by a perfect balance of s elf l es s action

and s er vice, attained by constant ef fort and l onging with the

attitude of devotion and l ove for the HOLY WORD, THE SOUND CUR­

RENT, THE LIFE BREATH OF THE CREATOR. Vita l Ba l ance is the com ­

p l etion of life's purpose, through Inner Realization. This b ook

d eals with the PHYSiCAL ASPECT of this s ame Vita l F l ame which we
recognize as ENERGY CURREN TS in the bod y and in all of Nature.

The Vita l, Creative F lame is cal l ed the Sacred Flam e in

Mystic l ore, becaus e it is the l iving breath of the Creator. It

is His Word and Energy which animates al l. (St. John 1:1-4). Ou t

of this F l ame of Life flows a ri ver of Light energy which i l l u­

mines a ll . "That was the true Light, which l ighteth e very man

that cometh into the wor l d . " (St. John 1:9).

From this Sourc e emanated an infinite variety of units of

various magnitude, like sparks from the central flame . All are

s upp l ied from this Parenta l Store of Infinite Energy of a high

vibratory inte n sity , to keep them alive. THE OUTER F ORM IS SUS­

TAINED BY THE OUTER CREATION AND BY THE LIBERATION OF ENERGY

LOCKED UP IN MATTER. THE INNER UNIT OF SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS IS

SUSTAINED BY THE "WORD" OF GOD'S ENERGY CURREN T OF SOUND AND LIGHT

ESSENCE, FROM THE INNER SOURCE OF LIFE CONSCIOUSNESS. The soul

of man is a living spirit which does not l ive by phys ica l bread .

It is nouris hed by the 'Manna', God's NECTAR OF SPIRITUAL ENERGY,

t he ESSENCE OF THE WORD OF CREATION.

Life has always bee n pic t ure d as a f l ame of brilliant ra­

diance . Even the human heart has the form of a flame, as the cen­

ter of life in the body, for its fluidic and a iry e xis te nce . It

9
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

is the physi cal heart c enter of life i£ th e body wi th which we, as

doc tors , are concerned for the health an d physical w e ll-being of

patien ts. The Saints say tha t th e Spiritual Heart Center is in

the f or ehead , and that is where we c onc e ntr ate our a ttention with

love and devotion for the atta i nment of G od - R eal i zation, under

the g uid an c e of a Spiritual Teacher .

Every cell of the bo dy must be s up plied with the life blood

fro m the cent r al pump in or der to live an d breathe in rhythm wi th

the whole unit, through the balance of vita lity. Dis tribution of

this life breath energy depen ds on a continuous circuit of flow

or a con stant supply of vitality to the tis s ues . This is calle d

HEALTH, VITALITY BALANCE or WELL-BEING.

T he do wn-go in g energy of the flame is the conscious nes s,

reaching into matter t hroug h expres s ion, The upwar d flame denotes

its return circuit of s ens ory experience and conscious nes s. The

mind is the agent of the s oul, as s tepped- down energy, to operate

in matter (as well as up to the lower regions of the Spiritual

Realm which is its Source ) an d deal with opposites and variety

throug h res i stan ce . This is recorde d as pleasure and pain in the

cons ciousnes s of that being.

Mind is the energy current, emana ti n g from the C aus al or

Pattern World of des ig ns , p at t er ns an d blueprints of g eo metric pro­
portions of things . Experience is gained through contacts with the
actual forms of matter in all its variety. Conscious mind energy
pervades the entir e being to e xp re s s the life of the soul, ou tw ardly ,
through impulses called thoughts and ideas. Conscious mind is the
positive pole of this energy which is situated in the center between
the two eyes .

The negative pol e of the mind is the field of emotions and

u ncon scio u s impuls es , which perform the unconscious functions of the
body and repair the cell st r uct ure at night, during sleep, the neu­
tral field of rest. The unconscious mind is located in the four oval
fields below the eyes , Through the center of each flows one r i v �r of
Energy, called a 'chakra' or whi r lin g disk of vitality.

This unconscious mind s ubs tance contains all the memories

of previous actions and experiences , even in other forms of life.
This does not make it divine '
nor eternal, any more than our eart h
is. Memories form the basis for all s ubconscious impulses and
fears as well as all ps ychic an d ps ychological experiences an d
limitations. The s ubconscious mind is the s torehouse and tape
r ecor ding, so to speak, of all previous thoughts, wor ds an d dee ds
together with their s ubsequent actions an d reactions . The im­
press ions have their effect on the positive pole an d its thinking

10
 Volume Page 81

CHART NO. l: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

process, in the sa me manner as the gross physical deeds ha v e gross

physical reactions, either pleasan t or unpleasant, accor d i ng to the

deed.

Psychiatry is the art of b rin g in g these troublesome impres­

sions to the surface of the conscious mind in an endeavor to bal­

ance them with the other three conscious mind faculties of reason­

ing and d iscrimination, of t h ink i ng and of th e executive action of

the will to do som e t hin g abo u t it .

The process of Hy p nosis, on the other hand, disconnects the

three conscious mind f aculties from the subconscious mind substance

and substitutes another mind's control from the outside u pon this

field of neutral mi nd m aterial , laden with impr e ssi ons . T hen, by

means of suggestions or mental patt ern pro j ections into this un­

conscious energy ma terial, the mind of the ope r ator sets up blocks

so the su b j ect cannot reach the conscious mind . Th at is popularly

considered a helpful, temporary measure by some advocates .

In reality, H yp nos i s is worse than wishful th ink in g beca use

it weakens the l ink of the individual's own mind power which is its

natural pos itive pole o v er the ne g ative subconscious reflex repre­

sentations and their control. Such an individ ua l only becomes

we aker and further involve d by not facing facts and working on the
problem of directing his own vital mind energy, conscio u sly, to
watch what he thinks and sows now as well as to pull out a few

weeds of t he past while le arning and struggling in th is valley of

tears .

Were it not for our previous neglect or ignorance of con­

trolling this negative mind of our own, with all its loaded dice

of scheming for p l e a sur e and selfish gain, the conscious m i nd and

the soul would not be conditioned thus now . Even if we don't re -

member, the fa cts are there and we merely seek an escape f rom them

by l endin g the mi nd to hypnosis . How can we ever grow by post­

poning to face facts? How can we learn to govern our own serpent

of mind power and all of its undulations of self ish and slinkin g

i mpulses , but by d irectin g the posit i ve mind c ur rent consciously?

Is strength ever gained anywhere without RESISTANCE AND EFFORT TO

OVERCOME THE WEAKNESS?

It is true that the subconscious is the basic substance of

the mind and is as unyielding in its impressions stored as seeds

of weeds in the soil. Merely having t hem blocked out by for g et ­

fulness is no c u re at all. T hey ar e only covered up or hidden

temporar il y , like dirt under a rug, and will have to be faced e­

ventually. In the meantime that poor mind becomes still more in­

volved in ignorance , an d fur t he r entangles itself in difficult sit­

uations and circumstances .

11
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO. 1: THE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

The cons c ious, im personal mind energy was symbolized by the

serpen t of Moses, by which he perfo rm e d all the miracles and won­

ders at the command of Jehovah in t he land of Egypt, below the eye

center in the bo d y , It was also the sacred symbol 'Uraeus' , worn

on the forehead , between the eyes, by the ancient E�yptian p ries ts

and rulers as a symbol of enlig hte n m ent . In In d ia, it is the red

dot of Shiv a, worn on the for ehea d , between the eyes, which has
the same meanin g and purpose . In the Greek mysteries it is the

triangle of Pal l as A thene , in the head of the god Zeus .

Mind be comes unconsciou� when it leaves this center and de­

scend s into the lands or ovals below the eyes, the sense cen ters

of craving and ou tgoin g desires with which it becomes identified

This is the serpent of t emptat ion - the spiritual f a m ine - which

makes it necessary to go down into the land of E gy pt , and the ma­

terial river Nile, for survival. Then , in order to return to it s

Source, the Father's House, this anergy current must be rai se d up

by alchemical transmutation into the pure gold of Spirit. The ser­

pen t must be raised in the wilderness of s e nse life by mea ns of

subjugation.

The central trunk of the Tree of Life is the vital energy

of the soul current which is the life of tha t body. This is de­
scri bed in Genesis, C hapter 3, and is also ex plained and illus­

trated in the Chapter on the Caduceus .

There is nothing sublime or spiritual in the su b con scious

unless a sublime or spi r itual life was l i ve d in the past, to be

stored as a recor de d impression. Abilities and q uali t ie s, like

character, are all stored in the soil of thi s mind su bst ance .

POSTPONING TO LEAaN TO GOVER N OUR

----
OW N THINKING PROCESS AND TO

BALANCE OUR LI V ES THROUGH PURPOSE AND D E VOT IO N TO REALITY IS ONLY

ENCOURAGING FURT H E R WEAKNESS AND FUTILITY. The very person any

one tries to help by the method of hypnoti sm only becomes w ea ker

and less sel f - reliant; to say nothing of the harm that the hy pnot ist
accrues on his own account , whether his intentions are g ood or bad.

It is against the laws of God and Nature for one person to

end e avor to control the mind of another. We come into this world

to learn through personal experience and direct, intelligent p er ­

ception of life through pleasure and through pain, as po s i tive and

negative recordings for our memory field. . �Nothin g can take the
place of direct experience and the opportu riity to react as our in­
dividual impressions gained from life. How else can any child
grow up? All escape mechanisms are futile and defeat life's pur-
pose.

Mind Does not act on the body functions direct ly, but through
four polarized stepped-down energy currents which are the root sub-

12
 Volume Page 83

CHART NO. 1: TIIE VITAL CREATIVE FLAME

stance of all living and growing thi ngs of matter . Mind is the

river of energy, described as the one river out of Ed e n , which

splits into these four heads or en erg y currents and fields as

patterns and po wer "!f;.o g ov e r n the crystallizations of chemistry

and its s ec ret i ons as well as mechanical motion.

In the tea c hin g s of the Sai n t s , the higher positive Energy

is chosen to lift the m in d upward, t o w a rd the seat of the so ul,

rather than the ne G a tiv e way of s e pa r a t in g and dividing th e con­

scious mi"d from the subconscious, which is the n eg a t i ve pole of

it. Evolution and growth of the soul lie in greater conscious­

ness, not in unconsciousness and in the helpless darkness of the

lower mind.

Mind mus t be lifted up for the gates of b rain activity, so

it can rise and fun ction better . The Psalmist had this in mind

w hen he wrote "B e ye 1 i f t ed up-�Qll ye g; ate s " .

Faith is de pend e n ce on God's Eternal Sound Current which

sustains all through its Essence. Fa ith links the mind to the

soul and raises it up to a higher vibration of life and Light,

Fa i th can lift mountains of negative mind su bs t an ce and re mo ve

them to oblivion, as light dispels darkness . Faith is soul en­

ergy at work. Faith is the North Star of the mind, t hr ou gh the

understanding of God's goodness and li f e ' s purpose .

Mind and soul grow through faith by ascending into a higher,

pos itive vibratory state of consciousness , While in hy pnosis the

mind and consciousness descend into a state of helplessness, and

ne g ativ ity of the p a st rec or d in g s , which it can do not h in g about.

The mind does not be nefit by stirring up the dust of the a�es, ac­

companied by its frightening aspects .

The conscious mind should lift, direct and g ui de the uncon­

scious impulses upward, toward the light and a higher conscious

control of it all, by love, f aith and clarity of per ce p t ion . In­

s t e ad, it loses all control of the subconscious mind in hypnosis .

Is g oi n g backwards ever a logical procedure?

*********************

13
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE OVAL

The oval or ellipse is the Creator's design of curved lines

of energy travel in the cosmos . It rises f rom one latent point or

neuter center, like a stream from One fountain and then flows in

opposite directions, away from the Center, into space . When the

greatest point of expansion has been reached, it falls into grace­

ful curves of an oval or ellipse, creating universes with planetary

systems and solar systems within its sphere ,

In the miniature world of individual units, this is also re­

produced in microscopic dimensions as electronic lines of force, as

the dew drop, the cell, the egg, magnetic lines of force in the bar

magnet, in the molecule and in the atom with electronic orbits . The

energy radiations of the human body also have this egg shape and
that is referred to as the aura. See Chart No . 3 in Book 2, also

Charts No. 1 and 2 in Book 3,

The sign of Aries (�) gives this presentation as the first

sign of the Zodiac . The lines fall gracefully to the right and to

the left, as male and female energy, equally balan�ed by the neuter

center . The original, Cosmic Adam and Eve are here illustrated as

energy designs in the Cosmos and in Nature, of which humanity is a

duplicate in miniature. That is why man is called the Microcosm of

the Macrocosm or the great world.

Many mysteries are concealed in th is symbol of the Cosmic

Flame or Fire out of which creation flows. The mystery of the in­

finite varieties of shapes and designs is likened to the sparks

from a great fire. All are geometrically conditioned by design and

intention of the Great Creator of all.

The Great Oval was called the Cosmic Egg which brought forth

all created things. It was a reflection of the Great Flame or

Sacred Fire in higher regions of intense vibratory activity. In

Egypt it was spoken of as the Secret of Mother Isis who gave birth
to the sun. It is the Flame and the Light in higher spheres which

becomes crystallized and condensed as the mother of all living

beings .

*********************

14
CHART N0·2 STRUCTURAL BALANCE
,.----- SPHENOID FUNCTIONAL CONTACTS
OCCIPUT As above, so below

'1 c
2(
·3 c
4 ci>
s c�
·6 c
-
7C
- 1 D

I.-.
10 D
.___
11 D
12 D

1 l
2 l

3 1

'
' '•

; :�

'

SACRUM

...._____ COCCYX
Energy impulses flow downward and outward. Sensory and structural

reflexes flow upward and inward. The geome tri c proportion of two ends

depends on POLARITY CURRENTS for balance between them and with gravity

outside. GRAVITY IS BUT THE MIRROR TO SHOW POLARITY DISTOR TIONS.

Dotted lines are contact points for PELVIC THER APY, for PROSTATE,

BLADDER, UTERUS AND L O WER B ACK PAINS. (See CHART NO . 8 on page 81 and

pages 82, 83 and 84 in Book I.)

15
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO, 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

This chart portrays the geometric relationship of the en­

tire spinal column, as well as the two head bones, with the coccyx

and the sacrum. The correlation of the upper five cervical verte­
brae with the five lumbar vertebrae for the purpose of adjustment
is not new. Also the occiput and the sacral association was well
figured out and tested by Dr. Major DeJarnette many years ago. But

the relationship of the SPHENOID BONE WITH THE COCCYX is a NEW

ADDITION to the group, as well as that of the 6th and 7th cervi­
cals with the 12th and 11th dorsal vertebrae, The correlation of
the 1st and the lOth dorsal is also an additional new viewpoint

for consideration and proof by tests.

Geometric proportion and relationship is the basis for every

one of the correspondences given here, FOR STRUCTURAL CORRECTION

by means of POLARITY application, without adjusting.

A firm contact is made on the sorest area of the vertebra

above, on one side or on both sides, with a double contact and

held with the same contact below with the other hand, on the ex­
act corresponding vertebra shown in this chart. In case of lack

of tone a stimulating contact is used. (See Chart No. 15)

THE FUNCTIONAL EFFECT IS EVEN GREATER THAN THE STRUCTURAL

RESPONSE I It is amazing what can be done with it even while

sitting on an ordinary kitchen chair when making the contacts,

The neck relaxes and the digestion responds at once by eructations

and by relief of soreness and tension in digestive conditions.

Forty five years ago we were taught to twist the body and

adjust the vertebrae by force, while sitting up in this position.

That theory was based upon bony position and nerve pressure rather
than VITAL ENERGY RESPONSE through the subtle connection of
wireless waves which built the five senses and the five fields in

the body.

These vital relationships of POLARITY ENERGY fields and end

polarity correlation through the geometric poles of current end
areas as Superior, Middle and Inferior, were not even suspected.

Nor were the five fields and functions distinguished or classified

thus, through a vital process of relationship of waves from the

center to the circumference WHERE THE CENTER COULD BE INFLUENCED

THROUGH EXTERNAL BALANCE ESTABLISHED BETWEE � TWO POLES,

In nerve tracing or as nerve currents, yes, that has been

well covered. BUT UPON THE BASIS OF FUNCTIONAL ENERGY RELATION­

SHIP, through solids, liquids, gases and heat, as a kind of wave

length without wires, that still seems difficult for most people

16
 Volume Page 87

CHART NO. 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

to ac c ept . H owever, man-made machines which measure body radia­

ti on s , etc. are generally accepted. But to diagnose conditions

of diseases by ener�y ci r cuit inte r r upti on , according to the f our

elements of sensory � r motor energies, through the God-given sense
of touch and skill, is still a p uzzle to most doctors. Even some

of those who use manipulative therapies exclusively, f i nd it hard

to grasp. Moreover, the g roup i ng of diseases by the vital func­

tions of their humors, is not new and reaches f ar deeper into the
life center than we suspect.

When the w irele ss charts are once studied with an open

min d and it is understood how Nature built these fields in intra­
uterine life, then it becomes a fascinating and an easy art to

prove by practice.

To prove some of these previously unexplor ed, new combina­

tio ns of relationship, through similarity in their keynote of

VI TA L ACTION of a similar nat ure, is a TOTALLY NEW VIEWPOINT.

The open space in the dorsal region, not accounted f or in

Chart No. 2, is f illed by a direct ref lection of the seven cervi­
cal vertebrae into the upper dorsal region, ending at the 9th dor­

sal. These have been traced and correctly tabulated by spinal

nerve tracing and should be well known by every doctor of any

manipulative art. That is the reason why things which have already

been covered by others are not given here in detail. Dr. Ma j or B.

DeJarnette h as covered this well and has also rendered a wonderful
se r vi c e to Ch i r opractic in general by his research and teaching.

New wine in new bottles is needed today.

My objective is to bring out the UNUSUAL VITAL RELATION­

SHIP AND THE APPLICATION OF Ili! SOLUTION OF THIS MYSTERY THROUGH
THE ENERGY FIELDS OF THE BODY r athe r than the mechanical or the
c hemical basis of inte r p r eti n g the vital action in the human body.

Geometric relations are an expression of inter n al pa tte r ns ,

crystallized as form and structure by lowered vibrations . They
were vital p r opo r tion s first, before they became chemical and

mechanical expression s and relationships. Vitality built this

b ody as energy pattern waves and circuits.

I n t r a cin g th i s vital t h r ead through geometric proportions,

we find some r a r e phenomeno n , not e xplained otherwise. Geometry

is an art and a science as definite as mathematics . VITAL ENERGY

is an unknown art and science w hich has been sadly neglected by
all our research for life as of material origin and conditioned

to matter.

17
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART NO, 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

The anterior center of the human body is the umbilicus, a­

round which sensory function and digestion revolve, through its

plexuses and finer vital energy stored around this center.

The posterior center of the body is on the level with a

line straight through, posteriorly, from the umbilicus to between
the 2nd and 3rd lumbar vertebrae. This is the exact center of
weight in the human body, It is in the motor area where weight

and proportion are very important for exact mechanical relation�

ship and motion.

So it would be well to look to these findings in tracing

illness as a sensory disturbanc� and limitation of motion and in­
juries as a motor lesion of imbalance. Using the center of the

umbilicus as one contact with the right hand, and the vital area
of function in trouble in sickness with the left hand, would be

the way to balance the center with the circumference of effects.

Tracing cause and effect is a logical procedure in any therapy.

In structural corrections, the 2nd and 3rd lumbar vertebrae

should be balanced in the same manner, by double or POLARITY pres­

sure contacts with the sorest spinal area.

After this release or balancing of the center with the cir­

cumference, then the superior and inferior poles should receive
attention. The atlas and the 5th lumbar are the two ends of the

same central axis of the spine, as the first and the last moveable
vertebrae. One serves as a diagnostic interpretation for the oth­
er end pole.

Impulse is from above, downward. When it is blocked in its

expression, there is an accumulation of energy in that center

which registers as soreness and tension. The muscles involved

show the same condition. This can be traced and proven: Examine
the opposite pole in this case the 5th lumbar and the same
condition will be present, with soreness, congestion and limita­
tion of motion, because of a mechanical accomodation to this block
through muscle tone impulses in exce-ssive proportion, A slip or
rotation has taken place which must be released first. Then it can
be easily corrected.

The same holds true for all the cervical relationships il-
,,

lustrated here; also for the dorsals as intermediate reactions.

However, the two end poles given here are the major factors in this
line-up, as cause and effect, for correction. The others will re­
lax and benefit by it, THE MIDDLE OF A CIRCUIT IS CONDITIONED BY

ITS END FLOW, IN AND OUT, AT B O TH POLES.

18
 Volume Page 89

CHART NO. 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

THIS K N OW L E D G E SAVES MU C H TIME IN THERAPY AND IS OF GREATE R

BENEFIT TO THE PATIENT AND THE DOCTOR. There will be less un-

pleasant reactions because no localized adjustments are given in

between two pressu�e or pull areas in any circuit or system.

)
' '

A BALANCING R E LE AS E, yes, THROUGH FIRM C ONTAC TS , BUT NO AD­

JU STMENTS to the dorsals in between. They will let go �hen the

circuit is normalized. FUNCT I ON CANNOT BE C OMP E L LE D, BUT CURRENTS

AND CIR CU ITS CAN BE BALANCED AND THESE D O ALL THE FUNCTIONING.

The Vitality Balance corrections can be given while the pa­

tient is sitting up, as illustrated in Chart No. 15, or while the

patient is lying down on a treatment table, as shown in Chart No.

12 and other table charts for Balance and Correction, given in

this book as well as in my other b ooks.

Structure reacts from the bottom, up and is therefore a ma­

jor for any structural correction or balance. To test this and

to prove this POLARITY REACTION, just try the simple procedure of

a contact above and one below, with a firm pressure of a single

or a bi-lateral contact. A contact on both sides is a better bal­

ance for the hand or fingers used.

You will be amazed how the soreness and tension leaves the

cervical region! Upon palpation, you will find an entirely dif­

ferent relationship of the vertebrae has taken place. That ad­

justment, which you felt you had to give in order to get results,

is not necessary now. The indication may even be reversed! And

most patients are so grateful f or RELIEF WITHOUT CERV I CAL ADJUST­

MENTS.

This SPINAL BALANC I NG is a most surprising and e ffective

art. Not only does it work on the spine from top to bottom, but
it also includes the extremities, especially the feet, which car­

ry the weight and are in the vertical balance relationship to the

whole. (See Chart No. 4 in Boo k 2)

If you will study the charts on the feet and consider them

an inverse pole of the vital expression of the head, you will be

amazed what reactions and release you can gain by skilled manipu­

lations with PO L AR I TY APPLICATION.

Even when working the feet by flexion, both hands are used

in a bipolar balancing application, to bring out each contact, one

outside, one in the center. (See Chart No. ll) EACH FO OT IS A

CENTER IN ITSELF, IN RELATION TO THE BODY and it should be thus

polarized and balanced.

19
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHAR T NO. 2: S TRUCTURAL BALANCE

The chart explains itself in its geometric d esign of two

end pole relationships. The first five cervicals in their rela­

tionship to the five lumbars has been known, in a way, and ac­

cepted , if no t used or its real value appreciated . So we leave

it there and confine ourselves to the tracing of t he VITAL rela­
tionship to those hitherto unknown, new spinal geometric lines
given here .

The 6th cervical vertebra and its nerve supply is usually

charted by nerve tracing, to the 8th d orsal, as a liver re flex.
THA T IT CAN TIE IN WITH THE 1 2th DORSAL VERTEBRA, IN A VITAL GEO­
METRIC RELATIONSHIP, is a NEW VIEWPOINT. But the liver and the
kid neys do have a d efinite relation to each other, as a chemical
inter-d e pend ence in the vital pro cess of function. The material
which the liver d oe s not chemically prepare for oxidation and e­
limination by their solvents , cannot be filtered out by the kid­
neys. The kidneys are only filters, not a chemical balancing
plant. THIS IMPORTANT VITAL R ELATIONSHIP IS BROUGHT OUT BY THIS
GEOMETRIC BALANCE s ketch of VITAL FUNCTION AND S T RUCTURE.

Chemistry and oxid ation are two stages in this vital bod y

plant. Mineral slud ge and liquid waste must be separated from

the blood by the kid neys .

The nex t new venture is the relationship of the 7th cervi­

cal to the 11th d orsal vertebra. The 7th has a great e f fe ct upon

the circulation, as proven by s pinal concussion therapy ac cording

to Dr . Abram's method of influencing the vital fun ction. Circu­

lation d epend s upon a fluid blood stream and ox id ation. If the

carbon dioxide is not removed by oxid ation, the filtration p r o cess

is also inter fered with. "7 come 11" is popularly known as a d ice

game winner. So it is here in the game of life, of oxidation and

filtration of waste out of the bloodstream for better circulation.

The reflex conne c t ion between the lst and 2nd d orsals is

another vital relation rather than a nerve tracing proo f. The lst
d orsal goes to the heart as a sup ply nerve and rea ction. In an­

gina pectoris, the bran ch of the first d orsal goin g over the left
arm is the lo cation of t hat pain which is well known and easily

d iagnosed as angina pectoris . What to do for it, without further

con gestin g the heart cir culation by stimulation, is a problem to

every � hin king d o ctor . �

The lOth d orsal controls the d iaphrag m and the suprarenal

gland s for tone under stress. Both of these gland s are prime fa c ­
tors in heart conditions , The heart d epend s u pon respiration for

fun ction, and th e adrenals for tonin g harmones in the cir culation

for all stress and strain. What would a vital balan cing treatment

20
 Volume Page 91

CHART NO. 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

do for such a case? For years I pondered over this question and

now the answer reveals itself in this simple geometric design. Is

such a discovery wo�th while or acceptable, even if it saved the

lives of only one p Jr cent of the ang ina pectoris cases, by hav­

ing a diagram of Nature's process of doing things?

For further analogy of design, please compare the top of

t he chest and the 1st dorsal w ith the bottom of the chest and the

diaphragm. Is it not an oval, like a barrel, with two ends and a

functioning middle or neuter center, the heart? Wouldn't such a

simple viewpoint be helpful for the vit a l balance of the neuter

functioning pole?

STRUCTURE REACTS FROM ITS SUPPORT, UPWARD. FUNCTIONAL IM-

PULSES ARE FROM A BOVE , DOW NW ARD from the top or superior pole

to the bottom or inferior pole. Couldn't this vital arrangement

in the body be useful in heart conditions, by starting at the ac­

tive center and balancing it? I leave this thought wi t h every

doctor who is interested in real, vital research.

SUMMARY

If anyone should wonder what is the good of this c ha r t and

its new geometric relationship, when the five cervicals and the

five lumbars are used but little in adjusting by that sequence,

t he answer is that this new idea is a vital relationship of �­

tion rather than for structural correction by adjustments.

In your next KIDNEY, LIVER, HEART OR ASTHMA case, just use

this vital balancing principle for about fifteen minutes in a few

cases and you will be astonished at the remarkable results. Find

the active, sore area or vertebrae and balance them with double

contacts, according to the areas shown on the chart

To proceed according to mere routine is not enough. The

actual block must be found through diagnosis by means of touch on

the transverse process of the cervical vertebrae . Then start the

geometric balancing from there, by single or double contacts above

and below, as the lesion indicates. The foot and ne c k poles should

also be balanced. Diagnose from the neck soreness and treat from

the bottom .££_ .

In asthma you will find similar conditions, including the

lOth dorsal.

Influenza is usually a stagnant and toxic colon. Release

it by contacting the colon poles from the feet and legs upward to

21
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE
CHART NO. 2: STRUCTURAL BALANCE

the abdomen, arms and neck. The top side of one foot, between the

little toe and the next, will be very sore as a colon pole half­

way on the foot area. Whether it is the left or the right foot

area depends on which side of the body the colon is in trouble. If

the entire colon is in trouble, then this soreness will be pr esent

in both feet, and the vitality balancing treatment should be gi v en

on both sides of the body, from the bottom pole th e foot - up-

ward, re leasing the sorest side first.

In � . toxic bowel conditions and spasms, the patient

should take olive oil and lemon or lime juice - half and half -

at least a tablespoonful of the oil and one of the juic� FRESH

O N LY, several times a day. If the patient finds it difficult to

retain the oil, the d ose may be followed with a hot drink that

does not contain milk££ cream. Plain hot wate r will do. Use a

fruit diet for a few days. It works like a charm.

For indigestion use t ha t sitting-up therapy illustrated in

•

Chart No . 15, according to the sore spots on the neck and its re­

lation to the lumbar areas, as described in th e chart. You can

also inhibit the dors als , if sore in the sequence. You will be

surp r ised at the q uick response, without adjusting!

These are j ust a few practical illustrations to help the

new idea along , as THIS IS POST GRADUATE WORK WHICH CAN BE APPLIED

TO ANY METHOD OF THERAPY.

LOCAL SPINAL ANALYSIS: Every j oint is a pol a ri z ed cross-

over point for energy waves. The right side is

+

- - Z:
positive (+), the left is negative ( - ), and the

middle is the neuter (0) center . The cross ov er

is bi-polar from the positive right side above

to the negative left articulation below it and

vice versa.

A sensitive tip of the spinous process is the result of a

deep central soreness in the meninges and in t he disk. This

should be touched gently with the first finger of the left hand

in an upward direction, on the tip of the spinous process.

The corresponding neck vertebra should be held lightly with

a double contact with the right hand on the transverse processes,

until the soreness lessens .

This is a central core, local balan c ing of plus (+) and

minus ( -) impulses . In the last two paragraphs on the next page

this local balancing is further explained by tension ( which is a

minus ( -) condition ) and by hyperemia (a plus (+) condition ), to

make it easier to follow.

*********************

22
 Volume Page 93

BALANCING SP INAL NEllVE IMrULSES

P ar a sympathetic i m p ul ses must flow into and work in con­

j unction with the S ympathetic, in ord er to work at all; for it

is the P arasympathet :b, c system that expresses balance and con­

scious m in d im pu lses ; and con v e y s them to the Sympathetic syst em ,

W hat are men tal frust rations ? P arasymp a thet ic or cranial

i m pulses that could find no e x pression or response in the Sym­

p athet ic system an d the organs it controls, Emotional frustra­

tions are sym patheti c an d heart c e n ter im pulses which are sup­

pressed by the conscious mind im p ul ses of the P arasymp atheti c

System,

What is shock? A forceful shuttin g off of a current or

imp u lse that flows in the body or, a sudden impact of ener g y

or m a tter , from the ou tsid e, u pon the bod y, which suddenly shuts

off the flow o f e ner g y for an instant, This can be physical or

menta l; for min d is energy, and the soul is the Source of that

en ergy, A mental shock is as real as a physical jolt and

more d an gerous because it g oes deeper, An injury to physical

tissue repairs with time and rest, while mental injuries require

a new vision and vi ew po i nt ,

What is p ain ? It is also an inhibited impulse that can not

flo w in its natural path of lines of force , A physica l break al­

so illustrates this poin t, H o wever , there are ment a l , emotional

and phy si c al breaks, injuries and sup p re s sions in their sub­

sta n c es or field s,

A g ent le pressure on the spinous process reveals the s pi­

n ous tenderness or tension , The tend er tip of a spinous process

in d icates an a g gravation in the interspina l membranes, This is

a positive hy peremic sym ptom of a vertebra in distress th r ough

excessive movement, It is ca u se d by a lack of function ( an en­

ergy block) of the vertebrae above and below it, These are fixed

and inactive in their normal range of motion, which throws all

the l oad of action on the one located in between the inactive

v erte b rae ,

The cor r ecti on lies in the simple procedure of local

pressure on the fixed vertebrae, agai nst the greatest resistance

to m ovem ent by that pa rticu lar vertebra, The stimulation to the

vertebrae, one at a time; that is to the one above and to t he

on e below the over-active one, acts as a positive motion or

charge to b a l ance the l ocal n e g ati v e po l ari ty , It also acts as

*
a physiological stimulus which releases tension .

*The entire spine can be balanced that way, in its local plus and minus areas and functions.
In this simple manner, the hypersensitive area of excess function can be balanced with the
negative polarity action of the minus function in the fixed vertebra above and the fixed

vertebra below the over-active one.

BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

INDIGESTION, GAS AND EXHAUSTION

All three symptoms are caused by a lack of vital energy with

which to carry on normal function, Foods lie in the stomach and

fer ment, also in the intestinal tract and in the colon, The gases
penetrate the tissues and the circulation, which adds up to sub­
oxidation and exhaustion.

Even with a carefully selected diet, these persons are full

of pains and misery, A certain food may digest one time but not

the next time, When the airy energy is not moving, nothing can

move in the body which depends on secretion and oxidation,

In these cases the best therapy is to enable them to expel

the gases first, by working for the eructations of th e m and start­

ing them in the downward direction also, See pages 90 to 10 2 in

Book 3, "Polarity Therapy".

Next is the stimulation of the seat of the reserve energy in

the body, which is the umbilical area. Have the patient lie on the

back, face up, and work this tissue with a gripping motion with the
right hand while the left hand rolls and grips the thigh muscles on
the inside. If that leg is the short leg, roll it inward; if it is

the long one, roll it outward in moving it while gripping the mus­
cles firmly.

The sacrum is usually twisted and slipped between the in­

nominate articulations. The base is high on one side and low on

the other . It is a chronic condition,

This can be clearly seen by the angle of the center line

over the sacrum, between the buttocks. The lateral top angle of

the line indicates the low side of the sacrum, The innominate is
usually high on that side because the sacrum has twisted and the

innominate has slippAd in its articulation with the sacrum,

Have the patient lie face dow� and make a contact on the

apex, on the opposite side, and hold it against a gentle pres­

sure on the high innominate, See Charts No. 3, 4, 14 and 20 in

Book 4, "The Mysterious Sacrum".

Balance the cervicals with the spine . See Chart No. 2 in

this book,
.\
�
Release neck tension. See Charts 39 and 40 in Book 2.

Lift viscera. See page 82 in this book.

*********************

24
 Volume Page 95

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON STRUCTURAL BALANCE

Vital energy currents precipitate as structural patterns and

sustain them. Geometric patterns of cause and effect built this

wonderful human body an� maintain it, through its original energy
fields of design an �.balanced proportions of the creative pattern,

and in the embryonic existence of this life's experience. As long

as these primary currents can flow as uninterrupted pattern cir­

cuits of energy in the finer etheric essence of balanced mental and

emotional energy fields, according to the vibratory keynote of the

CENTER, then the circumference will be in harmonious relationship

of balance.

The life current radiates attraction from the living center

and sub-centers of the body, through which it gathers and absorbs
the finer, vital essence of energy through food, liquids, air and

warmth. It absorbs them into the composite structure as waves of

Life Breath of Unity, in rhythmic exchange with the Cosmic, Organic

Life Essence.

The individual unit is but a branch or twig on this great

tree of cosmic life. A branch cannot exist alone. Jesus illus­
trated this principle by the saying: "I am the vine, ye are the
branches;" (St. John 15:5). This law holds true spiritually as

well as in the lower, stepped-down energy fields of the body. Noth­

ing exists nor was it created by itself or for itself alone. Trees

were created for their fruits. Human souls and bodies were cre­
ated for experience and conscious evolution of life in space, to

know, to feel, to see and to understand the infinite detailed va­

riety of qualities of energy currents and their combinations,

through the resistance found in matter.

Resistance is the negative pole of energy, which crystal­

lizes and precipitates into forms and patterns. Exhaustion by

distance from its vital Center, causes slower vibration and con­
densation, even as light or sound rays lose their quality by dis­

tance, and gradually blend with the darkness. In this case, in­

ertia or rest from travel is the objective. That is known as the

'Tamas' quality or 'guna' in India.

Energy is a living thing when approached from the Center,

flowing outward as currents and circuits. On the circumference
it loses these qualities and becomes a sedimentation of energy

whirls known as matter, through surface resistance and tension.

Atomic Science gives definite scientific data on this proc­

ess. It is from this deeper aspect of life that we can now ap­
proach our vital problem of attraction and repulsion, through the

body fields of chemistry and mechanics. It permits a deeper vision

and understanding of causes as vital energy in manifestation. It

25
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON STRUCTURAL BALANCE

becomes a 'charm of life' as a game of cause and effect instead of

mere routine performance of imit at ion and conformit y to chemical

and mechanical sequences without a living spark of interest . By

not going deep enough we neglect to see the beaut y of life in its

primal array of Sound Waves and brilliant display of light and

colors which weave t his t emple of the soul in higher vibrat ory

spheres of five essences wit h cosmic economy of construction called

Creation. All t his goes on const ant ly or creation would cease to

manifest .

But we see it not t hrough our physical senses which are in­

terested only in the ext ernal phenomena of solids and gain which
are recognized by t he sense-life consciousness. Thus, life be­

comes a drudgery and a burden, wit h a heavy yoke of many restric­

tions and limitations .

However, at the heart and cent er of it s own reality, it is

beauty and joy because it is free and unconditioned. "Life will

be what it will be." That is t he law of creativeness and t he ev­

er-becoming expression of Vital Energy, expressed as balance in

geometric and mathematical proportions. When it cannot manifest

in t his rhythmic sequence, the life suffers and depart s from that

limitation of form in proport ion to t he seriousness of t he inter­

ference. Then depart s the joy of living and creativeness. Frus­

t rat ion and pains of resistance are the heritage of such a body

and form.

Life is a precious gift of joyous Realit y when freed from

the serpent of t he selfish mind contents and t he inexperience of

Life's greater sweep of freedom t hrough its link with Realit y.

All things created are for use through int er-dependence and
balance of geomet ric relationships. This re£ts upon t he vital at­

t raction from t he Cent er within, in conformity to the Conscious­

ness of Life itself, and not t hrough the possession of the form

and external force applied to any pattern field.

Rules, laws and limitat ions are necessary to keep t hat ac­

quisitive, possessive serpent of t he downward pole of the mind in

it s bounds, so it does not go t oo far in it s application of force

and greed in its endeavor to own Life t hro4gh acquiring patterns

of forms, thinking it possesses Life itsel f! VITALITY, LIKE W EALTH,

is a precious heritage which can be used wisely as intended by the

Creator, or squandered and utterly exhausted by mis-use and abuse.

Then comes t he end of the t rail of vital wast efulness, lit erally

expressed as down (energy) and out (the expended flow through ex­

haustion.) The su f fering that goes with it is beyond words. It

is a real hell of woe and nothingness.

26
 Volume Page 97

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON STRUCTURAL BALANCE

Vitality is the buoyant inner Life which is the joy of liv­

ing and creativeness of the soul and of the mind in selflessness.

Balance and proper use form the objective of this gracious gift of

God. This grace is � iven to the few who search in humility a nd

understanding of the Essence of Life, and who tune into it by at­

tention and whole-hearted interest.

When the interests of life are elsewhere, then Life passes

us by, because it is not the objective of its search or attention.
Conscious growth only comes through whole-hearted attention to an
ideal or objective. Where the consciousness dwells, there is the

s ou 1 of atte ntion. •• Sur at or S o u 1 is atte n t ion. " So said the

Great Saint, Swami Ji Maharaj. Where the heartfelt interest is

centered, there dwells and is the LifP of that Soul.

All this portrays the living viewpoint of energy as the ba­

sis of our problem of Vitality Balance, rather than mere mechan­

ical procedure or chemical formulas and rules.

The true doctor should know Life, feel it and understand

its pattern of flow, like a blueprint of Life, the same as he k nows

his anatomy, so he can skillfully direct its wireless currents by

removing the blocks and short circuits in the various fields. A

good electrician knows where to look for short circuits in a house

and what to do about them. So also should a good physician know

the WIRELESS ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY, which is none other than

its energy circuit.

The energy flow is the primary factor here. By knowing the

fields and the travel of energy waves in their paths, this be­

comes a most intriguing application of intelligent release of the

accumulated energy from one pole, to the opposite pole, by freeing

its circuit where it is stuck and manifesting as excess activity

of swelling, redness and pain. This can be in any one of the four

polarized fields or in the neuter etheric area of the center pole

or axis of the body. Please refer to Charts No. 4 and 5 in Book 1,

also the charts given in the beginning of Book 2. They are the

fundamentals of the wireless blueprints of the body currents and

energy circuits.

It is all very simple, when once understood. We think noth­

�ng of studying paths of energy circuits and wave travel in elec­

:ronics or in earth currents, air currents, etc., but when it

=omes to the human body, we limit all our search, research and

7iewpoint to chemistry and mechanical procedures. Why should there

�e this exception and limitation here? Is the human body less than

an atom, or worth less time and effort for search and research a­

long this line? Or is it because we have utterly lost our way in

27
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON STRUCTURAL BALANCE

matter and over-valued it? Have we, like Esau, sold out our Spir­

itual Heritage and interest for a mess of pottage (of greed and

possessiveness?) When will we awaken from this slumber of self

hypnosis of the mind and dig up the wells of Wisdom of Life itself?

Vital energy proceeds from a superior Source as a higher

vibratory condition of this Unknown Essence. The pattern world is

above the gross physical one, but is reflected into the grosser

and denser vibration, like photostatic impressions on paper. Hence,

the ABOVE RUL ES THE BELOW BY ENERGY LINES OR IMPULSES. "A s above,

so below" is the pattern reflection.

In geometric proportions, this is expressed as uniformity

of lines and waves of beauty and balance. When this balance is

disturbed it spell s illness in that particular body, the degree of

illness de p e n di ng upon the degree of the disturbance . Then the
balance needs to be restored IN THE FIELD WHERE THE DISTURBANCE

EXISTS. That is where the skillful application of POLARITY THERAPY

is needed for VITALITY BALANCE.

The laws of mechanics of stress and strain prove g eometric

designs of perfect proportions. THE TOP AND THE BOTTOM MUST BAL­

ANCE WITH THE ENERGY CURRENT FLOW FROM WITHIN TO THE WITHOUT. The

center and the circumference must be in accord because this is an

inter-dependent circuit which must return to finish its cycle.

In this manner we arrive at certain mechanical rules, by

observation of fields and structures and their relation to func­

tion. Pain or limitation of motion indicates a structural block

in the field, like a short circuit in the wires of electric con­

duction.

In the field of chemistry, doctors understand this very

well, and endeavor to give the opposite chemical polarity sub-

stance to balance the condition. The Homeopaths will give a mi-

nute dose of the same essence in the form of a tincture, tritur­

ated to fractions of easily absorbed electronic particles through

the etheric neutral field of the patient's body. The Allopathic

principle works through the field of quantity and opposites for

balance in the body. V I TAL BALA NCE IS THE OBJECTIVE OF BOTH

SCHOOLS OF THOUGHT.

-.\,
�
Vitality Balance by means of POLARITY THERAPY is a new and
unique approach in principle, through the use of the four elemen­
tary currents of POLARITY IN THE BODY, and freeing them IN EACH

F IELD , according to the triune principle of positive , negative

and neuter energy flow. Structurally, it works on the same prin­

ciple as the geometric laws of balancing the upper with the lower

28
 Volume Page 99

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON S TR U C T URAL BALANCE

in relation to the center of LIFE ENERGY FLOW. ThiE differs con­

siderably from the purely surgical or mechanical, or the popularly

accepted version of BLOODLESS SURGERY approach of pressure inter -

ference somewhere.

Vitality Balance is reached through the triune modes of mo­

tion of energy flow, through its five fields of ovals as organic

areas of functioning centers. The five senses and their correspond-

ing motor currents are linked i nto this observation as the aw a ren e ss

of pain, caused by obstruction of energy blocks in the essence field

of the currents flowing through the organic areas; or as limitation

of motion in the muscular and skeletal framework.

So the above is compared with the below as cause and effect

as well as its reaction. Energy circuits are balanced first by

contacts above and below; also in the extremity poles of the hands

for acute conditions, or the feet for chronic conditions of dee p

seated obstructions to the vital circuits, In severe illness and

in death, the vital currents recede from the extremities first.

The neck is the neuter etheric area and super pole of the

body, through which the downward or outgoing and the returning or

upward, ingoing currents must flow, Therefore, it becomes a very

useful diagnostic point to reveal energy blocks by soreness on

either side of the transverse processes of the vertebrae.

Interpere ted physiologically, it would mean that the sorest

spot is under tension of muscle pull from the opposit� lower spinal

area, as illustrated in the chart. Atlas = 5th lumbar, etc. Me­

chanically, we feel certain that the 5th lumbar transverse is an­

terior on that side and that an adjustment to that effect is the

way to correct it. That is a correct mechanical observation of

position only, But the unknown factor of muscle �. through

polarity action on the muscle fibers is totally ignored, as an

electronic energy field impulse.

S o, if we make firm polarity contacts above and below, on

the spine and in the extremity fields of the ankles and the wrists,

according to the sore spots found th ere in the specific corr espo nd ­

ing areas, THE SORENESS ABOVE WILL DISAPPEAR AND RELAX WITHOUT THE
USUAL MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT BY THE OPERATOR. In a few cases where

this release does not take place immediately, then if an adjust­

ment position is taken after this relaxation, the ADJUSTMENT WILL

TAKE PLACE BY ITSELF, BEFORE ANY PRESSURE IS APP LIE D , ELIMINATING

THE NEED FOR THIS PRESSURE. In cases where mechanical correction

is needed, that is very simple. Have the patient lie on the sorest

cervical vertebra side, contact the opposite lumbar as per chart,

place the thumb on the opposite transverse process of the lower

29
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

A VITAL VIEWPOINT ON ST RUCTURAL BALANCE

vertebra and give a ge ntle roll, as illustrated in Chart No. 34 in

Bo ok 2. The same can be do ne with the patient sitting up, as shown

in C hart No. 15 in this book.

Life is unique if we ca n but see the pattern energy as vital

curre nts i nstead of o nly the form as mere me c hanical correction
from a purely physical sta ndpoint.

Contact points for the ce nter and the sides of the occiput

and sacrum, also the sphe n oid a nd coccy x, are marked on Chart No .
18 in this book.

The dotted li nes on the sacrum and the 5th lumbar , a nd over

the glutei, sho w n in Chart No. 2 in this book, are co ntact poi nts

for the GANGLION OF IMPAR BALANCE with the CEREBROSPINAL ENERGY

FLOW. O ne contact is from below, along the coccy x and u nder it .

The other co ntact is on the dotted lines, with the thumb of the

other hand. It is described on page 83 in Book 1 a nd is illus­

trated in Chart No. 19 in Book 2.

SPECIFIC CON TAC T S BY TOUCH BASED ON HYPERESTHESIA SYMPTOMS:

In d i a g nosi n g f rom the n e ck, by touch, there is usually more sore­

ness on one side than on the other over the transverse process a nd
in the lami na bet wee n it a nd the spi nous process . That means a

tension or plus impulse is active there on top be c aus e of an an­

teriority on the correspo n di ng vertebra below, due to local spasti c
co ntractions in its muscular attachme n t on the opposite side of it.
The co ntact would therefore be an inhibit i on on the cervical verte­
bra and a stimulatio n on the lumbar vertebra on the same side .

However, in practice, it is easier to inhibit the opposite tra ns­

verse side to release the spastic pull there. This bala nces the

muscular te nsion and is equal to the adjustme nt theory of diagnosis

and correctio n.

Experience has proven that greater changes take place in

the neck when the muscular pull is bala nced tha n when the bo ne is

adjusted. This is based upon the fact that all distortio ns are
REALLY DUE TO MUSCULAR PULL WH I C H MOVES THE VE RTE BRAE POSITIONS FOR
ACCOMODATION TO THEIR TENSIONS. Releasing the PRIMARY FACTOR FIRST

is the logical procedure in dealing with energy curre nts - whether

blocked or in excess - as the real causes of su bluxations. E nergy

is the mover. The bone is the object moved by muscular actio n,

through i nvoluntary impulses which produce lesions .

The energy approach is far deeper and more effective tha n

the mechanical secondary principle of results. CAUSES ARE PRIMARY
FACTORS TO CORRECT . The n, when the muscle pull is released by bal­
a ncing the vital impulses, the vertebrae literally fall into their

natural position by the least movement or correct positio n i n g, AND

STAY THERE .
*********************
30
 Volume Page 101

THE TENSION PRINCIPLE OF DIAGNOSIS

IN RELATION TO VITAL BALANCING

By testing the tension resistance on both sides of the spi­

nous process, by means of a firm contact and gentle thrust with

one finger, often mo�e resistance is found on one side than on the

other. This indicates greater tension or spasm on the side of

greater resistance. Here firm pressure is needed to relax the

impulse of spasm as a main factor, in conjunction with polariza­

tion of the other end pole in the cervical region of impulse con­

trol.

All this is an art in itself and works like a charm, with­

out any other adjustment. Polarity Balance gently inhibits the

plus factor above, on one side, while inhibiting the opposite,

spastic side below, with heavy pressure on the posterior plus
side. By crossing over the spine, from one side to the other,

two opposite poles are inhibited. If it is done on the same side

of the spine, then the upper tension is inhibited and the lower

lumbar pole is stimulated as a minus factor.

The test by tension of each vertebra was used very success­

fully by Naprapathy, as the basis of practice. Results were ob­

tained by charting the spine and the tense vertebrae, then treat­

ing the same ones each time by light pressure impulses called di­

rectoes, The theory was, of course, on a mechanical basis of re­

leasing ligaments and connective tissue by stretching them with

these directive impulses. It is still used with good results.

The real principle of ENERGY IMPULSE THRO UGH POLARITY WAS

NOT IN THAT PICTURE. The Polarity above and below was not a fac­

tor either. Only the local tension symptoms, plus hyperemia, were

the basic considerations, Much good was done by balancing the lo­

cal tension, from side to side.

Now that the vision and the field has opened up with a

complete system of VITAL IMPULSE B ALANCING ACCORDING TO POLARITY

POLES OF PLUS AND MIN US , ABOVE AND BELOW, AND LOCALLY, IT EXPANDS

THE ART OF THE PRINCIPLE OF HEALING OR VITAL BA LANCING AND SIMPLI­

FIES ITS APPLICATION. Far better results can be obtained, with

less time and effort, without adjusting the vertebrae, THIS SHOULD

BE OF GREAT INTERES T TO ALL NAPRAPATHSI

This new art of VITAL BALANCE THROUGH POLARITY application

can be a great help to ALL DOCTORS IN THE FIELD OF MANIPULATIVE

THERAPY, NO MATTER BY WHAT NAME IT IS KNOWN.

*********************

31
CHART N0·3 ENERGY CIRCUITS
Two circuits, in opposite �irections, make a gyroscope of

balance in the body. They are waves of electromagnetic surface

tension lines. There are five sensory and five motor energy cur-
rents to which these lines correspond.

""'! "C
G 0
Cl.l
""'! ""'!
""'! :;t:. ::II t?::J
::0 1-3 :;t:.
::II z t?::J
...... z
·�

ttl ""'!
0 t?::J ""'!
t?::J '"rJ
t::1 ::0 t?::J
::0 ::0
...... ttl ::0
:;t:. 0 ......
(") 0 '"rJ >
z
::X: ::0 ...... (") 0
""'!
t?::J ::X: ::0 "<
t"'' 0
0 "C 0
t;l 0 "C 1-.j
'"rJ 0 '"rJ
'"rJ 0 "<
� �
""'! "C �
ttl ""'!
::II
t?::J
Cl.l ::II
t:rJ
0
I:"'
""'!
::II
t?::J
Cl.l !;
t?::J "C
Cl t?::J
� Cl.l Cl
0 � £...
t:rJ I:"' 0
t-<:J
Cl ""'!
Cl.l 0
Cl
Cl.l
Cl
0
t?::J
Cl ""'! :;
Cl.l 0
...:,

.......

\ •
I
I
I
I
'
I
• I
I I
I
I ,
, '
I
I
I
I
Fig. '
I Fig. 2
I

Fig. 3

The soles of the feet and the palms of the hands correspond to the

anterior part of the body in this position. The back of the hands and

the �of the feet react on the posterior bony and muscular structures.

FIGURE 3 shows a change in Polarity Potential in the fields below

the buttocks. The firm anterior thigh muscles and the femur laterally
polarize with the body posteriorly. THIS DOES NOT CHANGE THE SURFACE
LINES. 32
 Volume Page 103

EXPLANATION OF CHARTS NO. 3, 4 AND 5

Cha rts No. 3, 4 and 5 in this book depict illustrations of

additional details for better understa nding of Charts No . 3, 4, 5,

6, 7 a nd 8 shown in Book 2, "THE WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN" .

Here Ch a rt No. 3 illustrates Energy Circuits for vital bal­

ance in bodily functions. The two circuits over the a nterior and

posterior parts of the body flow in opposite directions which a c­

tua lly make a gyroscopic balance of the two halves of the body.

The currents are of an electromagnetic na ture, like the surface

tension field in the atom, plus a very high degree of sensory ca­

p acity. The arrows indicate the direction of the current flow on

each side of the body anterior and posterior .

The soles of the feet a nd the palms of the h a nds are a nter­
ior surface, sensory fields, as the softness of the tissues indi­

cates, by its sensitive pads . Fingerprints and footprints show a

definite line of patterns which a re unique as sensory identifica­

tion of th a t pa rticular individua l, whether young or old. Even

babies h a ve their identifying lines at birth, proving the exis­

tence of a pattern field and previous conditioning.

These living current are a s divide the body into five zones

or fields of receptivity, like the use of the five senses over the

five fingers a nd toes on e a ch side of the body, over which they

actually flow . This is a vertica l classification of a re a s of re­

sponse of the five energy currents operating in the body. IT RE­

LATES THE SURFACE TO THE CENTER, THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM, THE RIGHT

TO THE LEFT AND T HE FRONT TO THE BACK OF THE BODY BY ENERGY WAVES
OF A HIGH SENSITIVE NATURE.

Tha t is why the application of therapy according to the

principle of POLARITY is so astonishingly effective . "As above,

so below" is one way of vitality expression. "As within, so with­

out" is another interpret ation of energy circuits for the exper­

ience of life through sensation and action.

The central core a nd e a ch ov al region constantly radiate

wa ves to the surface, and these flow inw ard, to the center, on a

return circuit through the fields of the five senses, plus the

surface area. These a re unique in their representation of areas

and energy response .

The deep structures and the centr a l core have fields of

their own which are illustrated in Cha rts No. 1, 2 a nd 3 in Book 2.

Cha rt No. 3 combines the deep currents with a complete surf a ce

illustra tion. It is impossible to sketch the pa th of sensitive

vita l currents of mind a nd emotions. They a re wireless a nd h a ve

33
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHARTS NO. 3, 4 AND 5

their own way. But the body fields are clearly illustrated in

Chart No . l in Book 2, and in Chart No. 6 in Book 3.

Chart No. 2 in Book 2 gives a clear picture of the whi rl­

ing energy centers in the etheric central core of the body. It

shows their radiations to the surface of one upward and one down­
ward current on each side. This establishes the direction for

the waves as seen by the illustration on th e right side of the

Chart. A vertical identification is also given on the foot and

on the hand. THUS THE WITHIN IS RELAT ED TO THE WITHOU T AS CAUSE

AND EFFECT, WHICH CAN BE REACHED THROUGH THE CURRENTS WHICH C ON­
NECT BOT H, THE CENTER AND THE CIRCUMFERENCE.

Chart No . 3 in B ook 2 al s o shows the central ultrasonic

core as the most vital axis of life's travel in the most sensi­

tive spinal tissue of the co r d and the meninges. This is the in­

dividual pillar of life, from the crown of the head to the end of
the cord proper, which is at the second lumbar vertebra, just op­

posite and on the same level with the umbilicus.

From there on begins the TREE OF KNOWLEDGE OF GOOD AND EVIL,

in the cauda equina. This totally involuted Vital E n er g y goes to

sleep, temporarily at rest in the sacrum, as the Kundalini force

of generation and t he drive for motor action and expression. ( See

Chart No. 11 in Bo ok 2)

The Cad u ce us in Chart No . 3 gives a good illustration of

t he dual mind energy, wrapped ar ou nd this Tree of our Life . It is

sustained by Nature through the living breath which acts as the

fan of life for the other areas below it and t hei r exc ha nge of

energy with Nature in the form of food, l iquid s and warmth.

T h is comp l e tes the identification of C h art No. 3 in Book 2.

The Chart No. 3 in this book contains one more point of attention
in Fig u r e 3, where the P o lar ity cha n g es over at the end of the trunk
anteriorly, and at the bottom of the buttocks p oster i orly , as it
happens when the le g s are bent over the body, toward the head. This
is also shown in Chart No. 6. So the hard shin bones become identi­
fied with the back of the body as motor current areas, and the soft
tissues on the calves of the le gs as sensory re f l e x areas to the
front of the body. Also , the har d , bony 1£E of the feet becomes the
repr e s ent at ive pole of the back of the bod � .

Howeve r , THIS DOES NOT CHANGE THE OVER-ALL CURREN T FLOW OF

THE SURFACE OF THE BODY. But it does make a great deal of dif­

ference in applying POLARITY or VITALITY BALANCE THERAPY. When

working on a field or area, the PO LAR OPPOSIT E MUST BE KNOWN IN

ORDER TO OBTAIN SPECIFIC RESPONSE AND RESULTS.

34
 Volume Page 105

CHART FOUNDATION CIRCUITS

N0·4 FIG. 2 shows muscles and tendons

which assist in posture condition­

ing and in functional responses
through POLARITY stimulation. "As
below, so above."
Structures rest on foundations

which must yield to the total im­

pulse in motion.

Throat

Fig.

Fig. 2

FIG. 1 shows the ligaments and con­

nective tissue in their position for

POLARITY response to influence the

entire body posture. This is the

foundation for structural correction.
Elastic feet with a springy step in­

diccte good vitality. Body Centers found in the feet.

Compare with chart No. 4 in

35 "WIRELESS ANATOMY", Book 2,

BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHAR T NO. 4

Chart No . 4 is t he reproduct ion of an anat omy chart of t he

right foot, to which ident ification marks and names have been added
to link t he VITAL ENERGY CUR RENT as t he main fact or for BASIC,
STRUCTURAL CORRECTION THROUGH TH E SOLES OF THE FEET.

Figure l shows t he ligament s and t heir fascia on t he bot ­

t om of t he right foot. If we can see t he sweep of energy over
this tissue, and its power of balance and control from t he bot t om
up, we H AVE THE KEY TO S TR UCTURE AND POSTURE AS WELL AS TO MANY
POLES OF THE BODY, THROUGH THIS B ASIC ROOT POLE.

No wonder man is constant ly t rying to balance himself by

the springiness and elasticity in his feetl When this qualit y
leaves and t he feet become rigid, man is beginning to die slowly.
Sore feet indicat e chronic conditions in the body which are pain­
ful but not in a st ate of resolution until t hey reach the neuter
pole of the hands. Then t he condition is acut e. Stiff fingers
and hands also indicat e less energy flow through t hem, wit h loss
of dext erit y and skill, which makes t hem akward in act ion.

Stiff arches and feet denot e a recession of t he life en­

ergy from t hat pole. Thick, chalky nails also indicat e t he same
and are not a good sign. VITALITY R ECEDES WHEN THE DENSITY OF
MATTER BECOMES TOO GREAT TO PENETRATE THROUGH IT. It is li�e t he
insulation to an elect ric current. Representative areas of t he

feet are also given in Chart No. 4 of Bo o k 2.

F igure 2 shows t he muscular tissue of t he anatomy of t he

right foot , by which t he foot exert s such powerful leverage and
spring to lift the whole body. AND, TRU LY, THE WHOLE BODY CAN BE
R EACHED AND BENEFITED THROUGH THE �l They are the negat ive,
water pole, opposit e to t he fiery, head pole. They are also the
vit al negative pole of the neuter pelvic, generative pole. That
is why it is so important to keep t he feet alive, young and ac-
tive, wit h a grip on the ground. The whole body is represent ed
in t he feet , t he wat er energy, which goes deep and seeks out t he
foundations of t hings.

Vitality is expressed in limber feet and hands. Stiffness

is tension and shows a decline of the vital current flow in both.
Working on t he foot alone does not give the best result s in
Vitalit y Balancing or in Polarit y Therapy appl�a t ions. Three
poles MUST BE BALANCED WITH EACH OTHER in order to establish or
re-establish t he circuit of energy. Mere manipulation of sore
areas and t ender spot s is � enough

F or years doct ors of various schools have treated and ad­

justed the feet wit h a measure of results. BUT THE POLARITY PRIN-

36
 Volume Page 107

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 4

CIPLE OF VITAL ENERGY FLOW was not in use; hence the CO M P LETE PIC­

TURE AND THERAPY FOR THE BODY WERE NOT AT HAND. That is why the

feet were neglected.

The only doctor who produced phenomenal results in foot

therapy was Dr. Locke in Canada. He was known all over the world.

And strange to say all his success res u lted from ONE ADJUSTMENT of

the CUBOID BONE. This acted as a powerful stimulant to the kid­

neys, because it lies in that area. The stimulation to the other

adjacent articulations helped the circuit flow. In some s pecific

cases resu lts were miraculous. His fame spread ; but, alas, not

his know ledge of this mystery!

The wonderful response was entirely through the WIRELESS

VITAL ENERGY CURRENTS. It proved a little part of t he Chinese

saying that man dies when the kidneys cease to function.

If one clever app lic atio n of this principle c an do such won­

ders, why not the s e le c tive art of ba l ancing the Vital Energy Flow

through po lar opp o si tes in the fields of the body as well as in th e

feet?

The reason for the limitation of this application and of

Zone Therapy, was a lack of a logical foundation upon which it

could be explained and proven as a principle in LIFE and in the

energy fie ld of the human body, instead of arbitrary lines of a

method of dividing the body, vertically, as zones. No one cou ld

give an explanation why it was so, how the s e areas o r ig i nate d or

why they e lici t ed a response in the body and through what system.

It had no scientific foundation. It was ca lled a reflex through

the sympathetic or other nerves, whether or not there were fibers

of su c h nature in that area. 'Ref lexology' was the name given to

the respons e of an unusual nature.

The Acupuncture doctors in France had a similar system of

zoning, which shows its rea l source or possible origin. But the

few books in German, which were written later, tried to explain

this system also as a nerve end response. The system fo l lowed the

outline of our modern t e xtbooks of anatomy, instead of the original

concept of the FIVE RIVERS OF LI FE as the FIVE VITAL ENER G I E S which

en liven our five sensory and five motor actions.

The POLARITY PRINCIPLES of the three 'gunas', or POSITIVE,

NEGATIVE AND NEUTER were not given too clearly. The sun and the

moon action of the 'yang' and the 'yin' were clear as po les of

stimu lation or as tonificati o n and co ld, li ke the coo l and re­

freshing water of the moon energy. Such is the history back of a

37
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 4

brilliant therapy of old, b u il t on a true foundation of Vital En­

ergy Balance. The ancients did not have the knowledge of the

physica l anatomy or physi o logy which we have today, BUT THEY KNEW

L IF E AND ITS VITAL CURRENT S which they followed very closely, ac­

cording to its manifestations and pulse beats. Theirs was the

tr ac i n g of living, vital c urrents thro u g h the four p o l ari zed hu­

mors of the body, ACCORDING TO THE ENERGY FIELDS.

Our popular modern systems are not the key to any of the
old schools in any land or country. Therefore, it is useless to

attribute their success to nerve pa t hs or trac i n gs. The anatomy

and th erapy charts made later, on this basis, missed the po int

and do not have a reasonab l e foundation to st and on. WHEREAS,

VITAL BALANCING AND POLARITY THERAPY ARE BASED ON THE UNIQUE PRIN­
CIPLE OF ENE RGY FIELDS IN T HE BODY, the same as in the atom.

Trea ting the body through the feet, and balancing the feet

through the body is an art of POLARITY FUNCTION. The posture of

the body can be most correctly in f l u e nced and determined through

the feet, without p ads � heel lifts. These are p u rely mechanical

aid s, like a crutch, when needed to su ppor t a weak arch of the foot.

Arches depend up on muscle tone and action.

T he FOOT TECHN I Q UE according to PO LARI T Y THERAPY PRINCIPLES

is a new application of FOOT BALANCING IN RELATION TO THE VITAL

CURRENTS. It wo r ks like a ch arm when done with a view to polar­

izing, throu g h each contact, and not merely m a ssag i� to rub out

the sore spots.

To illustrate: When working on the foot, ove r the area

marked 'colon, ascendi n g, descending or transverse ' , then gr i p the

outside and the top of the foot firmly, to also balance the sen­

sory and the motor currents of flow, up and down. This makes foot

therapy a B I - PO LAR APPLICATION.

It is sometimes necessary to pull on the toe in that re g i on

w hile working on the spec if ic area on the top and b otto m of the
foot. This is use d mostly whe n the p at ient is lying on his back
or on the side. Then th e body contact is related with it.

By fle xi ng the foot with a dual c ontac t , with both hands

applied to it , one on the bottom of the fopt with the thumb for

specific reaction in a selected area, the other on the top of the

foot or on the outsid e . Both ha v e a powerful response, when

linked to the bod y by further balan cing .

By bendin g each t oe , the specifi c center can be raised in

the sole of the foot by t en sion of the t en d o n and muscle s . This

38
 Volume Page 109

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 4

gives a very specific reaction, In this contact the dorsal part

of the foot should be equally pressed by a contact, so as to bal­

ance the anterior an � posterior regions in the foot and in the

body's vital current flow, for a polarizing effect through the

fields.

A few regions have been given in this chart. The others

are in my other books. The reason I refrain from plastering the

chart with names of areas is that doing so would encourage imita­

tion rather than reasoning from a premise that is true and funda­

=ental, This is an art with a real scientific basis, where sore

spots can be found and AT ONCE RELATED TO THEIR CORRESPONDING

:?I.SLDS IN THE UPPER AREAS OF THE BODY. When treating, charts are

=at much help for reference. But reason and knowledge gained from

s�udy and practice, is a true help when accompanied with skill and
sensitive touch.

When the horizontal regions of the head, neck, shoulders,

=�aphragm and umbilicus are correctly charted and located, then

:� is easy to find any organ in between, in exact anatomical re­

:ationship. That is the whole secret of this art. SENSITIVE SPOTS

�-_-.:;T BE FOUND, BALA::-JCED AND HARMONIZED H, THEIR J:.OLAR ACTION AS

:-..-�RENTS, FOB. BEST H.ESULTS. ( See Chart No. 4 in Book 2)

Top, Middle and Bottom poles should be correlated in bal­

�=cing the current flow - as positive, neuter and negative waves

•�ich flow above, below and through the center line as is shown
any alternating current sketch.

VJhen this ANATOJ\!Y OF ENERGY POLES AND C I RC UI T OF WIRELESS

:��rents is once grasped, it is so easy to locate any area of ill­

=�ss or distortion IN ITS TRIANGLE OF FUNCTION. Inquiries as to

·-�t to do for this or that disease would not be necessary if we

:��ught and worked according to principles of VITALITY BALANCE and

�:-?OLAR FUNCTION OF TISSUES.

In Charts No, 4 and 5 you will find depicted in the fingers

___ the toes, the shoulder girdle polar reflex area as well as the

=��k's anterior polar area location, THYROID AND GOITER polar

���as should be easily located in both poles the neuter hand,

�== the negative feet, All other regions follow this pattern. It

-= so easy, when once understood,

39
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

CHART ACUTE REFLEXES

NO·S The hands have a similar reflex as the

feet only they are neuter poles which

react to acute conditions and leave very

sore spots to be balanced, The nails

correspond to the teeth. Neuralgias

can be relieved by pressure at the

Head ..,.. root of the nails ,

The back of the hand corre­

sponds to the back of the body

in its b on y s i m ilarit y, The

Face
regions for centers of response
are the same as the front il­

lustrations, only these are

Throat
posterior,

tll
::rto
0 Pl
� ()
!-':;.;-'
0.
([) 0
'1 H,
en

Fig.

The circle in the lower

portion of the hand gives the
POLARITY position of the um­
bilicus in this extremity,
Everything above it corresponds
to the area of the umbilicus in

the body; and below the circle,

everything below the umbilicus,

See Chart No, 4 in Book 2, It
is all mapped out there and can easily be seen, T he wrist corre­

sponds to the pelvis on that side . This illustration gives a fin e

picture of it, T he soft palm area represents the anterior sensi-

tive structure of the body,

40
 Volume Page 111

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 5

Chart No. 5 shows the left hand with its ligaments and mus-

cles front and back for energy response throughout the

body. The hands ar : neuter pole areas and are of great value in

all acute conditions which are active then.

The hands are also the body's indicator and prognosticator.

Color, thickness, ridges, splitting nails, peeling nails � etc, all

have their meaning and indication in ilLness. A little careful ob­

servation will reveal much. A split nail or a heavy ridge which

splits at the end, indicates an acute condition working out.

It is of great help to the doctor and to the patient when

this can be pointed out as an energy imbalance in the system which

must go through repairs. The nail will tell the story of progress.

This often 'saves face' and hope, and makes it easier to carry on

through difficulties which would otherwise prove too long drawn­

out and disheartening at times,

The toe nails also reveal the prognosis of the vital re­

serve and the circulation to the extremity, even as large ear lobes

indicate a good vital energy reserve which will pull a patient

through, where others with less or no vital energy reserve might

succumb.

Firm thighs and buttocks are the vital indicators in the

water energy field of generative vital reserve energy. The Mound

of Venus, at the base of the thumb, tells the same story in the

neuter pole area of the hand. So also the firmness and fleshiness

of the hollow of the hand gives assurance of fair heart action

through vital support from within. Truly, the human body is won­

derfully made!

Some unusual response areas are listed in Figure 2 on

Chart No. 5; for instance, the root of the nails for Neuralgia,

according to the location of the teeth involved. In acute condi­

tions it works like a charm when the exact � is found and

pressed with the finger nail of the other hand, using either the

thumb or the second finger, One may also use a gold ring for thiE

purpose by pressing the edge of it against the root of the nail.

Neuralgia is the cry of a nerve for food. This condition

needs heat and dilation of the positive pole of the sun, or the

application of the edge and pressure of a gold comb, ring or any

gold object with a fine contact edge.

When I was in India I had severe facial neuralgia involv­

ing the incisors on the left side, I found the most tender spot

41
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 5

on the left sid e of the root of my left t h umb nail. I could har dl y

bear the pressure of my right thumb nail on it , but p er sis ted with

the pressure and in less than ten minutes ALL THE NEURALGIA LEFT ME

completely, and there has been no return of it since . This happened

in January of 1956.

Such simple pr ocedure, yet specific k no w le dg e of a ppl ic a ­

tion, is not only a solace but a gr eat hel p in t he hour of need,

for patients and � a c tor s alike . We a re all h um an and sub j e c t to

disturbances in V it a l Balance .

Manipulation and therapy m e nt ione d for the feet, also apply

to the hands. Both are extremities with simi lar polar responses

which affect the bod y in their circuits .

*********************

42
CHART EVOLUTION POSITION
N0-6 OF THE ENERGY FIELDS OF THE BODY.

This is brought about by a reversal of the at­

tention currents of Mind Energy. It opens the

sensory body fields for response to

Universal Currents, and limits the

posterior, personal motor expres­
sions of the individual.

It is the opposite of the

Chart on Involution, il­

lustrated in Book I as
the Embryonic position of
a soul coming to earth.

ANTERIOR POLES
---) OF CORRESPONDENCE

POSTERIOR FIELDS OF
0 RELATIONSHIP

0 HIP JOINT

THE UMBILICUS
r.\

Fig.

Both, the Embryonic Chart on Involution in Book I and this Chart on

the Evolution Position, reveal Vitality Currents of relationships as

a further source for the foundation and demonstrable logic for this
work.

43
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 6

The 'Evolution Position of the Energy Fields of the Body'

depicts the reversed current flow of energy in the spiritually

evolving individual. It is not given here as mere speculative

theory nor as a physical demonstration of p ract ic e. The purpose

is simply to S H OW THE CHANGE OF T HE ATTENTION CURRENTS OF THE

MIND AND THE S E N S OR Y ENERGY FLOW OF EMOTIO�lAL INTE R E S T , AWAY ..EE.QM.
the personal centers of self-protected l imi tatio ns acquired in

the process of involution.

This is an actual illustration of 'rebirth' in the field

of ENERGY ESSENCE.

"Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto

thee, E xcep t a m an be born of water and of

the Spi ri t, he cannot enter into the king-

dom of God. That which is bo rn of the flesh

is flesh; and that which is born of th e Sp irit

is spirit. Marve l not that I s aid unto thee,

Ye must be born again." ( St. John 3:5,6,7.)

( Also see S t. John l : l- 13; I John 4:7; 5:1,4,
18; St. John 3:3; I Peter 1:23.)

The marvels of the vital processes of Energy Currents be­

come reve al ed and verified by Biblical texts, as an inner Reality

rather than mere theory or belief. Sai n t s, Sav i or s , Prophets and

Seers all dealt with Life and its Energy Fields of Causes as
Inne r Re a li ties . We assumed them to be material and pe rcept ible

through the five senses, or demonstrable in th e laboratories of

matter and as mere historic facts . Verse 13 of St. John 3 in ­

dicates the same popular ma terial attitude at that time. So it

is not a new thing at all. And it is because of this attitude of

m ind which demands material proof that spiritual facts remain ob­

scure, and sacrad texts are sealed myste r i es. The same was true

in the time of Jesus when Nicodemus visited Hi m at n i g ht and ques­

tioned Him concerning the mystery � s p i rit u al REBIRTH.

Allow me to suggest that in the two charts of Ene rgy fields

in the process of Involution ( Chart No , 5, Book l) and Evolution

( Chart No. 6 in this book) of the soul's tr ave l , a little of this

hidden process of the Soul and its r e b irth (de scribe d in the third

Chapter of St. John as a Vital Rea li ty ), is revealed by geometric

designs . IT IS MERELY M E N TIONE D HERE FOR ij UNGRY SOULS AS A POINT

'"'�
OF I N TERE S T FOR FURTHER SE ARCH . "THE MYSTIC BIBLE" was writ ten for

the same purpose; namely, to encourage further search by those suf­

fici ent ly interested in TRUTH and GOD-REALIZATION, for which pur­

pose the human body was o rigin a lly given to us. It was throu g h the

human body that we involuted and it is through the human body that

we obtain the k ey to evolution (LIBERATION AND GOD-REALIZATION).

44
 Volume Page 115

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 6

In th e process of i n voluti on, the embryo i n the mother's

womb goes through various stages before it be c ome s a babe and as­

sumes a po s iti on of be ndi n g forward, w i th the feet raised toward

�
the head and the arms crossed over the chest for p ro t e c tio n of all

the anterior sensory areas while floating in the am ni oni c fluid.

( I llu str at ed in C har t No� 5, Book l)

In this position all the vit a l currents can flow freely for

the b u i ldi ng of the ent ire bo dy , because it is in a ne utral po s i ­

tion of r est while literally floating in the 'waters of space' ,

in this case, the amnionic fluid. The four rivers of su p ply of

earthy foo d , of li qui ds, of air and of war mth are all furnished

by the life blood of the mo the r, like a nectar in one vessel. The

we av in g of these threads of mat e r ial energy into li v in g tissues is

started by the dual currents from the pattern of the parents . The

s per matozoon gives off two currents (one of sound e ner g y an d one

of light) wh i c h could be classified as the fire and air princi ples

or rivers of en e r gy supply for this future little t emp l e of S olomon .

The ovum also gives off t wo curren ts , but of o pposit e po­

la r it y , which complete the lower arc of the oval, as the ear t hy and
watery e ne r gy fields and their living c u r r ent s for b u ild i n g most of

the ea rt hy structure . Only the bones are built by the fiery es­
s en ce . The feminine energy is the 'Yin' or moon current.

This will exp lain the chart better as vital fields of po­

tential energy that built t he body by this weavi ng effect of the

inter - ac tion of two d ual currents. In the world of Mystery it is

the 'Yod-He-Vau-He' . In actual life it is 'Father-Mother-Son­

Daughter' or th e human family.

If we will consult Ch art No . 4 in Book 1, these t r i an g ular

fields of ene rgy can be seen better in detail. Now, if we see

these energy currents as triune in their polarity flow of p os i ti ve,

n egative and n e u te r , we have the twelve poles of the Zodiac, which

APP LY TO THE ENERGY F I E LD S OF LOCATION IN THE BODY AS ORGANS AND

their functions . This chart is valuable for refere nce in t racin g

the field or fields where the e n e r gy is not flowing in illness be­

cause of obstructions or short c irc u its and through a l a ck of PO­

LARITY POTENTIAL. It is an easy matter to co rr elat e the painful

organ or r eg ion of the body with the c h art of e n e r gy flow, to de­

term i n e whe r e its ot her po les are lo c ated , for the p u rpose of Vi­

tality B a lan ci n g . When th e principle is t horou gh ly u nd e rsto od ,

thro ugh study and p r a ct ice , until it actually becomes a part of

one's being, t hen t he c ha r ts are no lo n g e r necessary for refer en ce ,

except to ex p l ain it to others .

45
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 6

The oval s , as f i elds in the bo d y , shown in Chart No . 1 of

Book 2 and in Chart No . 6 of Book 3, further ill us tr ate thes e points

in an erect pos ition of the bod y .

Chart No . 5 in Book 1 gives them in a circular relationship,

as an as trological f a ctor, bec au se space energy enters into this

s truct ure through the mother who starts this l it tl e armature as an

indi v idua l magn�t to at tr a ct its o wn suppl y from Nature when the

umbilical cord is cut.

Chart No . 6 in this book also illustrates unusual rel ation­

s hips of body parts as fields , fo- better u nd ers tan d i ng of some

obs c ure points , e s pec i al l y the po s ition of the feet in r elat i on to

the head.

Each foot fits the h al f of the h ead on that s ide, with the

toes toward the for e he a d and the heel over the ba ck of the he ad ,

the o cciput in c los e proximity.

Se cond , it gives the p os ition of the ankles in r elation to

the neck and shoul ders . The inner line of the c alf of the leg and

the thigh ref l ec t to the an terior part of the neck, the ches t and

the a bdomen.

The bac k of the kn e e on t his inner c ircle represents the um­

bilicus . T he b ac k of the th igh , in th e inner cir cl e, ha s a refle x
to the a bdomen, below the um bil ic us . This exception of POLARITY

FIELD SWITCH could not be i ll us t rated l ogic al l y or geometric al l y

before, from any anterior pos ition. Onl y the qu al ity of s oftness

of tis s ues related it to the anterior and s oft p art of the bod y ,
while the hard and bony parts are us u a lly p os terior POLARITY PO­

TENTIALS FOR CONTACT S IN VITALITY BALANCING.

The softer tis su es on the back of the thigh are muc h more

of a repre se nt ation of the s oft tis s ues of the lower abdomen than

would be the hard an d heavy muscles of the front of the thigh and

its outs ide area. SO THIS POSTURE OF 'EVOLUTION' REVEALED ANOTHER

POI N T IN THE CHAIN OF POLARITY RES PONSES by plac ing this fiel d cor­

rectly as an anterior pole res pons e, pro v ed by geometry .

The relation of the h a nd s to the head is als o d emons tr ated

here as a c ros s - o v er field and correctl y i n� erprets the brain f unc­

tion which s upplies the opposite s id e of the bo d y . Geometry again

verifies an energy current field and its function. The thum bs are
both in the c enter fiel d on the head.

The pos it ion of the arm in Fi gur e 1 of Chart No . 6 as s oc i ­

at es the wris t j oint with the hip joint, pl acin g the entire arm in

46
 Volume Page 117

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 6

a correct relative position to the body for functional response by

means of POLARITY CONTACTS on its opposite area: The e lbow to the

umbilicus, the upper colon to the area above the elbow joint on
each side, and below it to the lower colon. The soft portion of
the arm is also turned forward, toward the abdominal arc.

All these factors are important points to illustrate and

treat as POLARITY AREAS of VITAL RESPONSE. It makes the work much

easier and far more effective when contacts are EXACTLY POLARIZED

and the soreness or obstruction is released.

To summarize: Chart No. 6 gives visible, direct relation­

s �ip of the fields of the body for diagnosis and therapy. By plac­
ing the body in an imaginary position like this, or rather by vis­
ualizing the body in this position, each part is in its cor�ect po­

larity relationship with the rest of the body, and th e POLARITY

CONTACTS can then be made with the patient lying on the back, side,

stomach, or sitting up, depending on the type of treatment or the

locations of the contacts to be made.

The posterior, outer curve of the legs is the same as the

concave curve of the back. The inner, convex curve of the legs is

the same as the outer abdominal curve, shown in this chart. The

position of the feet is a perfect indication for head relationship,

and so are the hands.

In Book 1, Charts 4 and 5 illustrate this in relation to in­

volution . Each triangle gives its triune polarity and place in the

body. Mentally place the patient's ailing region in this field in

Chart 4 of Book 1, and you immediately know which field and poles

need to be released and balanced.

As an example we'll assume that the trouble to be remedied

is COLITIS. The bowel region, Virgo, relates to the knees and to

the neck. See Chart No. 4 in Book 2 for hand and foot polar con­
tacts and relate them to the body. Also see Chart No. 60 in the

Supplement to Book 2 for the colon areas near the knee, and mak e

contacts above that also, as explained in connection with Chart

No. 13 in this book.

*********************

47
 CHART PRIMORDIAL MIND PATTERN
NO.7 THE CREATIVE IDEAL MIND PATTERN WORLD IN THE HEAD

IS T HE CENTER OF GOVERNMENT IN THE BODY

Placing the body in the head brings out some astonishing symbolism

of vital functions and organic relationships, "As above, so below. "

Mind energy patterns are expressed in the body, and the body re­

turns the compliment by impressing itself on the mind.

48
 Volume Page 119

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 7

Chart No. 7 depicts Creation, complete in the field of idea­

tion, of mind patterns and blueprints. It is said to be Kether the

Crown in the Cabala. All other things are expressions of it as re­

flections or radiat rons, as shown in Chart No. 8.

The first creation is complete in this ideal world of mind

and intelligence. To bring it down to earth, its vibrations are

slowed down to where it becomes less conscious as emotional fields

of subconsciousness with less light and awareness. This is the

etheric realm or astral, starry region of our sky or heaven of the

pure mind essence . The sun and moon energies operate in this sphere

of subconsciousness .

The physical realm is the third precipitation by means of

further crystallization and density through lesser vibratory im­

pulses than above. The Superior creates and enlivens the inferior

regions and worlds. It sustains them by its finer Energy Essence,

out of which they are made or precipitated.

Vitality is the root and substance of all appearance and ac­

tion. Without it there would be nothing. It is difficult for the

mind to conceive the finer Realities which form the pattern of Life
itself. Mind is more concerned with things and patterns of variety

because that is its nature and origin in the ideal world of crea­

tion. So the mind cannot be happy as long as it concerns itself

with the things of this world exclusively or predominantly. It

flits from one thing to another in its search for happiness, but
cannot find it in things of this world. It is only when the mind

is ruled by the soul qualities of FAITH, HOPE, CHARITY, HUMILITY,

LOVE, SERV I CE AND UNDERSTANDING that the higher mind can function

and eventually reach its true home . Then it will find the REAL

PEACE AND HAPPINESS that it is now hopelessly seeking in material

things and relationships.

Following this blueprint pattern of the Ideal made real, we

place man as a whole into the head and see what relation the ex­

pression has to the pattern origin. Art becomes an actuality in

this process of comparison and placement. Only thoughtfulness and

application can give it its true value as a living pattern of ex­

pressing the Ideal.

Its relationship for diagnosis from the face and head is

very helpful, by lines of facial expression, by color and texture

of the tissues in these areas; also as contact poles for Vitality

Balancing of the body.

Many more comparisons than are shown in this chart are pos­
sible, but it would be confusing to the mind. To illustrate a few,

49
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 7

let us say that the liver pole, under the nose, under the diaphragm

region, extends sideways as the liver does, and we find a very fine

contact pole for therapy over the right jaw, opposite the same a­

rea. The same holds true for the spleen on the left jaw and the

outside area.

The lower jaw, the symphysis pubis and the generative organs

have a comparative_ field and function through kissing or chinning.

The rubbing of noses by the Eskimos gives a similar effect through

its neuter axis field. This seems to indicate a descent from a

very high state of civilization at one time. They could be a rem­

nant of the civilization which flourished before the earth's sur­

face was changed by cataclysms,

*****************�****

50
 (!) ..,. en
Mind patterns form the keynote of body construction, reflected from
n
1-' en
(!) ::1
a
co
::l
r+
above,

same
downward,

regions are
by placing

indicated
the

as ovals
skull

in
in the

Chart
four

No.
regions

1 in Boo k
of

2,
the

and
body.

in
The

Chart
Z::t:
(!) Ill
::l en
r+
Ill
r+
�-H t:l:1
No, 6 in Boo k 3, �)>
< < '< Mind is expressed as subconscious function through the four POLAR­
til
,.... (!)
co :::a
IZED ENERGY F I E LD S IN THE BODY. In ancient wisdom the creative mind
Ill
tll
r+
� Jll l-'
'C ....
pattern w as considered the CROWN OF CREATION, called 'Kether' in the Cabala.
.... � Ill
"" (!) 0 This complete ideal is stepped down gradually in five successive waves of
0 s Ill ....
s:: .... til t:l emana tion, or days of Creation, as described in Genesis ,
� t:l oq
Q. Ill
� t:S r+
.... 0 Q. 1:1'
.,,
< c �
(!)
�
'1 ""
� c m
()
::0
::a
m � t:S l'r
t:l 0 c
t•j m
>
0 r+ r+ ......
� .,
..... .... .... H
..... 0 <: r­
til c ::l ....
c t:S en ::l
t::rj m
'C 0
'C r+ 0 (!)
t?!
H n
........ ..... Ill z .,_..
(J1
......
'< 0
- ::s r+P"
P"
0

"C
0
)>m
..... .... co .....
0 ::l ....
>
�
-40
� P" � �
a (!) ....
en Ill Ill Q.
c r+ Q.
t::rj
t"' () ::0 m_
-1<
> ::0 z
en r+
r+ (!) co (!)
� � t::rj Cll
t::rj >
� ....
(!) '1 ><
::l - 'C 0
Ill
z � t::rj
� H iO:: Z)>
'1 Ill <: > r-
::l r+ (!) ::l <: t::rj z
o P" en H Z>
ro '1 en en
0 (!) (!)
� t::rj �
> Cll t::rj �Q
Ill c Q. (!)
::l aq
t"' Cll 0
mm
Q. P" ..... r+
::l P"
The locations in the body are the land or fields referred to in
"zj
c::::
H >
Cll Cll r-o
..... .....
c 0 r+
(!)
the Bible and in Boo k 1. The energy currents flow through the center
z
() t>:l "':!
c�
::s c P" t'D � � H
0 '1 t'D >< of each oval also called a 'chakra' or a whirling disk of vitality. H "C t::rj
r+ PI 0 ::0 t"' "'m
,... en c' o z t::rj 0
0 r+ 0 r+ Cll Cll ....
:::.; PI Q. Cll
aq '< '1
(!) t'D
t>:lt:Jj �
0 t::rj -
en o 'C t"'
'1 �
0 oq t'D
> 0
Cll :.;;
n
'1 PI I
::l
I
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 8

This chart sketches the process of placing the Idea and I­

deal pattern of the mind of man, created as an image, into actual

lower vibratory spheres for expression through five fields and

five senses as actual awareness in matter, a dense plane, through

material consciousness and being, for the completion of creation.

The One Idea and Consciousness is now scattered and separ­

ated into four polarized currents of senses, and fields to act

through them for the experience of the soul and the mind as its

agent, in contact with matter. The Mind Pole, having completed

its creation in the Ideal World, with all the designs of blueprints

made, lessens its octave of vibratory intensity through fulfillment

on one plane, and starts a new day of creation. This is in the
next lower realm of expression of the Ideal Purpose and Vision in
the Mount of Consciousness within.

1. For this purpose, the head is placed into the neck area
of the etheric plane of 'Akash'. This is the plane of Sound, the

WORD of command of the Creator sounds forth into this realm of

creativeness. All things take shape in the etheric world of sound

substance, according to the attraction and polarization of the

Sound Vibration.

God spoke into this realm on that day of Creation. That is

where our Biblical record begins to express God's WORD as the One
Life and Light in Creation, out of which all things were made.
There was Light above, in the ideal head, as the Sacred Flame, but

it was not yet projected into the field of Creation by the Sound

Current of Command from the Creator.

"And God said, Let there be light: and there

was light." (Gen. 1:3)

This is also given in Chapter One of this book under the title of

'The Vital Flame of Creativeness'. All energies which descend in­

to the body go through this plane. So do all return currents from

below, for recording in the consciousness. Therefore, the neck is

a cross road of the main vital currents, downward and upward. That
is why it holds all the impressions and records of etheric happen­
ings as well as pain symptoms in the body. It is the place for
real diagnosis of the energy current flow and obstructions.

::,

For this purpose the elaborate description of Chart No. 2

is given for diagnosis and Vital Balancing applications. It is a

new field and most valuable for any real research doctor to know
what the One Vital Current is doing in all four fields of polarized

action, upon which all function depends. "As above, so below" is

52
 Volume Page 123

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 8

literally applied here, traced and sketched in Chart No. 2 for

therapy. "As below, so above" refers to the return currents from

below, included here for therapeutic applications and their re­
lease on the neck, ffom below upward.

That is the path of pain. Please do not forget this: All

sensory currents pass from below, upward and from the outside, in­

ward. R ELEASE THESE BLOCKS AND PAIN WILL VANISH OR WILL BE MITI­
GATED BY A BETTE R BALANCE OF FUNCTION AND CU RRENT F LOW.

All this is the answer most doctors have been lookin g for
as a real sensible explanation and practical application, through
VITALITY BALANCE, above and below. Truth carries through to all
fields �applications. But this is most valuable for all doctors

who use manipulative therapy. It works astonishingly well and is

far more potent and effective than any adjustments to relieve pain

because the fundamental principle is closer to the real vital

function than is the mechanical principle and its application.

Mechanical correction has its own field in mechanical in­

juries by violent external impacts, such as fractures and disloca-

tions. There the mechanical therapy shines, as when a break is

set and rested, or a twist in a joint is put in its place again.

But for other sensory or functional pain release, the answer is not
mechanics, because that is out of its field.

Even structural relations and their corrections depend more

on the ENERGY IMPULSES WHICH PRODUCE MUSCULAR DISTORTIONS OF JOINTS
by their spasm TH A N ON THE MECHANICAL COR RECTIONS OF IT . That is

why they don't stay put. A spinal lesion once produced is there,

and will be there, in spite of all adjustments. X-rays have proved

this to be correct. When given the mechanical correction, the�

patient usually comes back with the same lesion to be corrected a­

gain and again. That is why a file record helps a lot as a time
saver in that type of therapy. And that patient is helped by the

work on this lesion or block, each time, because it stimula tes the

ENERGY C URRENT locally. That does not always relieve the pain,
especially when it is sensory in nature and not due to a twist or

sprain or dislocation.

Therapy can be made much more specific, simple, gentle and

effective by understanding the ONE LIFE ENERGY and its play in the

body. The top of the head is the upper jaw region; the jaw region
in turn has a polarity reflex to the top of the trunk, etc.

2. Placing the head in the chest gives us further relation­

ships of the airy principle of the Life Breath and its vital func­
tions. This is the plane of feeling, sensitive, tactile touch,

53
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 8

e m a na ting from the heart pattern of feel in g which radiates all o­

ver like the pen e tra ting air, t hrough its p attern in the blood
ty pe. Pure air casts no shadows but clouds and frost can le ave a
lot of emotional energy blocks behind as records of im pre ssions on
our own person al air of ego e manations through a se t of f ee lings
of our own crea tion. This is the func tionin g field of our touch
con tac ts wi th the world outside, such as skill through the bands
and motion through all the body me mbe rs.

The impression s gained are recorded in the ne ck as the e­

theric plane of sound waves on their way to the head as the mind
plane of consciousne ss in con ju nc tio n with soul f unction.

Note of rela tion ships with the head place d in this field:

The top of the bead is the top of the trunk. The lo wer jaw is a-

bout the diaphragm re gi on and corresponds to the terminal end of

both. The nose is the neuter cen ter pole of t he s ternum. The e yes
resemble the l ungs , by loca tion and function of const a n t expansion
and contraction. The left ear is near the hear t loca tion , with
its sound of 'lubb dubb' . The region of the teeth expresses the

diaphragm and its rise and fall in respiration, as shown by ches t

motion.

3, The abdominal region and its relation to the head shows

the to p of the head c orres p o n d i ng to the d i a p hr a g� and the jaw to
the pelvic level of the peri toneu m . The righ t eye is in the liver
region and the left eye in t he stomach and s plee n area. The kid­
ney area is under the eyes, with the head in t h is location. The
nose inlet corresponds to the umbilicus in its neu tr al re g io n . The

teeth correspond to the general area of di g es tion and as simila tion ,

like eating and swallowing.

All of these polarity similarities in f unc t ion have their

correspond ence in the Vital Energy C u r re n t which e nlivens them
e qu ally . The e f fe ct of liver and dige s tive distur bances on the
e ye s is we ll known as spots be fore the eyes , the ye l lo w color o f
bile in th e eyes in cases of jaundice, e tc. The d ig e s tive func­

tions are also indica ted on the tongue as coa ting, rid g e s , cracks
in the tongue and th e regiona l inflammatio ns , like the fiery re d
tip of the to n gu e in typhoid fe v er , e tc.

This is the reason for all these estab \ishe d symptomatic

re sponse s through t he unity of ac tio n of the VITAL CURRENT FLOW,
How e lse can we accou n t for it in illness? Nerv es h a ve the i r own
spe ci fic functions. The four re g ion s of t he sense of taste on
the ton g ue are also an intestinal polar r es po nse .

54
 Volume Page 125

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 8

4. Placing the head in the pelvis gives us further thought­

ful likeness of the above being expressed in the below, as specific

functions in life. In this position the top of the head is the

pelvis and the perit dneum and the jaws are the symphysis pubis. The

lips become the sensitive response of the generative impulse, the

closeness in feeling in the act of kissing being a special sense

function. The membranes have an intestinal response, as soreness

on the lips proves many intestinal upsets or fevers. These are

functional membrane extension correspondences.

The diagnosis from the tongue is entirely practical by its

location. The back of the tongue corresponds to this lower pelvic

area. It is well known that pressure on the back or root of the
tongue has an effect on the uterus and the bladder. The uvula is
equivalent to the rectum in its function; namely that of deglutition
in relation to defecation. The eyes can be approximate representa­

tives to the ovaries because they have a line of response under the

eyes. The nose has a central position and with the head in this
area, corresponds to the uterus, the bladder and the prostate.

Bony structure correspondence: The two innominate bones

correspond to the two parietal bones of the head. The ischium and

the hip sockets find their opposite poles in the temporal bones of
the head. The symphysis pubis has its polarity reflex to the jaw

bone.

Posteriorly, the sacrum is in position of the occiput here,

and the sphenoid bone which connects to the occiput through its

basilar process, corresponds to the coccyx.

All this is through reflection from above, as ideas and

patterns expressed in the body. They have their purpose and rea­

son for being or we would not exist. It takes thought and time
and much patient effort to see and understand Nature as a whole

and our own body as it really is in its placement to the CENTRAL

VITAL CURRENT which animates all.

*********************

55
CHART VITAL POSTURE BALANCE
N0·9
MOTOR BALANCE POSITION: Note the two

hands clasped over the back of the head,

balancing the positive motor pole with

the neuter palms of the hands. The mild

stretch relaxes the spinal muscles.

FIG. 2 - CR OSSING THE LEGS AND HANDS

balances· the neuter and

negative poles. It has a

quieting sensory effect.

FIG. 3 - THE IDEAL NEUTRAL POSITION

SQUATTING POSTURE, plus

local special sense balancing

through the finger locations:

Thumbs in the ears, the first

finger lightly over the eyes,

the middle finger over

the nose, the ring

finger over the mouth

and the little finger

on the chin.

It is a pos­

ture of the

wise men of

old.

56
 Volume Page 127

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 9

The reason for giving these three positions is for a better

understanding of the VITAL CURRENT, expressed through form and po­
s i ti on , EACH POSTURE
---
HAS A DEFINITE POLARI T Y BY WHICH
- IT IS SO IN
\;
ITS EFFECT. This is generally overlooked.

When we lie under a green tree and l o ok up t hroug h its shad­

owy leaves, at the sky above, the m o t or relaxing posture ens ues in­

stinctively and automatically. We clasp our hands behind the head

and cross the knees loosely. "That is the life of relax ati on. "

But why it is so, nobody has apparently analyzed or stated it ex­

actly.

Here the reason is given as a natural, VITAL ENERGY POLARITY

APPLICATION. When our own instincts prompt us to do these things,
and we a re p l ea se d w i th them , would not further k n ow ledge along
t ha t line be useful and interesting?

Figure 2 dep ict s a good posture for relaxing anxiety and e-

motional tension. It was used long be fo r e the advent of chai r s and

is still used a great deal in the east. In fact, stastics show
that the majority of the world's population still uses this posture
in the ab se nc e of chairs. It is also (and perhaps was origina lly
designed for that purpose) a phi l os o p h i c posture for bearing the
i ll s of the day with a confident faith in G od ' s Providence.

Figure 3 show s a neuter posture, used by sages and wise men

for their deeper penetration into the Inner Mysteries of life. Here
we merely point out the VITAL POLARITY of the posture, why it is so
that this position helps the VITA L PATTERN OF THE MIND as a bal­
ancing effect. The s ame historical facts apply to both postures -
f i g ure s 2 and 3 - so wha t was said about it under f ig ure 2 is not
r epeated here.

The idea presented here is that the body can be put in a

neu ter position of rest, the same as any machine. The act of
standing still is a nyt hi ng but rest for the body. The s ame can be

said about sitting on a chair. Even lying down has its phase of
b ett er positioning for co m p le te motor relaxati o n and r epair of tis­

sues. These ideas are more or less s tar t lin g until they are put to
use, w hen � feel the dif fe renc e and no further e xplana tion s are
necessary, The ideal posture shown here, is one where the m ind
transcends the body in deep activity of concen trat ion and inner ab­
sorption,

***************** ****

57
CHART SIMPLIFIED GRAVITY
NO·lO TEST BOARD

Also refer to Chart No. 10 in Book 3, 'Polarity

Therapy' and pages 62, 63, 64, 65 & 66 therein.
The principle and application are fully explained

there. The reason for giving this chart is the

newly simplified construction for a better posture

position, allowing the feet to be farther apart,

which not only saves time but enables the patient
to stand more securely.

FRONT

BAC K

The board is 24" long and 12" wide. The center divider is of

wood, 2!" wide and 2" high, with a line in the center for sighting

from the string which is fastened to some object above or to the ceil­

ing and to the spring on the board. The cross piece is 1" thick, runs
the width of the board and is also 2" high.

The patient stands at the front end of the board, facing the

front, placing the heels snugly against the cross piece and each foot
snugly against the center piece.

The doctor sits facing the back of the board, at th e end where
the string is fastened to the spring, and keeps the string sighted
with the center. He then marks the exact place where the string falls

on the patient's back, with a skin pencil or crayon. He also marks

the hollow spots with a minus (-) sign and the profuinent areas where
the tissues bulge, with a plus (+) sign. This merely indicates what

is to be done when the patient is lying on the table where the struc­

tural relationship may be reversed or changed when off gravity. The

doctor pr oc ee ds to make the POLARITY CONTACTS for equalization or bal­
ancing of the plus and minus areas with the center line of gravity,

58
 Volume Page 129

THE PLUM B LINE AND WHAT IT MEANS

The plumb line shows distortions and muscle tensions that

are unequal in the skeletal framework. A patient can be badly

distorted and yet not be very sick; he may not even know it. An­
�
other patient may check good on the plumb line, and can feel
terribly b ad.

The plumb line does not indicate vital function distor­

tions, nor Sympathetic or Parasympathetic nerve disturbances, nor

acute inflammatory diseases, except when skeletal muscles are in­

volved. The plumb line is a good check for structural distor­

tions, but not for functional imbalance. There are many lines

of stress in the body energy fields that are not governed by mere
physical gravity. The four elements themselves are beyond the
law of gravity, as they are energy particles of the finest kind,
a fourth grade of matter, like electrons.

In all our doings, understandin� is of the greatest im­

portance. And to blend the energy fields of the body in their

functions is the primary need. Many people go around humpbacked

and all distorted, and live to a ripe old age. It is not the
structure that kills us , but the vital function's inability to
act. True, every organ must have room in which to expand and

contract; but correcting a visible, external distortion does not

necessarily correct a vital function.

Keeping the four elements in mind in all of our manipula­

tive work, will help the patient much more than popping all the

vertebrae. Balancing the energy fields and factors by means of

manipulation, will do wonders for the patient as well as for the
reputation of the profession. IT IS NOT BY STRENGTH NOR BY MIGHT,

BUT BY SKILL THAT WE SUCCEED.

Many times a patient may check good on the plumb line,

but still complain of low back pains. In men, this is usually
due to prostatic gland trouble and should be so treated. In
women, this is usually a uterine reflex. Sensory energy blocks

are too fine to show on the gravity line. They have their field
in the inner sensory exchange centers, between the Sympathetic

and the Parasympathetic systems, as emotional tension. DEEP

PERINEAL CONTACTS TO BALANCE THE THREE NERVOUS SYSTEMS FROM BE­
LOW UPWARD, IS THE ANSWER TO MOST OF THESE SPA S M S AND PAl NS IN
THE DEEP MUSCLE FIBERS OF THE PELVIS. To balance the below with

the above, and the tension within with the one wit·hout, is a
good rule to follow for any tension release. The centers attract,
the surface resists and tightens up. Release both, the plus and

the minus poles.

*********************

59
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXAMINA TION PREPARATORY TO TREAT MENT

1, The entire of fice procedure is based on the convenience of

the patients, so they do not have to get on and off of the table
nor change positions more than absolutely necessary, This also

el iminates confusion and ena bles the patient to relax, Therefo re ,

while the p atient is standing up have them first step onto the
" BODY POLARI TY AND GRAVITY TES T BOARD" (as shown in chart No , lO ,

page 62 in " POL ARI TY THERAPY''), and w ith a soft black pencil or

crayon, mark the muscle pull which is interpreted as distortion

to the field of gravity within and without,

2, Have the patient sit on the table and check the blood
pressure, as this reveals the tension that the circulatory sys­
tem is under at that time , But even more im portant is the men­
tal tension of the pa tient, which can be easily observed and

noted by the doctor. Can the patient sit still, or wait a f ew

minutes without blowing a fuse?

3, With patient lying on the table, measure the length of

the legs, comparing one with the other (as shown in chart No, 18,
in "WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN") . T his give s a picture of the dee p,
over - all tension on the short leg side. It is structural in its
effect, but can be caused by functional blocks in any system,

4, Check the vital functions; how many respirations per

minute? This tells the story of the Symp a thetic Nervous Sys­
tem's function; namely, the intake of Prana and oxygen,

5. Check and count the pulse beats of the carotid artery on

each side of the neck, in front of the sternocleidomastoid mus­
cle , with a very light touch, Count it quickly, by a second
hand on a w a t ch, f or five or ten seconds, and compare the volume
of blood and the beat on both sides. This indicates the amount
of Prana going to the brain, and may vary on each side, Relax
the source of tension , to balance both sides , Deep perineal
contacts from below with one hand, while the other hand is
placed on the positive reflex area above, will balance the e­
motional tension in the neck.

6, Count the pulse beats per minute at various parts of the

body, and compare the volume of f low, This tells the story of
the distribution of this Life Energy (Prana) and oxygen to the
tissues of the body and the extremities, I�. gives a picture of
the Sympathetic current f low,

Immediately, you have a clear picture of that p atient's

relation to Nature's E NERGY FIELD, The rhythm should be about

one respiration to every four pulse beats , In proportion as

60
 Volume Page 131

EXAMINATION PREPARATORY TO TREATMENT

this varies, we can figure the recuperative limitation of the pa­

tient, and endeavor to balance it. (Allow for emotional stimulus

here. )

A good vital reserve is noted by the large ear lobes, as

the positive poles. A fully developed Mount of Venus below the

thumbs of both hands denotes a vital neuter pole . Firm gluteal

muscles denote good vitality in the negative pole of the body.

The art of the true healer must be to balance man with

Nature, tune him into the greater energy field, so all the el­

ements can flow an d function, That is how ?�ature heals . If

Nature does not support a correction that is made, it will not

stay or help the patient. Parts must fit into the whole and
blend, in order to be useful,

Aim to balance the patient's mental, emotional and phys­

ical energies in their flow and rhythm. The mental energies are

usually summed up in voluntary actions and the cerebrospinal

system, The emotional fields are usually unconscious patterns

and impulses, flowing over the sympathetic system to seek ex­

pression and fulfillment, through the sympathetic nervous sys­

tem and its stored energy in various energy fields. The para­

sympathetic impulses are the conscious reactions to both nervous

systems; it serves as a balancer or a brake upon them in exces-

ses .

Exhaustion is due to excess demands or disfunction of the

sympathetic nervous system, This can be a mental block in the

energy field of the patient, or the four elements in their func­

tion, an emotional imbalance, or a physical defect and lack of

nutritious elements normally needed for repair of the system, By

the same token it may also be due to over indulgence in food,

drink, or any of the senses . One can be overloading the system

with rich foods and still be starving for essential elements,

That, together with the toxins from the improper food, results

in exhaustion and illness .

EXAMINATION AND DILATION OF THE NOSE FOR THE INLET OF

'PRANA' and FO R THE RELEASE OF SYMPATHETIC NERVE ENDINGS AS RE­

FLEXES FOR LOCKED BODY AREAS: W hen examining a patient, we usu­

ally take for granted that his nasal inlets for oxygen and Prana

are large enough to give him his share of the vital air . But,

examining them all the way back, by passing a simple, tapered,

stainless steel rod to the nasopharynx, will tell the story, Di­

lation is possible here, with a little patience. Anoxia is the

61
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXAMINATION PREPARATORY TO TREATMENT

cause of many ailments which are not understood, Ability to

breathe is most important for healing and for the maintenance of

good health. Choked-up channels are factors of physical dis­

ability which should receive care and attention by the doctor.

The energy that flows over the sympathetic nervous system,

through breathing, k eeps the body in touch with Nature and its
rhythm, While food, liquid and warmth repair and nourish the
body, and maintain its rhythm with the grosser elements. The air

that flows into each nostril brings with it its finer element of
'Prana", which stimulates the fine nerve endings in the Schnei­

derian Membrane in the nose, on each side. These impulses are

conveyed to one hemisphere of the brain, on each side; so the

same air has a positive or a negative function in its flow to the

brain, before it becomes one volume in the back of the nasophar­

ynx. This has a very important significance, This air intake

also divides into the right and left bronchial tubes, one for
each side or lung.

Mouth breathing can bring enough air into the body, so why
would all doctors insist on breathing through the nostrils if

merely warming the air or filtering it through the hairs in the

nose is the main object? If we look at mouth-breathers, we will

notice a dull, stupid-like facial expression, due to the lack of

'Prana' in the brain. In colds, we also feel "stuffed" in the
head and dull, not only because of the presence of mucous and

swollen membranes; but, because we can't breathe through the

nostrils, the vital energy (Prana) can't get through to the brain

to vitalize it with the Life in the air, which is what it needs,

The anterior representation of the sympathetic nervous

function in membranes starts at the Schneiderian Membrane of the

� and ends in the rectum and perineum.

When the left nostril is obstructed, that side of the

brain and the body is deprived of the normal impulse of 'Prana',

and the heart will always suffer, Without the normal power sup­
ply, how can there be normal function? In speaking of the nasal

passage, I refer to the entire depth of about 4�", clear back

into the nasopharynx.

The right nostril has a positive curre�t-transforming ef­

fect, which acts upon the brain and the liver. Abnormal chil­
dren, like the mute or deaf, etc,, have usually a badly ob­

structed right nostril, which should be opened. Cartilage will

bend and, with patience, can be properly molded, It is not

pleasant and must be done slowly and gently, But the results

62
 Volume Page 133

EXAMINAT I ON PREPARATORY TO TREATMENT

are gratifying, Well lubricated steel rods that are smooth,

graduated and tapered, are carefully used to expand the nostrils

and passages ALL THE WAY B A CK ,

�·

The sensitive sympathetic reflex center in the Schneider­

ian membrane of the nose was discovered by Dr, Bonier of France,

who merely touched a certain spot in the nose, watched the re­
flex in the eye, and obtained some outstanding results by stim­

ulating that center in the brain, over these nerves which had

ceased to function. For this stimulation he used a hot or cold

instrument, with a roughened edge, to aid stimulation, Ther e is

a great possibility for research in this small field alone, Gold

probes, heated by running hot water, should be used for best re­

sults in stimulating or awakening dormant centers. On the other

hand, silver probes, used cold, are used for toning and contract­
.i.!!.g_ tis sues that are swollen, such as enlarged tonsils,

Check your nostrils and see through which one you are

breathing at the moment. It is said that the breath flows through

one nostril for 90 minutes, then through the other for the same

length of time, etc. But I believe that this is regulated by the

need of the body rather than by the clock.

examining the p a ti ent always check the sacrum by its

In
between the but tock s If it is on a diagonal to one
middle line, .

is the low sacral side. The head pos iti on always ac-
side, that
the sacral posi tion, and indicates it. For correction
comodates
No. 3, 4, 14 and 20 in tne "Mysterious Sacrum" which
see charts
is Book 4,

The POSITION OF THE INNOMINATE IN RELAT IO N TO THE SACRUM

LEG SIDE. Often the sacral base is inferior on

MAKES T HE SHORT
side, because it has twisted and slipped in
the h ig h innominate
Balance it by POLARITY CONTACTS of muscle im­
its articulation.
if necessary, correct it by adjustment. A very lit­
pulse. Then,

tle does a lot here in adjusting.

** *******************

63
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

SACRO-ILIAC BALANCE

In treating Lumbago, Sciatica and low back pains, many

doctors use short wave therapy. Just because heat is indicated

on the surface, they think that more heat, deeper, would do more

good, This is a mistake.

This fallacy was forcefully brought to my attention after

a number of cases came to me with the same history of Lumbago

that became worse by having had short wave therapy before coming

to me. Short wave has its place, but in such conditions where

the congestion in the deep structures and muscles is already a

plus factor, over-expanded, why congest it more with deep heat

waves?

In these cases surface heat, surface stimulation and di­

lation by pressure are indicated for relaxation and balance.

Counter-irritation, like mustard plaster, or a capsicum ointment,

etc. works very well as a helpful adjunct to the treatment. In

fact, anything that aids in bringing the stagnant blood to the

surface so that fresh blood and 'Prana' can circulate in these

deep, congested areas, will aid and speed recovery.

Perineal Technique works like a miracle in such cases,

Often one treatment accomplishes more than all the other ther­

apies combined. It relaxes the spastic muscles by re-POLARIZING

the energy fields and establishing normal flow of energy as well

as the circulation of the blood,

POINTS TO REMEMBER: Centrifugal stasis is deep congestion

and swelling. Centripetal spasm is usually surface tension or
muscular spasm anywhere, even in the muscular walls of the capil­
laries. The centrifugal impulse cannot get out, and the centrip­

etal impulse cannot finish its cycle of contraction and flow in.

Both must be helped to flow. Life is motion,

The Plumb Line is essential as a check for all skeletal

and structural corrections, This simple test reveals whether the

patient is in proper relationship with the center of gravity.

Gravity is merely the mirror which indicates the relation­

ship of the body's own center to its muscles, through the nerves

and blood supply, It is most important that the patient's action

be co-ordinated from his own center to the�circumference as mo­

tion, and back to the center as sensory perception. This is re­

ally the idea behind the use of the plumb line. It is an evidence

of muscular balance in the body.

Sensory a11d motor expression must balance each other as in-

64
 Volume Page 135

SACRO-ILIAC BALANCE

coming and outgoing currents, the result of which is normal health.

The restoration and maintenance of this balance is the problem of

the intelligent physisian, NOT BY FORCE NOR BY MIGHT, but by co­

ordinated inter-change of the inner centers and the outer func­

tions can health be maintained in any given environment.

When the area of tension is found, it should be correlated

to its opposing reflex area and balanced through the center which

supplies the ener�y to both poles. This is the real object of

balancing the body through the spine, as from the center to the

circumference, from above to below, from side to side and from

anterior to posterior, This is the true application of POLARITY

PRINCIPLES in making physiological corrections.

Lining up the patient: Have the patient stand on the plumb

board or foot plate, with his back to the operator, as illustrated

in Chart No. 10, page 62, in "POLARITY THERAPY AND ITS TRIUNE

FUNCTION".

The upright pillar is the spine

And it must be the center line.

Eoth heels of the patient must be backed against the cross piece

or heel stop, and to the center, The position of the front part

of the feet does not matter, as the feet must be natural, in

their favored position, which helps to show the distortion,

With eyebrow pencil or colored crayon, mark the back of

the patient exactly where the string falls at the top, middle and

bottom of the spine,

When the string falls to one side of the center of the

spine, that side is posterior and shows a tension of the poster­

ior muscles on that side,

Anterior muscle pull of the psoas is the real culprit, on

the opposite side, It is the first pull or lead that causes any

distortion, The deep front muscles, like the psoas, pull the

body out of line and the back muscles try to straighten the body,

It is this effect of Nature's attempt to right the body into bal­

ance which causes the constant pain in the back,

The patient is bent forward in all these pelvic distortions,

which shows where the major pull or ca use is. It definitely in­

dicates which muscle group has the advantage of leverage and where
the lock is, In such a condition the patient always feels easier

when he leans forward and favors that primary spasm, And, strange

65
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

SACRO-ILIAC BALANC�

as it may seem, the patient is seldom aware of anterior pain un­

til you touch the psoas, iliacus and rectus abdominalis muscles,

Then he often assumes that you did this because he did not feel a

sensation of pain there before! The reason is that these anter-

ior muscles are loaded with toxic, uric acid and other chemical
crystals which feel like needle points pricking in every muscle
cell, as they attempt to contract or let go in response to treat­
ment.

Every muscle cell is a miniature motor, and full of carbon

crystals in these conditions, The cause is identically the same
as carbon ization of a motor; namely, too rich a mixture of fuel

(food) and too poor a draft (oxygen) to assist combustion, This

results in the absence of the elastic life principle of 'Prana'.

In other words, improper fuel cannot be oxidized or utilized for
the liberation of power or energy. This leaves too much undi­
gested or improperly mixed and poorly carbureted materials in the
blood stream, and deposits them in the muscle cells which are in
its path of flow, as blood sludge, In engines there are only a
few cylinders; in muscles we have millions of them,

Each muscle acts as a unit or cylinder which moves the two

ends closer together, by expanding in the middle, This causes
that bulge in the biceps, the pride of youth.

Every cell of any muscle must assist in this process, and

does identically the same thing, This united action makes the

muscle work properly and without pain, Each spindle-shaped mus­

cle cell is a little cylinder in itself, and is subject to car­

bonization.

Removal of the cause of carbonization is the same as in

any motor; namely, adjust the intake, the oxidation, and use the
right fuel and lubricant AFTER first cleaning out the gross,
solid sediments. The selection of the right food aids in detoxi-

fication and elimination, When carbonization is too great, these

locally accumulated solids are removed quickest through the use
of leeches in that particular area, especially in such cases as
Lumbago, Rheumatism, Arthritis and acute inflammations due to

sedimentation in the muscle cells, Then health and well-being

can be regained and maintained by proper diet. This means not

only proper food, BUT ALSO PROPER COMBINATI ? NS, that will not

clog the system nor cause an acid condition by souring instead of

digesting,

Treatment; Without relaxation of the primary, spastic

set of muscles, no blood can flow to or from thi s locked-up area,

66
 Volume Page 137

SACRO-ILIAC BALANCE

The sympathetic reflexes govern the blood supply, and must be re­

leased first, through the perineum.

Release of th� spasm is the first requisite to any correc­

t ion and relief from pain. T he blood must be allowed to flow in­

to this st agn ant area and carry away the debris of solid acid

crystals and their deposits in the cell structure, be fore the

muscles can contract without pain and spasm.

The energy field in this area is in a d ead l ock of POLARITY.

The negativ e, contr acting power or pole has the ascendancy by

the excess amount of d ead material and waste which has accumulated

in the absence of the positive pole or supp l y of fresh 'Prana'

t h r ou gh t he b l o o dstream.

This princi p le of spasm is the same in any part of the

body where ' Prana' is ab sent and the negative pole rules supreme.

'Prana' inlet is c ontrolled by the sympathetic nervous

sy stem, in conjunction with the parasympathetic function. So, it

is necessary that these two systems be treated first, to establish

POLARITY AND A NORMAL ENERGY FIELD where function can take place.

Reactions: If any structural or spinal corrections ar e

attempted at this stage, before the POLARITY is balanced and an
interchange of ener g y flow is possible, t he re act i on an d r e s u ltin g
pain will be bad. This princi p l e holds good in any forceful cor­

r ection , where reactions occur that are not constructive nor heal­

ing in their effect.

Muscle soreness, after tre atment, is not to be considered

a bad reaction, because it is due to the excess of blood flowing

into the stagnant, locked-up area and car ry i n g away waste. In

short, this is a good repair process and natural effort to bal ­

ance the two po l es of solidity excess with the fluids and energy

flow. The increased circulation here, causes a natural dilation

of the cells and this results in temporary soreness which will

dis appe ar when the rubbish has been removed by this increased
c i r c ul at i on .

Soreness is d i sting u ished from p ain very easily. It becomes

les s sore and disappea r s in a few day s, and normal motion is then

possible, without pain. Thus it is easy to diagnose between a

constructive and a destructive process at work in the body.

General rule: All muscles and structures of the body go

through the same process of depol ariz ation, stagnation and en-

67
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

SACRO-ILIAC BALANCE

gorgement of solids or wastes, which means congestion and shut­

ting off of fresh blood supply, oxygen and 'Prana', Such a con­

dition always produces a negative energy field and pain, with

limitation of movement or function,

The real picture of energy block due to depolarization is

given here: Wherever the negative pole of matter is in excess

and rules, the positive energy field and function are crowded

out, Then a shutting-in and deadlock of enersies occur.

The artery rules in the tissues because it brinbs the

positive pole of life energy or 'Prana' to all parts of the body,

Without the artery, the life-giving breath of 'Prana' cannot con­

nect and function in matter, And without 'Prana', the mind and

voluntary impulses cannot function through the tissues,

Mind and 'Prana' ARE TWINS IN FUNCTION. Even as 'Prana'

(vital force) needs oxygen as a stepped-down energy conveyor in

order to function in matter, so does mind need 'Prana' as an en­

ergy agent in order to connect with the body and the universal

supplies of the four elements (earth = food, air = breath, fire =

warmth, water = liquid) upon which the body depends for existence
and function in this world, with every breath it takes.

The treatment employed:

1 - The perineal contact together with its POLARITY balance con­

tact in the neck, the shoulders and the sorest spot in the

back, until complete relaxation has occurred and the pulse

is balanced, This indicates the re-establishment of the flow

of 'Prana' to the blocked energy fields, and the short leg

will be lengthened.

2 - The gluteal soreness and spasms are balanced with the shoul­

ders and the spinal soreness and spasms.

3 - The psoas magnus, the iliacus, and the rectus abdominalis

will now be found less sore than before, and partly relaxed,

Inhibition will complete the relaxing process in a few minutes.

4 - Balance the functional leverage strain in front of the body,

from the acetabulum on one side to the s �f ulder on the other

side,

5 - Structural correction of the 5th lumbar, the sacrum, the

ilium, etc, can now be made and maintained naturally by the

sympathetic nervous system,

*********************

68
 Volume Page 139

THE NORTH POLE STRETCH

FOR THE CORRECTION OF ANTERIOR CURVES AND COMPRESSIONS OF THE

INTERVERTEBRAL DISKS, ESPECIALLY IN THE CERVICAL AND UPPER

DORSAL REGIONS WITH TENSE MUSCLES

In 1914 this m t ve was taught by me as a new discovery, in

the Ecclectic School of Drugless Healing, then loca t ed on Madison

Street in Chicago.

For this correction t he pa t ien t lies on his back on the

table, perfectly free and relaxed so he can slide up or down wi t h

the rhy t hmic extension stretch, applied through the occiput by

the opera t or who stands at the head of the table. There should

be no s t rapping down of t he patient, All parts of t�e body must

be free to move in rhy t hmic unity wi t h t he breath while the £�-

tact on the head is held as a mild extension, No force is used.

Cushions are placed under the head, sufficiently high to reverse

the anteriority of the cervical and dorsal curves, and under the

hips for the anterior lumbar vertebrae. The pa t ient's head is

til t ed so t hat the chin rests on the chest when making the con­

t ac t , to further correc t the anterior cervical curve. The pa­

tien t breathes deeply and slowly while t he contact is held as a

gentle stretch for t he duration of two or three �eep inhalations,

which is sufficien t for t he average patient . One with a short,

tense neck may require a little more time for relaxation.

D urin g this stretch the patient does mos t of the correc t ­

ing himself by deep breathing and na t ural expansion of the chest

from wi t hin out ward, And this is t he simple correction of an-

t erior vertebrae, There should be no haste nor stress, It is a

relaxation movement by means of the patient's own effort in con­

junction with t he ope r a t or' s placing the body in a corrective po­

sition, A few minutes spent in t his manner, with rest intervals

in between each breath, will do much to unify t he patient's own

energies and his physicial s t ruct u r e, That is the principle be­

hind thi s move or stretch, It relaxes fascia, meninges and ar­

ticular fixa t ions in an easy and na t ural way.

In very sluggish conditions the resulting increased circu­

lation may react in momentary dizziness. In such cases, stop

there with tha t par t icular correction until the next visi t , When

the circula t ion is restored to normal, that s y mptom will no longer

occur during t reatment,

This correction is not used for long or loose necks, but

shor t and tense necks with anterior dorsals and fifth lumbar

ver t ebrae do need it.

This is a stru c tu r ally corrective move and mus t be done

69
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE NORTH POLE STRETCH

care fully , and e xpl ained to the p ati en t . When no pain or dis­

comfort is encountered by the stretch and the simultaneous breath­

in g exercise, then a short p u ll of about one-hal f inch can be

made for c orre ction of relax ed anteriorly p osit ioned vertebrae,

after exhalation. Adjustments will take place easily. Lateral

adj ust m ent s should not be given at that time bec ause the est a b ­

lished balance and natural correction should not be d ist u rbed by

opp osit e lines of force.

Anteriorly distorted vertebrae are serious lesions . They

p roduce pressure into the vital structures of t he spinal c a na l .

Abnormal anterior curves of the spine produce a te n sion on the

anterior muscles of the s p in al column, This i n ter f e r e s with the

normal sympathetic nerve function and with the visceral reflexes,

The p atient should be advised to s lee p with two pillows u nd er the

head , to aid correction of th e a nterio r c u r ves .

It would be of g reat assistance to the patient, and to the

doctor in bringing a bout and ma i ntai ni n g this correc tion, if the

patien t were instructed to use the s q uatti n g posture, with the

head bent forward, for three to five minutes daily, as e x plaine d

and illustrated in my little b o o k, "EASY STRET.CHING POSTURES FOR

V IT A L I TY AND BE AUTY" .

*********************

70
 CHART VITAL KIDNEY BALANCE
N°·11
Fig. l: Contact with the thumb of the right

hand on the kidney area on the sole

of the foot, shown in Chart No , 4,

The other hand on the cuboid bone

on the outside.

Fig. 2: Flexion of the foot

to bring the lesion

to the surface un­

der tension.

-g.

Fig. 2

Fig. 3: Combine it with

the back contact

Fig. 3

Fig. 4: One contact on the

kidney pole area with the thumb of one hand on

Fig. 4 the calf of the leg; the other contact with

the heel of the other hand on the llth and 12th

dorsal on the sane side of the body.

71
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 11

This chart illustrates KIDNEY TECHNIQUES through contacts

on various poles of the body, from the bottom of the feet upward,

on the same side of the body. The soles of the feet were clearly

illustrated for this work in Chart No. 4 in this book. The main

point here is the discovery that the foot must be flexed under a

little tension so the areas involved are brought out for all foot
therapy applications.

Flexing each toe brings out that area for a contact on the
sole of the foot. Merely working the feet or rolling the soles

over a ball or a rolling pin does not do it. That all helps in a

measure, but is not a complete therapy, The foot must be flexed

and polarized locally with the cuboid bone contact and pressure
from the outside for best results . This is illustrated in figures
1 and 2 of this chart, IT HOLDS GOOD IN ALL OTHER FOOT THERAPY,
whether it is for the liver, the colon, the stomach or any other
polarity center in the foot, where anterior and lateral contacts

support the local area hold.

Figure 3 depicts the other hand over the kidney area on the
back of the body, comprising the 11th and 12th dorsal vertebrae.

The foot contact which is used simultaneously, consists of firmly

gripping the back of the foot and applying the thumb to the kidney

area on the foot.

Figure 4 illustrates a contact on the representative kidney

area in the airy triad of the leg response, the Aquarius region

shown in Chart No . 5, Book 2. The contact is worked with the thumb

in the calf of the leg. The contact with the other hand over the

11th and 12th dorsal is held firmly on that side only, by the heel

of the hand.

This chart gives the over-all procedure for therapy from the
feet up to the body, whether it be for colon, liver, stomach, pan­
creas, spleen, intestines, etc. Only the exact spots change a
little and must be found for each pole in order to obtain best re­
sults. THESE HAVE BEEN ILLUSTRATED AND NEED BUT TO BE SELECTED AND
FELT AS TENDER SPOTS, A�ID POLARIZED. This application for three to
five minutes on each side, accomplishes much. Change from one con­
tact to another more frequently if the areas are too tender. Each
time you come back to them they will be better.

The response will be noted in the other pole � � . when

,
correctly done, The patient will know it also. Nothing succeeds
like Truth and CORRECT APPLICATION, It is a process of floating

with the Universal Currents on the Waters of Life. Our little boat

cannot help but float to the other shore if TRUTH AND SERVICE are

steering it to its goal,

******************* **

72
 Volume Page 143

POLARITY BALANCING WITH PR ESSUR E ADJUSTMENT

FOR POSTERIOR VERTEBRAE AND SPINAL CURVES

When the patient stands on the plumb line test board, as

shown in chart No, 10, page 62 of "POLARITY THERAPY AND ITS TRI­

uNE FU!�CTION", the p\!sterior bul6ing of spinal muscles can be

seen very clearly, These are usually caused by stasis in the

area of the intestines and the colon, in that location,

As the patient lies face-down on the table, with the head

resting between the split cushions, these tensions and protru­

sions are also easily detected,

The most contracted posterior area is the place to make a

steady pressure contact, with the hand or the elbow. Hold the
pressure contact firmly, DO NOT SLIP NOR ROLL THE CO N TACT, That

hurts, The steady pressure contact, given for a minute or so at

a time, releases the lower pole or acute pull from the gluteal

and lumbar regions which caused this compensation posteriorly in

the wid-dorsal region,

A deep perineal contact with the right middle finger works

wonderfully well with the above combination. Usually a contact
along the coccyx, on either side is also indicated, At this point
the apex of the sacrum can be reached and balanced by contacts
under the inferior side, (See "THE MYSTERIOUS SACRUM")

Find the sorest, tense muscle fibers over the great sacro
sciatic notch in the gluteal region on that side which you are

inhibiting above. Make a firm contact on this with the thumb in

a headward direction and hold it steady, with but a slight change

of direction of the thumb so as to elicit the best relaxation on

both contacts. This can be sensed very easily by the response at

the points of contact.

When relaxation has taken place, in about a minute or so,

change the contact to the next most tense posterior area above,

on the other side, Then come back to the first one if more re­

laxation is needed,

The apex of the sacrum, where it joins the coccyx, is also

a very important contact as a negative pole for relaxation and

correction,

A posteriority anywhere means tha t something has gone an­

terior either above or below that point. Along with a posterior

rotation there is usually an anterior 5th lumbar vertebra as well

as an anterior sacral base on th at side or straight across,

*********************

73
 CHART SUPERIOR-INFERIOR VITAL
N0·12 BALANCING
FIG. 1 illustrates a contact with the right hand in a firm grip on the

heel bone, with the thumb above and the index finger below. The left

hand is on the occiput and atlas area. Top and bot­

tom are being balanced. Both

�-----

Fig.

FIG. 2 shows how any area on the calf of the leg,

the leg, or the heel can be treated and balanced from a side position,
while the doctor sits down. The thumb contact is firm in both appli-
cations. Sacral and Occipital contacts can also be made in this

position.

Fig. 2
Sacral-Occipital Con­
tacts can also be made
per dotted lines on Fig. 2

FIG. 3 depicts a THYROID RELEASE contact just above the ankle with

one hand, and a gentle lift under the collar bone with the other.

Also work the calf contact firmly for action below.

Fig. 3

joints as

vital, interrelated contact

points. The jaw, th� heel

and the hip contacts are most effective for MUMPS. Even without

touching the tender jaw, balancing the other tender spots in joints
brings instant relief. 74
 Volume Page 145

A BRIEF OUTLINE OF VITALITY BALANCE

The body mov e s by the action of l e v e rage through its joints.

It overcomes gravity through m e chanical l e v e rs and m uscular action.

Th e n what is th i s force in the body which acts and de fie s gravity?

Is it not e ne rgy, fr � m the body's own Central Sun of Energy within

itself? Hence it is a reaction from within to the great without,

as the Lif e Bre ath of motion which mov e s throu g h all cells, like

the wind through a for e st.

B e cause of this link of unity of current flo w , e v e ry joint

b e come s a unit or cross-over of Energy Currents so it can overcome
outsid e curre nts of res i s tance . The same holds true for th e or­
gans of the body, as fie lds of suste nanc e and replacement.

Each j oint has a r e lationship to every other joint in the

unity of energy flo w of graceful motion. The ankles, the knees,

the hip joints and the shoulder joints are important factors in
POLARITY ACTION as e xt e nsion l e v e rs of motion, with POLARITY re-

actions on oth e r c e nt e rs and fie lds in the body. And because they

are moved by a unit of energy current through them, energy circuits

in the body can be r e ached through th e ir corr e sponding area of re­

lationship , as illustrate d in my books.

Opposit e s corr e spond and e xpress each other through r e fl e c­

tion and th e e nd curr e nts of trav e l of th e Energy Circuit. That

is why th e fe e t hold all th e ne gative re flexe s of the h e ad, as
opposite poles; and th e hands r e fl e ct th e umbilical n e ut e r pol e .

It is through this l e ve rag e of the p rinciple s of POLARITY

that Archim e d e s sought to move the w orld. But the world has al-

w ay s m o v e d through this bipolar levera g e action in the fin e r en­

ergy fi e l ds of similars and opposite s. Th er e is nothing new in
this world. It was always here . But until man discove rs it and
tak e s credit for it, he doe s not know it. Even though it was
there all th e time , it is only after man has discovered it that
he is convinced of its e xist e nc e . Aft e r that it becomes a classi­

fied science . Before that it w as but an unknown art to a f e w. So

th e ag e s roll on for man's e xpe rience in this kind e rgarten of Life .

Man discov e rs himse lf in his own consciousn e ss and his true

re lationship to the cosmos eventually , through the experience of
POLARITY ACTION. By be i ng toss e d from pole to pol e , he gains ex­
perience through r e sistanc e and pain, which r e giste rs as awar e ­

ness which he cannot escape. And in the proce ss of s e ekin g an es­

cape me chanism to avoid pain, he learns many us e ful things. Ne­

cessity becomes the gre at te ach e r of things mate rial and th e mother

75
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

A BRIEF OUTLINE OF VITALITY BALANCE

of inventions, for man to save himself in efforts of resistance to

Nature's energy fields and the grossness of matter,

Man's body is bipolar in function and action. The organs

and structures of the body are the fields through which energy
flows; like the stomach and the digestive system. In order to
influence this and all the other systems of th e body, the bipolar
energy must be used and directed on its course for HEALTH AND
BALANCE.

The ideal therapy is that which gets results through this

primal energy stimulation or inhibition, resulting in di-
lation or contraction.

This bipolar energy is superior and prior to chemistry in

its fineness and deep penetration without leaving a material resi­
due behind after stimulating or inhibiting the energy flow any­
where in the body.

Bipolar energy is also superior to mechanical principles,

because it is the very energy which flows over the muscles to make

them contract and expand, and causes motion or mechanical action

through moving the bones as levers.

In this manner structural correction also rests upon the

bipolar energy process as well as the functional or secreting
chemistry of the body. ENERGY FLOWS THROUGH ORGANS TO MAKE THEM
FUNCTION AND SECRETE, That is Li fe's circuit and purpose, Nor­

mally, this needs no outside aid. But when the current is ob­
structed through interference by density of supply or mental and

emotional short circuits, then someone needs to be found who un­

derstands this wonderful machine and who can put the plates in
right polarized action again in this temple of ours.

POLARITY THERAPY has sketched out the fields, the cur­

rents and the direction of the flow for deep and surface, motor
and sensory balance. Contracted tissue is over-stimulated in
any field. It needs polarizing with its opposite field because
its circuit is broken or inhibited somewhere on its way.

This can be easily detected by a sensitive touch, besides

the pain factor or limitation of motion; the op�osite pole is
found and stimulated to withdraw current from the excess at the
obstructed energy pole. At once there is a response along this
line where the 'message' travels, as on a wire system. Changes

76
 Volume Page 147

A BRIEF OUTLINE OF VITALITY BALANCE

take p l ac� and the co mmunicatio n of the energies within the bo dy

spells BALANCE AND WELL BEING to all cell s and tissues in v o l v ed.

"'
In our world of radio, te le v i sio n, telephone and telegraph

we take this for gra nted. But in o ur bo dy ' s sy stem of the circu­

lation of ENERGIES w hich are wi re less, we doubt its efficacy be­

cause we believed that o nly chemistry or mechanics co uld accom­

plish results. They all have t heir pla ce and achieve a measure
of results, but POLARITY Therapy has and can help many who have
failed to succeed in o b tai nin g results by o ther metho ds .

Proof does no t explain the pro cess to t he confused mind,

so it is passed by because of po pula r , set belief. New thi ngs

and ideas must make a p la ce for themselves by new pattern gro o ves

in the mind of the public. This is done by a dve rti sing and po pu­

larizing a new idea o r thing, and takes much effort, time and
money. That is why many go o d things do no t reach the minds of
the pe op l e . It is a slow process.

POLARITY THERAPY is a co mpa rat ive ly new art which pro duces
ama zi n g results, es pe cia l l y in dif ficult cases, so me of which had
even baffled the ex per ts in every field of therapy. Yet it is so
very simply when one understands the circuits of the body t he same
as an electrician un de r stan ds t he w iri ng in a house. A goo d phy­
sician kn ows instan tl y where the e n er gy circuits in the body are
bloc ked or s h ort - c ircuite d. The y can be e ff e c ti v e l y relieved by
means of Po larity Therapy.

The first book along these lines was published by the

author in 1948. It was calle d "THE NEW ENERGY CONCEPT OF THE

REALI NG ART" . It is now impr ov e d a n d enl ar ge d and is published

un de r the title of "THE VITAL POLARITY IN THE HEALIN G ART" . It

is a companion of this book an d deals mainly with the foundation

and pr inc i ple s ; while this book g oes more into the details of the

a pp l ica ti on of these pr inciple s .

M ay this wor k reach the see ker s who are looking for a
deeper perspective of a common denominator in the healing art, to
pus h it along in keeping with al l the atomic d isc o verie s of t oda y.
The health and well-being of the people s houl d not be neglected.
It should really be the firs t con c er n of the scie nt i sts, doctors
and educators . W ithou t health an d h appines s , all ou r modern con­
veniences are of l ittle comfort to us.

*********************

77
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

TONSILLITIS, SORE THROAT AND GOITER

The area immediately above the ankle bone is the negative

pole of the neck line. The soft tissue, deep in the back of the

leg, near the tibia and the fibula, holds the throat reflexes. The
hip joint is the neuter pole to the ankle and the jaw articulation.

Find that sore spot on the anterior side of the hip joint, in its
lower half circle of articulation, and polarize it with the deep
ankle contact by stimulating it. Then gently lift the clavicle

ani hold it while stimulating the hip pole with the other hand.

Find the sore spot in the shoulder girdle pole of the feet

and hands as shown in Charts No. 4 and 5 in this book. Hold the
hand sore spot with one hand and stimulate the foot pole with the
other to divert from the throat pole.

In these conditions the polar areas will be similar to those

found in mumps, only a little lower in each place, the same as the
tonsils are lower in relation to the parotid glands.

Locate the poles in each region and balance them by finding

and holding or inhibiting the� spots there, while stimulating

the opposite pole with the other hand. This treatment works won­
ders in acute conditions because then the areas respond quickly

through their own activation.

Chronic diseases located in these areas can be traced in the

same way, but the reaction may not be there as sore spots, and may

have to be activated first, before the deep blocks will come to the
surface. Then they can be released and balanced. All chronic con­
ditions must become acute by increased energy and circulation be­
fore restoration of normal tissue is possible.

Proportions of inharmony can be detected by soreness and

lack of elasticity or limitation of function as well as by the de­

formity and discoloration in the feet, the toes and their nails.

The feet, as the nehative pole, reveal chronic distortions

and diseases which may become active at any time.

The hands, as the neuter pole to the body, figuratively

placed over the head in the same manner, will reveal the same de­
sign of relationship. However, the hands reveal acute conditions
in their markings of ridges, splits, moons, etc. across the nails,
and sore areas over the front and the back of�the hands. Whatever
is indicated in the hands is acute and active now. This condition
must be understood and corrected now in order to resolve the sedi­

mentations and to balance the energy current flow from within, out·
ward. It is the purpose of POLARITY THERAPY to diagnose and cor­
rect by means of ENERGY CURRENTS within the patient's own body and
thus restore the VITAL CIRCUIT.
*********************

78
 Volume Page 149

ENERGY R ESP O NS E IN TREATING

A good physiological correction always moves energy blocks

and gives symptoms of response, indicating which WIRELESS ENERGY

'river' has been set into motion for re-establishment of normal

function .

Relaxation is the natural response to a good treatment be­

cause repair of tissue can only take place when the energy cur­

rents flow freely. The etheric energy is the first 'river' out

of which the other four flow and into which they must return.

Complete relaxation is the evidence of this exchange of currents.

It is usually accompanied by yawning, sighing or a deep breath,

the evidence of the � principle's function in this relaxation.

Stretching, with a good healthy groan, may also come to the sur­

face, indicating the release of the airy energy in the muscular

system motor and sensory. Many a person groans himself into

well-being by this energy release of sensory and emotional blocks ,

When the patient states that he is hungry, suddenly, during

a treatment, it means that the fiery energy in the digestive tract

has been set into motion, moved things along and emptied the

stomach. When the patient's skin becomes moist during the treat­

ment, a favorable reaction has taken place locally, If the per­

spiration is profuse, the water principle has been set into mo­

tion with its resultant elimination of toxins.

Sneezing is a favorable symptom in severe illness because

it indicates that the energy reflex from below is operating up­

ward, in a natural way. In olden times a feather was used to

tickle the nose of a seriously ill patient to see if he could

sneeze . If he did, it was considered a sign that he would live.

The sneeze of a patient with a head cold is also an indication of

an energy current moving upward, trying to blow out the clogging

lymph and mucous accumulated in the membranes of the head.

A release of wind moves the gases downward, as an airy bub­

ble release, due to fermentation in the colon, It relieves in­

ternal pressure and the scattering of gases throughout the system.

These gases can penetrate through any tissue and even into the

bloo d stream, and often do so when the pressure of the pent-up gas

becomes too great. Many a headache is due to this cause. A good

belch will relieve the pressure in the upper region. Free urina­

tion after a good treatment is also helpful as a kidney flush,

where the airy and watery principles meet in elimination. The

earthy element expresses itself in the movement of solid waste

matter . When all the five Energy 'Rivers' of the body move nat­

urally, there is HEALTH AND WELL-BEING.

*********************

79
 CHART VITAL COLON BALANCE
NO·l3 BALANCING VITAL ENERGY CURRENTS IS THE ART OF
STIMULATING THE LAGGING FIELD AND INHIBITING

THE OPPOSITE POLE OF

EXCESS ACCUMULATION OF
ENERGY,

BALANCING THE
HEPATIC FLEXURE O F COLON WITH
THE ARM POLE

BALANCING

CECUM WITH ITS UPP ER AND

LOWER POLE S IN THE L EGS, BY TWO

DIFFERENT CONTACTS BELOW, AS SHOWN -

ONE ABOVE THE KNEE &

ONE ON THE LEG.

---
----

Fig. 3
�--- --
TO P AND BOTTOM OF FOOT (COLON AREA)

/ BALANC ED WITH THE LEG POL E

NECK AND LOWER CERVICAL BALA NC E

"'

Fig. 4 WITH THE HEPATIC FLEXURE OF

THE COLON

RESTORING A CURRENT FLOW IN ANY TRIUNE POLARITY CIRCUIT

PROMOTING OR

IS VITAL BALANCING, THESE FUNCTIONING ENERGIES FLOW IN RHYTHM WITH

THE VITAL BREATH WHICH PENETRATES ALL TISSUE FOR LIVING FUNCTION,

80
 Volume Page 151

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO, 13

The co lo n belo ngs in the earthy triangle, as sho w n on Chart

�o . 4 in Bo ok 1, at the po int marked 'Bo wels'. By tracing the

triangle we f ind the knees and the neck as the two po les. The
�
kne e po le is fo und as an illustratio n in Chart No . 60, in the Sup-

plement to Bo o k 2.

Also go a little higher, abo ve the knee, than is marked

here . Balance the so re spo ts here wi th th e ten de r co lon a rea,

high or lo w. The knee is the umbilical area of t he co lo n. The

transverse co lo n area wo uld be fo und belo w the knee, between the

fibula and the tibia. The 'up' is a do wnward r eflex on the leg,

as if it were raised to the head, So the higher up in the colon,

the lo wer do wn is the reflex belo w the kn ee . ( For b ac k, see Chart 2)

The middle of the calves of the legs have their polarity

reflex to abo ut the lOth do rsal vertebra. The 3rd and 4th cer­

vical vertebrae co rrespo nd to the 3rd and 2nd l um bar s respectively,

per Chart No , 2 in this bo o k. That gives you the neck region for

balanci n g so reness. Balance these w i th the leg area on the k nee

and a little abo ve it.

This is the metho d fo r t rac i ng fields according to Chart

No . 4 in Bo o k 2, and Charts No. 4 a nd No . 5 in Book 1, so they

are no t illustrated here.

Figure 1 depicts the balancing of the hepatic flexure of

the co lo n with the sides of the r ig ht arm, by means of a firm con­

tact. The co lo n o ften gurgles in respo nse,

Figure 2 d em o nstra tes balancing the cecum with a firm c on­

tact just abo ve the knee, where it is sore on b oth sides ,

Figure 3 sho ws a very i m por tan t colon area on the fo o t ,

This is usually very so re, especi a lly on the top, Firm pressure

is required w it h the to p and bottom c o ntac t s , along with f lexion ,

in o rder to release this c o nd i t i o n . The ascending colon on the

regio n of the side of the l eg , between the ti b ia and the fi b ula,

is being bal anced her e .

Fi gu re 4 illustrates a co ntac t on the hepatic flexure, un­

d er the liver, and a b al an c in g , 5th cervical neck contact.

All of these contacts wo rk very well for b etter colon func-

ti o n.

*********************

81
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

BALANCING ANTERIOR AREAS

The so ft tissues of the abdomen also have their polarity

p oles on each oval area top and b o ttom, d i ag onally across,

and from side to side . It is a simple matter to place the fing ers

gent ly under any abdominal area and lift hea dward , from below up­
wa rd, while the other hand holds the p os itive pole above, or on
the other side .

Bipolar contacts are essential for best results. It is

VITAL ENERGY BALANCE we have in mind r at her th an m e rely lifting

tiss u es .

A - Make a contact with the thumb or all the f i nger s, under the

sigmoid v al v e, and lift gently toward the o p posite shoulde r.

B - Another contact may be taken right under the gall bl adder,

along that line, then lift toward that shoulder joint and

hold steady, Often the gall bladder drains and g u r gles with

this contact when it p reviously failed to respond to the

Perineal-Cervical contact.

C - Hold until relax atio n takes p la ce , then release , From' one

to several minutes us u ally does the work.

D - Yo u can also hold this contact under the gall bladder, and

with the other hand p ull the arm forward in a gentle, rock­

ing motion, which drains the g all bladde r ; or lift the

shoulder blade and hold it a mom ent, for g all bladder drain­

ag e ,

E - Now take a similar contact on the right side, under the

ileocecal valve, which is usually tender, and lift toward

the op p os ite shoulder. Hold it, and

F - Take another c o ntac t under the stomach area, or near the

pylorus, and lift gently toward that sho ulder , Hold until

relaxation occurs; let it gurgle if it will; it may g ur g l e

a number of tim es if you hold on f or one minute or more ,

G - The sa m e as un der "D" c an be done here by p ulling gently on

the arm while this contact is held under the p ylor u s, and
the shoulder is brought forward in a gent le , rocking motion ,
Or, the shoulder may be lifted and held forward for stomach
and s p leen draina g e and activation,

Please note that the diag onal contact is for releasing

this type of impounded stress and strain. Contact on the same

side, following the "V" lines from the center of the pelvis to

the shoulder on that side, releases str ai ght downward stress lines ,

********* ************

82
CHART VITAL PELVIC AND FOOT
N°·14 FIG. 1
BALANCING
Contacts on the inside

of the heel

bones for
Prostatic re­
l ea se, bal­
ancin� the
'·

right with the

left negative
pole.

Fig. Fig. 2

Releasing the

central vertical

lock in the big

toe joint on both

sides .

Fig. 3

Deep contact alon� the coccyx,

pushing

superior and posterior

for GANGLION OF IMPAR
balancing wi th s p inal
nerves. Dotted lines
are outer contacts .

FIG. 4: A Prostatic
contact, upward, di­
rectly behind the

symphysis pubis. Left

thumb works out hip

soreness in the

posterior pole,

Fig. 4

83
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

VITAL BALANCING

Vital currents flow through v i t al structures when the po­

l a ri t y action is normal in the tiss ues . The ganglion of impar is
the end of the sym pathe tic nerve chain, where it should po l ar i z e
with the cerebrospinal system. When this cur rent is obstructed

and does not flow, there is l ow back pain, or uterine, b l a dd e r, or

p r ostat ic stasis and trouble . Leg pains a lso have their origin
here or a little further ant eri or , in the per i neum , as an emotion­
al block.

In all pel vi c c on ditions , leg sym ptom s , and in l u mb a g o, the

ga n gli on of im par should be balanced with t he cerebrospinal func­

tion, th rou gh contacts illustrated in Figur e 3. The middle finger
is used as a d ee p contact alongsi de of and under the coccyx, wit h
an upwar d an d pos t erior liftin g m otion. The th umb of the o t her
hand work s o p posite i t, in a glid i ng, sl ow mot i o n , to distribute
th e waste found in this area as h ar d l um ps and soreness in the
mus cle. These are the obs tructions and the stag na ti o ns in this
field which cause the d istortion of the p olarity field and its cur­
rent flow. Thi s , plu s be tter o x i dation th r o u gh imp r o v ed diet and
a better diges t i on , is a SPECIFIC THERAPY FOR LUMBAGO.

Menstruation pains have o f ten y ie lded like ma g i c to thi s

procedure of vital ba lancin g . Bladder trouble as well as cer­
tain leg con d itions are much benefited by this t h e ra p y . Bed

w e ttin g can al so be f ound here as an imbalan ce of energy flow in

the tis s ues . THE SORE SPOTS MUST BE FOUND ON EACH SIDE AND BAL­
ANCED WITH THE WITHOUT AS WELL AS ABOVE AND BELOW, IN THEIR POLES.
T HA T IS THE GENERAL RULE FOR THIS THERAPY.

Figure 4 illustra tes a Prostati c C ontac t , dire ctly behind

the sy m p hys i s pubis, in an upward, gentle li ft from the outs ide,

t hrough t he perine a l floor. This has a b e tter effect for relief
from too fre q uent uri na tion tha n t h e i nt er n a l recta l t h era p y by
lifting the g land from side to side to hel p its drainage . Find
the tender sp ots on t he sacrum to co-ordinate with this, as well
as the upper c e rvi ca l or oc ci pi t al tenderness which is reached
with the ot h er hand. B alance bo th, the top with the bottom and
the inside with the outside .

DEEP Per ineal Contacts als o releas e the g lute i t ens i on .

Place one hand on the per ineum and with the other hand work ou t
the sor eness found all ove r the g l u t eal r egio n� Th is p o lari z es
the i nte rnal and external muscles , and balances the sensory and
the motor sy stem s.

Another control is throug h the Sacr a l Parasympathetics .

Th is r eact s w it h the Tr a pe z i us and the Spinal Accessory Para-

84
 Volume Page 155

VI TAL BALANCING

sympathetics. The contact is made over the great sacrosciatic

notch, or near the first and second sacral articulations, with

a thumb contact, held steady in an upward direction, while the

other hand makes fir � contacts on the tense spinal areas.

However, the reflexes of th e glutei and the entire group

of spinal muscles HA V E THEIR POLARITY REFLEX IN THE FEET. Each

vertebral section has a definite area in the foot. This partic­

ular area in the foot should be held firmly or deeply manipulated

with one hand while f irm pressure is made on the sore spot in the

back with the other hand. This is the most effective approach

to POLARIZING AND BALANCING THE BODY, as it employs the body's

own finer forces as well as its subsidiary nerve traLing effects.

Chart No. 4 in "Wireless Anatomy of Man" gives the exact rela­

tionship of the feet and the hands to the entire body, anteri­

orly and posteriorly. Also see Chart No. 19 in this book.

When the toes are stiff and sore and bent upwards, it is

a bad sign, for this is the vital reflex to the glutei and the

generative force. These toes must be released and trained to be

bent downward to again grip the ground as they should, in order

to retain their balance with and on the earth. To turn up one's

toes before their time, is no idle saying. If this reflex is

not broken up, so the toes can function and respond to the glu­

tei, they in turn will stagnate and become mor e rigid; then the

vitality will have no agents or levers through which to express

itself, and the p atient may succumb to an undiagnosed ailment or

an unexpected, quick end in any illness. Here, again, the ver­

dict is that the VITAL ENERGY of the Water of Life could not

flow and express itself through that body any longer ,

The connection between the feet and the generative sys­

tem has long been known. No wise woman or girl will permit her

feet to become wet or cold during her period, for it may cause

uterine congestion and trouble. Again, that gives us a clue to

therapy. Cold and wet feet will also cause colds in the head,

through opposite reflexes, and check the lymphatic flow through

the neck glands and the nose. This occurs through grounding of

the vital nerve energy fluid to the earth, through the contacts

of wet footwear on the cold, wet ground. Following is translated

a good old German proverb: "Keep the feet warm, the head cool,

the bowels open, and yo u can hope for a long life . " This is an­

other old recognition of the FLOW OF ENERGY IN THE BODY, and its

balanced relation to the earth and to ourselves for keeping well,

********* *******�***

85
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE
PROSTATIC TREATMENT
AND TO NI N G OF TISSUES

The prostate sags when the tissues lack tone and the urethra

is pressed upon in that process. The prostate needs a lift and

toning up. This is accomplished with a perineal contact, imme­

diately behind the symphysis pubis. Lift the whole urogenital

plate headward, with the thumb or second finger, and hold it for

a minute or so. Then repeat once more. This is far more effective

than internal treatment on the gland.

FOR IMPOTENCE: First of all, the use of jockstraps keeps

the testicles too close to the body, hence too warm. If they were

intended to be that high, Nature would have placed them there,

The difference between fertility and non-fertility of the sperm

rests within two or three degrees of temperature, If the sperm

is kept too warm, it loses its fertility. Discard the jockstraps

and tone the tissues, Many cases have responded to this simple

procedure, when the wearing of jockstraps was t he cause.

Cold, running water tones the tissues. Alternate with hot

and cold water from a hose without a spray attached to it, This

method of using the water has a force to its flow and increases
the value of its therapeutic effect.

Not only is this method of using the hot and cold water

good for any one condition, but can be applied daily to any tissues
or organs that need toning and better circulation for specific and

improved function, Father Kneipp called it the 'Blitz Guss', The

famous Dr, Kuehne also employed this method. In the Energy Field
it is the positive and negative POLARITY current flow.

The principle of negative hyperemia, which can sometimes be

used, is to hold the venous circulation back to dila te deadened

tissues and capillaries, BUT NOT ENOUGH TO CONSTRICT THE ARTERIAL

FLOW. In this way more blood is brought to any part, to do the

work of healing, And, of course, with the excess amount of blood

present, there is more ' P rana', which is the vital healing agent.

The proper use of leeches accomplishes not only this but also re­

leases the blood sludge that is usually present in such conditions.

Positive hyperemia is applied by heat or by suction to any

part of the body which is in need of this type of therapy, Soap

suds may be used on the rubber end of suction cups that are to be

used on any part of the body where hair is present, Without the

use of heavy suds it is not possible to hol�a suction contact

wherever a sufficient quantity of hair may interfere,

Heat dilates, like the sun's action, and is a positive pole

in life, Cold contracts, like the moon energy, and is the negative

factor in all spasms,

*********************

86
 Volume Page 157

LEG CONDITIONS

Leg trouble can al way s be found in th e per ineu m , a nd di­

agnose d and treated from there. Wh e th e r it is a sh o rt leg or a

pain in the l eg , the POLARITY reflex is in th e perineum. S pa s t i c

and sore psoas muscl�fl are r e li e v ed by m e an s of PERINEAL TECH­

NIQUE, A test, b e fore and afte r the treatment, will prove the
po i nt .

In p re g nanc y , PERINEAL TECHNIQUE is invaluable in rel iev ­

ing pains and tensions due to pressure in the pelvis. It gives

almost m ir a c u lous re li e f in all leg s ym ptoms a nd pains due to

pregnancy and the n ervou s symptom s caused by the c h an g es in the

pelvis,

The p erineum is the lo w e s t ma j or po i nt of gr avity in the

body , and it d ef i n it ely affects parts below it and above it. The

perin eum is also the major negat i ve pol e of the bod y and, as

such, hol d s the key to all n e g at i v e and i rrat ional i mpulse s and

pervers ions of the currents in the energy field. For thes e

reasons it is of vital i mpor tance in balancing and correcti n g

ills of the body .

Much can y et be d i scover e d about thi s ant i - pole of th e

brain. Skill in tre atin g � und er s t a nd i n g of the energy fields

in the body , are the essential f a ctors.

What the docto r's mind cannot co nceive,

That, he cannot relieve!

It is the vital force in th e bloodstream which warms and

animates the body. L if e withdraws from the extremities f i rst .
Then they harden and become rigi d and col d . They are f arthe s t

removed from the center of life, and w as t e product s in the cir ­

cul at io n g ather at the lo w es t point of gravity, like sediments in
a barrel. To remove these sediments by m ean s of the app li cat ion
of leeches on the hardened ar eas is of g reat benefit, Thus cir­
culation is b ro ug h t again through these obstructions by means of

new blood which replaces the stagn ant local waste in th e area
thus treated,

That the sludge in the blood prevents the normal flow of

circulation in that are a is a we ll - known and recognized fact. By

withdrawing the impure, stagnant venous blood from the hard areas
around an ulcer, the ul cer is healed by me an s of the supply of
fresh blood to that area. As the old is wi thdr a wn, the new blood
can flow in and re-establish normal circulation. Circulation of

the blood is the animating f a ct o r to the e x tremi ties b e cause of

the life force of 'Prana' in it.

*********************

87
 CHART VITAL SPINAL BALANCING
NO·lS VERTICAL AND LATERAL
Fig. 3 shows a double, lateral contact
for balancing one side with the
Fig. I other .

Fig. 4

Fig, 1 shows the finger

position in the double

�ontacts, 1 & 2, for a Fig. 2

superior-inferior bal­

ance per Chart No. 2.

Fig. 4 shows

position of both

hands for spinal

contacts - above
and below - per
figures 1 & 2

Dotted lines

or: head and

hip in Fig.2
are for Fig. 2 contact is on the 5th lumbar

Parietal and 1st cervical. It takes the knee

Contact with support to make the lower contact

I(:-
Innominate Contact. firm, also for o c ci p ita l and
sacral contacts .

88
 Volume Page 159

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 15

Vital spinal ba lancing , while t he pa tient is in a sitting

position, is a most help ful way to do goo d work to relieve some

one, where there are no conveniences. It is a ' C o un try s ide

Technique' which cari\'be done while the p atient is s i t t i ng on any

ordinary chair or stool.

This therapy is very ap pli cable for relief of indigestion

and m a ny a cute c ond it i o ns . Vital b a l ancing of energy currents is

all that is intended h e re , and it works much easier than our pre­
vious 'Countryside T echnique ' , illustrated in Charts 45-50 in
Book 2. Gas e s w i ll be rele ase d , and the be lc h ing relieves the

i ndigesti on at once .

Double contacts are used here for convenience . The t op is

balan ced with the m id d l e pole, or with the b o ttom , its ne gative
pole .

Then a double thumb contact goes along each side of the

spine, on sore areas, for lateral balance . This also helps to
move the gases that are st ag na n t and l o d g ed in the stomach, in
the bowels and in the tissues .

For the lower contact the elbow is supp o rted by the knee,
to make the gen tle lifting m ot i o n easier .

*********************

89
 CHART BALANCING SPHENOID AND
NO·J6 COCCYX VITAL CURRENTS

Q)
Q) r-i o<l
.t: 0
+' 0.. '0
�
'+-i J.t 0 Q)
0 0 s '0 r::
� .t: «< 0
+' J.t +' a Q)
0 Q) w > '0
0 +' UJ � r::
J.t r:: Q) � +' «1
< .t: � .t: X
Q) +' +' UJ >.
.t: � () 0 J.t ()
+' 0 «< 0. Q) ()
� '0 +' .t: 0
+' J.t � r:: �+> u
«< Q) 0 0 Q) 0
0. r:: u r-i Q)
+' ::1 Q) '0 Q) .t:
u tl.l .t: UJ � '0 .t: +)
ctl 0. Q) 0 � +'
+' Q) tl.l r:: � s '+-i
r::
0
.t:
+' Q) .0
0 Fig. J.t
Q) Q)
'+-i
0
0

u .t: '+-i .t: 0.

� +' r-i r:: +' � '"
J.t 0 «< ..... Q) +'
Q) '+-i .t: UJ ..c: b.O
+'
::l �
b.O ctl
::l z
Q)
..c:
+'
�
r::
�
Q)
..c:
Fig. 2
Q) Q) 0 E-< � '+-i +'
z UJ J.t Q)
0 .t: .t:
r:: +' +'

See Chart No . 18 in this book

for relationship of
� -
/

bony structures .
� with the thumb on the right wing

of the Sphenoid bone. The Infer-

ior Contact is made with the mid­

dle finger of the left hand, with

a gentle pressure on the left

side of the Coccyx. When the Su­

perior contact is on the left

side of the head, the Inferior
Contact will be made on the right

side of the Coccyx. The lateral

cur rents cross over, so these

contacts are made on opposite
sides of the body.

Fig. 3 shows firm finger con-

..:\
tacts on both sides of the

laminae together with a

gentle stretch for tension

release and current flow,
WITHOUT ADJUSTMENT. For ad­

Fig. 3 justments, see Book 2,

Charts 45 to 50.

90
 Volume Page 161

CHART BALANCING OCCIPUT AND SACRUM

N°·17 WITH THE �ECK, BACK AND LEG POLARITY FIELDS

Fi g . 1: A- Contact on the Occiput is made with the thumb on

the sorest spot on that side . The fingers may rest on the head, or may

be extended like an aerial. B- The hand on the back can be used with the

lowe� contact. c- The right thumb contacts the Apex of the

upper or th?
the anterior side of the body, i ndi ­

cated by the plumb line .

-----

The -·• are contact points

Sacro
Notch Contact

C- contact is deep, alongside the Coccyx, in an upward, lifting direc-

tion, with a s l i g ht o-:.:tward angle toward the shoulder.

Dotted lines on head and hip in

F ig . 2 are for Parietal Contact

with Innominate Contact.

Fig. 2
Fig. 2: Contacts A&B are similar to that

shown in Fig. l. This is the posterior

side of the body. Contact C is therefore on the posterior Sacro Iliac

articulation with the thumb and the fingers, in a gentle, lifting grip

on the glutei, like taking a handful of muscles, pressing

dowflward and inferiorly with the thumb, like a pull.

Gall
Liver

- -�----:--..------

Colon areas
Fig. 3

Fig. 3: Illustrates a Sphenoid contact a-

bove, the same as in the sitting-up po sit ion .

The middle finger of t he right hand is on right side of the Coccyx,

pushing toward the middle. The dots and arrows on the legs are all

contact points for any co m b in ation , with S uperi o r or Central contacts

on the body.

91
 CHART OCCIPUT AND SACRUM,SPHENOID
N°·18 AND COCCYX RELATIONSHIPS
Fig. 1 shows the Sphenoid bone areas
on the skull, anteriorly, and

the Gre at Wings, late rally. It

is known that even a light pre s­
sure on the eyeballs changes the
pulse beat. Whethe r the Sphenoid
is a factor in this is not yet
determined.
The Great W ing on each side of
the head is a contact point for
balancing the Spinal Current
with the Coccyx on the opposite
side , Being on the side of the
he ad, the current crosses over
to the other side, below.

Fig. 2: The top of the head,

at the Sutures, marked 'X' , is

Fig. also a free thumb contact point

for the Central Axis Current in
the body, together with a gentle
contact on the tip of the Coccyx
with the middle finger of the other

the upward, hand . The right hand below favors

return current
from the Positive
finger of the Positive hand, to
the Neuter thumb of the left or
Negative hand. Reversing the
hands, favors the downward
impulse of ENERGY WAVES.

c
The rela­
t i onship
of the
Occiput and
the Sacrum,
and the
Sphenoid and
Coccyx is
Fig. 2
the
illustrated here
as a continuation
of articulations.
Response of Currents to Contacts
verifies this geometric arrangement, from the top of the
spine to the bottom, as shown in Chart No. 2 in this book.

--- - Contact points in Center and on both sides.

Right side of Coccyx, left Sphenoid.

92
 n
on the back
, through the ex act z
influ ence
a pow erful relieved by a
0::1:
. )>
have n be
the fe et pains ca
T he tops of own here.
Many back E n er gy
ndences sh ing the V it a l
_."'
po
regions of
co rr es thus balanc
same time,
bo th ar eas at the
t on
firm contac --c ....
c u rrent s .

:c.,
m
o
)>"'
?-t
z:
m-
nO
""'
l>"'
t.O
zm
CN c):
g:,-1
)>­ o
n
"z
.... "'
o=
.... -a
:tO
m"TT
, ....
m::t
ENERGY FLOW, as vital circuits in mm
PRINCIPLE OF
This works through the POLARITY
built the body and main­ ....
rrents which
are the f etal pattern cu to reveal
the body. They on on the back
the same positi
hands can be placed in
tain it. Both
Chart No. 4 in Book 2.
fields. See
their polarity
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO. 19

The posterior and bony structure of each foot is compared

as closely as possible in its polarity response areas to the head,

the neck and the back, The total vertical relationship of the feet

to each side of the body is given here .

In Chart No. 8 we place the head into the four oval spaces

of the body, for relationships and corresponding poles of expres­

sions. Here we place the feet on the back for the same reason of

sum total polarity reactions from below, upwards, and from above,
do wn wards, as motor impulse relationships.

For the Anterior relationships, see Chart No . 4 in Book 2,

"The Wireless Anatomy of Man" .

This chart expresses both , motor and sensory impulse rela­

tionships, from top to bottom and from the bottom of the feet to
t he front of the body, as sensory areas of location as well as

posterior identification of motor currents . For functional im­

pulses and relationships, see Chart No. 13 in Book 3, "Polarity

Therapy" .

It is literally true, and demonstrated here, that what we

do not have in our head we must have in our feet. Also that the

buttocks are the seat of sensory learning impulses. When visiting

the famous Eaton College in London, I was amazed to discover that

the old 'hickory stick' is still a fundamental factor in that

great institution, to properly impress the 'seat of learning' on

their students,

The foot is the finality of ENERGY FLOW EXPRESSIO N of each

half of the brain's hemisphere, It is the end of t he circuit of

V itali t y and of the Circulation. Motion and the spring of life

are expressed here , even as the glutei express the muscle sense of

balance for driving and sense proportion, through the impulses re­

ceived from the object they sit on.

A good aviator or bus or truck or auto driver 'feels' his

vehicle through this contact, by its slightest impulses and re­

sponse to power and motion. That also is the reason for having a

swivel chair or a movable seat to sit on at the desk. It accomo­

dates brain impulses as a muscle sense expression, and saves much

fidgeting and restlessness. That is also the�reason why adjustable

automobile seats are more restful than stationary seats.

Thinking is motion of mind substance which must be accomo­

dated as expression of some type in body motion, to balance the

94
 Volume Page 165

EXPLANATION OF CHART NO.

rhythmic impulses as a natural sequence of events, of sensory and

motor action. This idea also explains the benefits of the rocking
chair, the swing and the rocking horse of childhood days ,
(�'

These mind impulses are compared to a clock, and the spinal

impulses to the pendulum which ticks them off, as shown in Chart

No. 13 in Book 3. One illustration blends into and clarifies the

other . It is all the same Truth, approached from a different angle.

The brain and the body are one unit in this expressive cre­

ativeness, found in Soul growth and service. With further refer­

ence to Chart No. 13 in Book 3, the brain literally has wings,

through mind action, as illustrated in Figure 5 in that chart. The

Wings of Hermes, Mercury or Mind fluidity are the same as expressed

in the Caduceus, and the wings on the feet of the messenger of the

gods.

This really brings home the message of the Saints and Mystics;

namely, for worldly activities we use the mind but for Spiritual
progress the mind and the body must both be stilled for meditation
and listening to the VOICE OF GOD WITHIN.

PHYSICAL BALANCE S U M MARY: The sacrum and the heels have a

definite relationship as middle and inferior poles, shown in this
chart. When making an examination or a check-up, see the sacrum as
the foundation wedge of support for posture, structure and function­
� energy impulse. A brief analysis along these lines will save
much time in balancing the structure from the bottom up. In all
chronic cases, the root of the trouble is usually hidden here.

The center line over the sacrum is the vertical crease be­
tween the buttocks. Normally it should be straight in line with

the spine. If it dips to one side, away from the middle, that is
TH E LOW SIDE OF THE S ACRAL BAS E , which needs balancing and correc­

tion. See "Polarity Therapy" Charts 11, 12, 13 and 14; also de­
tailed charts in Book 4, "The Mysterious Sacrum" .

One innominate may be high or low, NO MATTER WHICH WAY THE

BASE IS TILTED. T he buttocks indicate the innomina te levels. By
holding a yardstick flat under them, both sides show up as they
are.

Do not overlook this basic correction.

******* ** ************

95
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE MYSTERY OF FEVER

In orthodox medicine fever is considered simil ar to a dis­

ease due to a germ or a virus infection. Even in toxic and old

chronic ailments, no exception is made to that theory. Also in

acute disease, there is always an effort to stop that fever. If

this theory were correct, then it would be wiser than Nature it­

self. However, the facts do not prove this to be the case.

The Fire Principle, as the vital energy, is the natural

warmth and motivator of the body. When things lag and the circu­

lation is sluggish, it is because waste products have accumulated

in the tissues and in the bloodstream. Then more energy and heat
are needed to dilate the tissues and capillaries for a speeded-up

circulation, to resolve and move this waste and stagnation wher­

ever it can be eliminated. Heat produces chemical changes . Fever

is the stepped-up vital force, as heat and motion, to assist the

body in burning up this waste as we do the garbage and dispose of

the residue of ashes.

FEVER IS NATURE'S OWN CURE for the illness. It will re­

solve the ailment and clear it out of the system IF THE FEVER IS

REGULATED BY COOLING COMPRESSES which keep the skin moist and

improve the oxidation of the tissues. A dry skin cannot function,

especially in a fever. It needs moisture much like an engine

needs the water circulation of a radiator which cools it by e­

vaporation,

Practically all acute diseases with fever (but not after

the fever has been suppressed) can be treated most successfully

by the use of cool body compresses and the airy principle of
fresh citrus fruit juices, taken internally, which aid oxidation
and elimination of toxins. In high fevers, cooling enemas may

also be given to keep the temperature down below 104 degrees F.

A prolonged high fever of 105 and over coagulates the al­

bumin in sensitive nerve centers where the fever is localized,

Properly controlled fever, ACCORDING TO NATURAL METHODS, will

burn up any waste and disease in the body, without the least bit

of damage. In fact, the patient usually feels better than ever

IF THE PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO RUN ITS NATURAL COURSE, as many old

conditions are usually cleared up along with the acute disease.

Food should not be given to a fever pa,tient because it

acts as a serious interference to elimination of toxins at this
time of housecleaning, and it raises the fever. Milk is a food
and should not be given at this time. THE FEVER WILL RESOLVE
ITS ELF WHEN THE WASTE IS E URNED UP AND ELIMINATED, even as all

fires go out for lack of fuel; but it must be kept under control

96
 Volume Page 167

THE MYSTERY OF FEVER

by natural methods and not be permitted to burn the 'house' down.

Very satis factory and sometimes miraculous results we re obtained

by me in the many hundreds of acute and chronic cases which I

U.
have treated in this manner and some of them were very serious
conditions with complications, such as middle ear diseases, etc.

It matters not what the name of the disease may be, the

fever is to be controlled in the same NATURAL way, and then the

controlled fever itsel f will burn out the disease, usually leav­
ing the b ody in better health than ever.

Medical science has also observed the curative effect of

fevers, and uses diathermy and short wave the r apy to create an
artificial fever . Sometimes even malaria germs have been used
to create an artificial fever for the cure of some obscure dis­
ease . But a natural fever is not tolerated nor properly con-
trolled and utilizedl MA N ENDURES NATURE CURES.

BOILS AND CARBUNCLES: Usually the re is f e ve r and pain with

this e ffort of Nature to e liminate some spe cific poison from the
bloodstre am . Nature's effort should be sustained by the wise phy-
sician who sees the long range g o od and benefit for the patie nt in
this elimination of impurities which could not be accomplished
otherwise. It should be encouraged by m e ans of hot flaxseed poul­
tices applie d over the ac u te ar e as, to draw all this poison outward,
to a h e ad by dilation and surface e xpansion.

A boil or carbuncle must ripen, like a fruit on the Tree of

Life, be it good or bad. Poultices of any kind, heat and patience
are the main factors here. A fruit diet assists elimination by

not taxing the digestive syste m, as rich foods do, which caused
this condition in the first plac e .

Lancing a boil or carbuncle drives the poison and infectious

enzymes back into the bloodstream and that can cause he art trouble
and othe r severe symptoms du e to the suppression of Nature's process.
Where th e vit � lity is good, the re will be more crops of boils or
carbuncles afte r each l ancing or other means of suppression of Na­
tur e 's process, until exhaustion produc e s worse after effects.

*********************

97
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE WONDERFUL E FF EC T OF GOLD A ND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

Metals are living things . The oxidation of met als is sim­

ilar to th e b r eath i ng proces s in the bo dy , in its metabolic ex­

c h a nge and re ac t i on to the airy principle in N at u r e , Metals also

show wear, fatigue, stress and strain. T hey also lose their ten­

sile strength and usefulness . Metals cryst alliz e with age and

wear, th en crumble and �reak. All these physical q ualit ies are

livin g reactions similar to human q u ali ti es and ot her l i vin g

structures and or g anic substances in the vegetable �nd animal

kingdoms.

Precious stones and pre c io us metals such as gold and sil­

ver also have a great ps yc hologic al effect upon human beings, and

stir them more than do the ve g etable and animal fie lds. Gold

touches a most vital spot in t he de pth of man's psychological na­

t ure . The power of possession and g ree d thro ug h the value factor

is p ar a m o unt . The ego itself is bo u n d up in it. For ins t an c e , a

d isco ve ry of gold in any part of the world is usually f o l low ed by

a gold rush ( like California in 1849 and the Klondike in 1897)

which brings to light an u n u s u al psychology of human natu re , not
found in ordinary, regular living. The same is true of precious
stones . The psyc holo g ical reaction on the masses and the speci fic
reaction on the highly se nsitive in di v i d uals is profound.

How could it be possible for gold and precious stones to

have such a powe r f ul effect on man's psychological nature without

having corresponding e nergy fields to affect the ne rve s and phys­

i c al structures also? A st u dy of t he se reactions on human min ds

and emotions from their radiating action standpoint as well as

the de e p - s ti rring psy cholo g y of v alue s indicates that this is a

field of power that is ove r looke d in the pr e se n t - day methods of

hea l ing but was w ell known and successfully used by the de e p

thinkers of olden times .

In Nature everything depe nds upon the life and warmth of

the sun's rays . Nothin g spro uts without that energy of warmth,

in o ne form or an o ther . Aside from the physical heat there is a

life - giv i n g energy in the sun which has a de eper fi e ld in its

natural function and finer radiations. In ancient times this

l ife -g ivi n g energy was called by various names such as: Vita lity ,
Life -f orc e , Pr a na , V ri l, Mag ne t ism , etc. All Nature and subst ance

have their s ha re of it in varying d eg ree s of animated ex iste nce ,

A s pe cial concentration of this energy, in a0very su b tle form, is

hidden in the rays of the precious stones and in the more pre­

cious metals such as g ol d, silv e r , etc . , and t hose used in the

field of atomic science.

This energy is natu r ally of a f ine r nature or it w ould n ot

98
 Volume Page 169

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND S ILV ER ON THE HUMAN BODY

be able to slumber for ages in the depths of the earth and still

not be affected by heat or cold, nor by the ravages of time. Such

a radiation should be worthy of our study. On the other hand,

organic structures lose their 'prana' or vital energy through ex­

cessive heat or cold and by the ravages of time.

Gold has the finest and subtlese rays of the sun energy
locked within it by its very process of formation in the depths

of the earth. Precious stones, created by heat and pressure in

the depths of the earth, also have their specific energy concen­

trated within them, like a tiny universal nerve center of earth.

In the ancient Ayurvedic practice, this energy in the gold

was extracted by a secret process involving the use of the strong

juices of herbs which had an affinity for it. In this manner and
by various combinations were the gold remedies prepared. Improved

vitality and better heart action were the main objectives for

their use. After some time the secret and the understanding of

the ENERGY ESSENCE was forgotten and the use of gold soon lost

its medical reputation. However, this is only one minor applica­

tion of the ENERGY in gold to the human body.

The blood contains so little of the essence of gold in

its make-up that it is even difficult to trace it. So its ap­

plication in that direction would be accordingly limited. But

the body as a whole has an energy field of vital force that is so

similar to the sleeping energy in the gold and in the sun that

its real value points to the exchange and stimulation of that �­

ergy field direct by means of its radiating action, rather than

through its digestive function.

If the users of Zone Therapy had understood the POLARITY

ACTION of the rays of � as the latent sun energy, and those of

silver as the latent moon energy, their effects would have been

enhanced ten-fold by the application of this mysterious PO L ARITY

PRINCIPLE LATENT IN NATURE AND IN MAN. Of course this energy

must trave l as living lines of force and radiant currents, as de­

scribed and illustrated in detail in my other books.

The sun and the moon are the most active energy factors in

our solar system and therefore gold and silver are naturally the

two most potent metallic representatives of these two energies.

The sun gives heat, vitality and expansion to all things. The

hidden, finer energy in gold has the same effect on the human body

when applied to it at the representative areas according to the

principles of "POLARITY THERAPY" and "THE WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN" .

Of course this can also be done by the use of hands, but that also

99
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

means more work for the doctor and the results are not so quickly

obtained as they are by the use of gold and silver.

When a gold comb is lightly drawn over the body, sensitive

persons can feel its warmth. When a silver comb is used in the

same way, it is described as a cool wave or current. These ef­

fects are in the finer energy fields of the psychic 'prana', not

in the gross physical energy of the breath alone,

When gold and silver are used as probes in definite areas

in the nose and in the back of the throat, a whole new field of

astonishing vital reactions with surprising benefits is possible.

GOLD IS USED FOR DILATION, AND SILVER FOR CONTRACTION.

If a gold applicator is used in the rectum in the form of

a dilator, it will produce vital waves of psychic 'prana', of

warmth and radiation, and will stimulate and invigorate the re­

flexes from below upwards, This application is indicated in the

cases of tension and pain in the rectal region.

The spastic rectum would be relieved by using a gold tube,

inserting it and leaving it in for ten to fifteen minutes. Pa­

tients with piles would greatly benefit by the application of a

silver tube, leaving it in for fifteen to twenty minutes, during

the POLARITY treatment. It is the POLARITY action that does the

work rather than the mechanical dilation due to the size of the

applicator. Whichever one is used internally, the metal of the

opposite pole should be placed on the soles of the feet or on the

back of the body at the sacrum, to complete the circuit of the

fine inter-action of the currents between the GOLD and the SILVER.

The rectum is the positive pole for all stagnations below

it, clear down to the soles of the feet. The radiating process

is enhanced considerably by placing a silver plate on the bottom

of the f e et, at the middle of the arch and toward the heel, This
has a cooling and drawing effect, will draw the energy downward

and establish a complete circuit in the lower extremities where

the stagnation was most pronounced prior to treatment. This ap­

plication is clearly indicated in leg troubles where other met h ­

ods have not succeeded, Much specific relaxation and reaction of

profound therapeutic value can be elicited thus by means of very

little effort and no strain on the doctor or�the patient.

The same can be said about gold clamps applied at the fin­

ger and toe joints, according to my system of living POLARITY

ENERGY CURRENTS AND THEIR CIRCUITS OF FLOW. The combs and plates

can be applied at opposite polarity poles or lightly pressed un-

100
 Volume Page 171

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

der the nails of the fingers and toes with surprisingly good re­

sults.

This is not a'.<'system of pressure or pressure massage as it

was formerly thought to be, but rather a system of finer energy

flow through POLARITY ACTION AND REACTION. True, physical pres­

sure also works through the mechanical factor by dislodging the

grosser energy blocks and stimulating the current flow, BUT THE

SUBTLEST AND MOST ENDURING ENERGY EFFECT lies in the ENERGY CUR­

RENTS THEMSELVES AND IN THEIR NATURAL POLARITY ACTION. All must

blend into Nature for balance and health. All artificial stimu-

lations have their reactions and leave their residue in the sys­

tem. This must also be cleared out before all is well because
GOOD H E AL T H IS A NATURAL CO NDITION AND PROCESS,

There are other planets in our solar system which also

have their keynote of energy fields represented in metals and in

the human body where that energy is locked and slumbers in its

own keynote:

The planet Jupiter has its counterpart in tin and zinc .

Venus has copper and brass as its earthy counterpart.

Mars sleeps in the iron of the earth as a potential energy

field for war and industry.

The planet Mercury has the metal of mercury as its earthy,

unstable, fluidic expression. Bot h, mind and mercury, are very

unstable and represent each other. Mercury was also used by the

ancients in their medicine of energy essences, BUT NEVER IN ITS

CRUDE FORM. In later years it survived in its crude form as a

chloride of mercury, used to clean out the liver and gall bladder

and to act as a cathartic.

Theophrastus Bombastus Paracelsus von Hohenheim was the

last adept in the secret uses of the ENERGIES IN METALS as in­

ternal remedie� when extracted by alchemical skill. Highly did

he praise the action of his 'Mercurius' , Of course that which he

refer red to and used was not the crude mercury, but was the al­

chemical ESSENCE of it.

Copper and. zinc were used in ancient times for rheumatism,

Copper bracelets are still worn by many persons, with beneficial

effects. Copper and zinc insoles were also used to relieve rheu­

matism and similar ailments. This application promotes a certain

type of energy flow. Most people know about these old-time rem-

101
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND S ILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

ed ies and stil l have faith in them.

T he v a rious me t ho d s of el ectronic the ra p y and such machines

were based u p on these fine r energy currents, late nt in metals, and

their stimulation by me ans of a re t a rd ed elect ric cu r rent w hich

checked the g rosse r energy in its p ath and c re ated a stati c field.

This also had its various reactions , Persons who can feel the e­
lect ro nic actions can also perceive the e f fect of gold and silver

in any form or a p plication.

When the foundation is und erstoo d, as it is clea rly illus­

tr ated in "THE WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN" and is f urthe r e x pla ine d

in my book, "POLARITY T HERAPY " , then the a pp l icat i ons of gold and

silver as POLARITY FACTORS be come an art and a science . Whet he r

i t is i n the form of com bs, p r o b es, plates, c l amp s , etc. , the
POLARITY PRINCIPLE DOES NOT CHANGE.

The gold a p pl icator should alw ay s be place d at the s up e r -

ior pole whether that ha p pens to be t he posi t i v e or the neuter

one and the silver ones alway s at the infe rio r o r negative
p ol e s . E ne r gy travels from the crown of the head, d o wnward.

As shown in the c harts in the above mentioned books, the

five fin ge r s reflex to the en e rgies in the body in g eome t r i c pro­

por tions , longitudinally and v ertica lly, and represent the neuter
pol e ; while the toes relate to th e s ame energies in the body as
the ne ga tiv e pole .

The thumbs are the neu ter , horizontal re flex poles to the

head and to the m ind region, and vert i cally re flex to the central
portion of the body. The great toe on each foot is the negative
reflex center of the same region. So a g old ring on the thum b
and a silver one on the gr e a t toe would stimulate the head and
mind reg ion.

The space between the thumb and the first f inge r repre­

sents the neck area which jo ins the head and the b od y , and is the

etheric area and center of speech and sound energy.

The first finger, when placed in a horizontal pos it i o n on

the body, represents th e chest area and the airy principle in it.
It was credited to Ju p i t er, t he Th under god , � n the Greek system.

His h u r lin g the bolt of l ightn i n g and the action o f the heart
hav e someth in g in common in their c irc u its of flow, which m ain­

t ain the 'he avens' above the d ia phragm and the bod y economy. The

second toe is the negative re flex to this a re a . T herefo re, a

g o ld r in g worn on the first f i n g er stimulates heart and respira-

102
 Volume Page 173

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

t or y action. By the same token a silver ring would be used here

in a case of excessive activity or over -s tim u lat ion in this area.

The second finger, also called the middle fing e r, repre­

sents the neu te r pole of the abdominal area in the human bo dy ,

and its fiery energy of di ges tion ( Saturn ) , whi l e the c or r es po nd­

ing ( third ) toe r e pres ents the negative pole of the same area.

Life lives upon life in this world; hence it was said that Saturn

devours his o wn children. A gold ring worn on the second finger

stimulates d ig es tion.

The th i rd or r in g fin g er represents the pelvic area and

the gen er ati v e function. This was credited to Brahma , the cre­

ator of forms, in the Hindu system. A gold ring which is usually

worn on this finger as the symbol of marriage, stimulates the

generative action. The fourth toe is the negative pole of this

same area.

T he litt l e fi n ger represents the last and the least im­

por t a nt cen t er in the bo d y; n am e l y, the rectal center . T h is is
called the 'Muladhara Ch a k r a ' in its finer psychic energy action.

Either a silver ring, or two or three turns of silver wire a­

round the base of the little finger, contracts this rectal cen­

ter in its subtler energy field and thus rel iev es piles . The

l ittle toe is the negative pole of this area.

In s h or t , K£1£ ap p lie d to any area or j oint stimulates and

dilates its co rr e s pondi ng reflex function in the bo d y , and silver

c o ntrac ts .

Sin c e pu blishing the first edition of this book the author

has tr a veled to India with stop-overs in Switzerland, Italy,
Greece and Egypt; re m a i n e d in India with a GREAT SPIRITUAL TE ACHER
f or s ix months , also traveled in India with Him; then returned to
Amer ica with sto p - overs in C eyl on , Spain, Portugal and L ondon .

Throughout, the writer looked c lo s e l y for and found many clues in

an cient writings, customs, carv in gs , paint ing s , pottery, etc . for
f ur the r verification of the ex i stence of th e kno w ledge of the ge­
ome tr ic lines of energy fields in the body in those days . It is

THE ENERGY FIELDS which are the a ct iv e factors behind all the
other ph e no men a which is now g en e rall y th ought to be due entirely
to mechanical and chemical action.

It seems to take a long time for people nowadays to und e r ­

stand some of the t hi ng s used in times of old and to compre hend

the hidden energy be hi nd a simple applica ti o n of this principle .

The secret of met a ls is one of these principles, locked up se-

103
BOOK V: VITALITY BALANCE

THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF GOLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

curely in the dim past. Only a story now and then, which seems

meaningless to millions, carries the clue and seems to say, "Let

him who hath eyes to see, see, and prove it by applic a ti on and

observation". One such story was told to me in India by my dear

friend, Jagmohan Lal, retired Professor of English, History and

Chemistry, who is considered to be an authority on Sanskrit and

ancient lore:

The Hindus worship a trin ity of gods whom they call Brahma,

Vishnu and Sh iva, much the same as Christians worship God the
Father, God the Son and God the Holy Ghost. It is said that many

thousands of years ago Vishnu gave to his followers and devotees

the secret of healing by means of herbs, leaves and plants and

the finer energies hidden in them. The followers of Shiva came

to him and complained that they had to go to the followers of
Vishnu to get relief from their ai lm ents because they had received
no such means from their own god, Shiva. Shiva replied: "I will
give you something much bet ter ; that is the secret of the energy

latent in metals for use in healin g yourselves. This is much more

potent than the energy in the herbs and vegetables." This knowl­
edge served the people for a lo ng, long time, until t he secret
was forgotten and the u nders tanding of the principle was l ost .

For many years I had sensed the hidde n energy in various

metals, precious metals and precious stones . I have worked with

and tested electronics in this same field and am thoroughly con­

vin ced , through marvelous res u lts obtained, of the POLARITY OF

METALS IN THE HUMAN ECONOMY OF HEALTH, THROUGH THE G ROS S ER AND

FIN E R E NE RG I E S th rough the nervous system as the grosser en-

ergy field and the WIRELESS SYSTEM as the finer energy field
which originally served in b u ild ing the body and continues to
permeate it.

I had used Zone Therapy over thirty years ago and had
figured out a real logical foundation for it besides just arbi­
trary dividi n g lines . My divisions are living lines of finer
energies which travel in wire l ess waves and are latent in the
body like the energies c irculat in g in an atom. These are the
structures upon which the pattern matter was attracted and filled
in. They did not disa ppear from the body at b irth , but remain
with it until death . They are the POWERFUL CE NTERS OF FINER EN­
ERGY WHICH PRECIPITATED THE GROSS PH Y S I CAL B'eDY AND STI LL INFLU­
ENCE IT. This is an exact science of geometric proportions and
POLARITY ACTIONS of relationships of Energy Current Travel. Pre­
cise illustrations are given in my b oo ks , "THE WIRELESS ANATOMY
OF MAN", "POLARITY THER APY ", and "THE MYSTERIOUS SA CRUM " , so

anyone who wishes to do so can prove this for himself or herself.

104
 Volume Page 175
THE WONDERFUL EFFECT OF G OLD AND SILVER ON THE HUMAN BODY

But it requires patience, thought and some skill to find the exact
reflex centers in the body,

Energy must flow. Sore spots are blocks in the energy cur­

rents at either the . p ositive, the negative or the neuter poles; or

,
perhaps at two of them or all three of them. The science and

skill come into play in FINDING O UT WHERE THE ENERGY IS BLOCKED

AND IN KNOWING HOW TO REL E AS E IT. When the current is re-estab­

lished, the pain leaves at once and normal action takes place .

There are many ways to move the finer energies directly by

POLARITY knowledge of the body's superior, middle and inferior
reflex area poles. This is a precise mathematical proportion of

fields, as ovals and organs, for finer wireless energy currents .

Chart No. l in "WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN" illustrates these ovals

and centers. It is not based upon the gross anatomy, nerve trac­
ing or circulatory knowledge. The ancient Chinese did not have
our modern science and knowledge of the circulatory system and

nervous system; yet they had their mysterious and most effective
Acupuncture System with gold and silver needles, for instant re­
lief and many cures. Hence this could not have been based upon

the modern system as it is practised today. A doctor and phil­

osopher of this Acupuncture System in Marseilles, France, is con­

sidered to be an expert at it and also taught it at the French A­
cademy of Medicine in Paris at the request of the French Govern­

ment. But I notice from the charts which are used there and in
Germany for tracing the reflexes, that they follow mostly the
course of nerves according to the modern theory of anatomy. This,
of course, is not the foundation of the original Chinese System

because such theories were not in existence then. The original

system was based upon the foundation of matter in its simple con­
struction of lines of ENERGY flowing through the five fields, as

is also clearly outlined in my courses. Nearly all ancient sys­

tems such as the Ayurvedic System of India, the Unani System of

Greece, etc. were founded on that basis. Each used different

means and methods based upon this primal fact of Nature's five
fields ( the five ovals of the body ) and five currents of energy

flow, plus three modes of motion in all action, similar to our

atomic scienc�; namely, positive, negative and neuter; or, struc­

turally, the superior, the middle and the inferior poles.

The positive pole built the form and lies in the field. As
long as energy can function over it, it can be relied upon to re­
spond in a precise way to each type of stimuli, whether fine or

gross, solid, liquid or gaseous, or a finer energy current of

warmth, or pure etheric energy. The latent energy in the metals

is the latter type of energy and works through the finer currents
of the unobserved energy fields in metals and in gems.

*********************

105
 BODY BALANCE
THROUGH
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY
CURRENTS

Twenty-Five Charts

Illustrating Polarity Principles

& Techniques
 Commentary on
The Evolutionary Energy Charts
In these 25 Charts, many of the fundamental energy patterns discovered by Dr.
Stone are diagramed in detail. He focuses on the "wireless currents which built the
body in intra-uterine life, according to a mind pattern design, like a blueprint."
And, as he has written, "In this tracing of Life we find deeper causes for the action
of the fully developed mind and body."

In the 25 Charts, he wrote, "deeper sources of Energy have been charted and
identified." Dr. Stone stated that he called the energies diagramed here "Evolutionary"
because they deal with energy flow from the center outward, radiating and evolving
in all directions as the developing Life Principle that sustains the body.

In addition to the abstract energy patterns included, Dr. Stone also illustrates
numerous therapeutic techniques and exercises, as well as introducing some fascinating
material on the relationship of the four elements to diet. A complete list of the
charts follows, as described in one of Dr. Stone's brochures.

Chart 1 - Polarity of the Water Element Chart 13 - Vital exercises to integrate

& how it operates in the body as finer Life & motion.
Energy Circuits. Chart 14 - Three vital exercises for
Chart 2 - The center of the vital radiation tone.
& its aura of warmth and circulation. Chart 15 - Two exercises for polarizing
Chart 3 - Posterior motor energy center energy currents.
of vital force. Chart 16 - Primal energy, its symbol
Chart 4 A therapeutic application of
- & application in therapy.
the fiery energy principle & a wonderful Chart 17 - Correlation of the two
relaxing position, most useful in Sciatica. nervous systems & the spinal cord.
Chart 5 - Diagnostic sensory areas in Chart 18 - Vital Polarity Therapy for
the hand & foot, and contact points for stomach, liver & digestion.
release. Chart 19 - Polarity of the feet and head,
Chart 6 The posterior horizontal reflexes
- & sympathetic areas for therapy.
of hand & foot. Chart 20 - Sympathetic & parasympathetic
Chart 7 - A prostatic lift, from the contact areas.
outside, with heel & sacral contacts. Chart 21 - Diagnostic signs of the tongue
Chart 8 - Perineal technique & spinal & the voice.
contacts. Chart 22 - A unique specific sacral
Chart 9 - Lymphatic drainage technique. correction & spinal therapy.
Chart 10 - Finer wireless fields and Chart 23 - A sitting up correction for
energy currents of Tattwas & Pranas. posterior, inferior & lateral lumbars, also
Chart 11 - A rare chart on spiritual for Sciatica, etc.
faculties & their location in the brain. Charts 24 & 25 - DIET - A new food
Chart 12 The atom & a similar energy
-
classification according to the earth's
whirl in the body. magnetic strata & the four elements.
 Volume Page 179

EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY SERIES

EVOLUTIONARY MIND ENEQ6Y FLOWS FROM THE MIND PRI�CIPLE OVER I�£" BRAIN ANDT�E
NERVOUS SYSTEM AS PRIMARY ENERGY WAVES. SECOND, AS CONDUCTED IMPULSES OVER IN5ULA1fD
NERVES Llf<E WIRE5 FOR ALL SPECIFIC PHY510l0GJ(Al FUNCTION .THIS SERIES OF EVOLUTIONARY EI'JER6Y
CHARTS SHOW MIND AND LIFE IMPULSES FlOWING OVER T�E BODY LIKE WAVES. IHEY LOOK' Lll<f AWHEfL
WITHIN A WHEEL ALMOST AS TJ..I£ PROPHET £ZEKIEL SAW 1J.IEM WITH UFE ENTHRONED IN1HE CENIER.
TJ.tE FIERV LIFE CENTER IN IHE UM�ILICUS LINKS THE ENERGIES INTO PHYSICAL LIFE Tf4ROUGH THE
UMBILICAL CORD FRDM THE MOTHER IN10THE EMBRYO. IllS TJ.41S CVCLE DFNOURISI-IMEN"T A�D
ENERGY WHICH 8UILTT�E EI"'BRYO IN A PERFEa NEUTRAL POSITION 11\J THE WOMB. W�ENlHE..CORD IS
CUI,IHE BABV IS AN INDIVIDUAL A�D FUNCTIONS 0� THE PERPETUA110N OF-rniS ENERGY CYCLE BYTAJ<lt.JG
NOURISHME.Ni DI�ECT. 1Hf5 PRIHAAV VITAL IMPULSE rsT�E MOST IMPORTANT FIERV ELEMENT IN OUR LIFE
FOR DIGESTION OF FOOD,ASS/JV\ILATION, EliMINATION AND O)(IDAliON.IHE5E ARE "THE 14fALJNG REPAIRING
AND BUILDING FACULTIES IN OUR BODIES. THEY ARE UTILIZED AS A IHERAPY TO KEEPIHIS VITAL ENER6Y
FLOWING WHEN OBSTRUCTED IN ILLNESS AND BY DISEASE. IT 15 TRULY A VI'TAL APPROAO� TO RELEASE
VITAl FORCES PRIO$< TO Cf-\EMISTRY AND MECHANICS.
,----
,"' --- ....,
�.,-,_- ... ...

I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I [ft;J IJ'l(�_.&;' I/
I
I
I I I I
I
I / / I
J I I I
1 I I I
I 1 I /
I I I /

STANDING ON THE RI&HTSIDE AND MAKING ARI6f.41HAND WHIRL, THE

EVOLUTIONARY CURRENTS TRAVEL DOWNWARD IN I=RONTAND UPWARD ON THE SAGK,
SERIES STANDING ON TI-tS:.. LEFT SlOE' Tf.leY TRAVEL- UPWARD IN F�ONT AND
OOWNWARO ONTt-te BAC:.K.IHERe 15 A CROSSOVER IN EACH OVAL CENIER
CHART NO.I W�6RE T14E CURRENTS F'OL�F<'IZE. AS T�E' CADUCEUS CU��ENT.S OF lliE SUN
ANO MOON Eto.JER6Y OR-n.IE RIGHT AND li:FT BREA"TH "'THROUGH EACHNOS1'�1L,
SE:E C.14AR.TS NO. I -2-3-S-6-7-8-9 AI\JD bO IN ''wu�ELES5 ANATOMY.''
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

EVOLUTIONARY RADIATING VtTAL ENERGY

W�ICH SUSTAINS ALL BODY FUNCTIONS. ANTERIOR WAVES
FROM THE CENTER OU"T AND CONTACTS FROM THE UM81LIC::US.
OTI-4ER SENSORY CENTERS FOR CONTACTS- Tf.4E PERINEUM,
UVULA, TOP OF HEAD, PALtv'\S OF' HANDS, SOLES OF FEET.

TJ..li6HS AND UPPER ARMS

ARE DI6ESTIVE REFLE)(ESAND MOIOR .JOINT AREAS
FOREARMS AND CALVES OF LE6S CAN Sl:: USED WITH
SENSORY CONTACTS TO
ARE.
CHEST AND LUNG .... _
..... ' BALANCE BOT�. SEE
REFLEXES,
CH�T NO.'\- PAGE-45
'
'

'
'

'\
IN'" POLARITY TI-IERAPY"
'
\
', \ THE EMOTIONS ARE
\ IHE NEUTRAL ETHERIC
\
\ \ L.JFE PRINC:IPL.E AND
I
'
'
'
\ \ THE INVOLUNTARY
\
\ \ AC,IONS A�D REACTIONS
I

( \
\ \ OFTHE\/EGETATI\IE
I ' \
I ' I ' , NERVOUS SVS'TEM.
\
RED VITAL / \
\ \ \ THEY CONSTITUTE
CURRENTS OF I \ ' IHE' UNCONS(.IOUS
\
I 1
\ I
ENERGY t=""LO W -.�-t-/____,'---�.il \ \ I
\ \ C:..ELLULAR LIFE
AS T�E FIRE I I \ I 1 IMPULSES AND
I
\
I I ' I
1 I I
OF LIFS: AND BEHAVIOR.
I t I I !
fo.X)U Rl S H ME NT. � t I I \ IENDERNESS ON
I I � I TIPOFSPINOUS
l )
IHE CENT£�=< t
I
I I 1 I I
OF D16ESTION, I f I I I I 1 :PROCESS SHOWS A
I
I

I I I 1 I I
I :
ASSIMILAIION, I I I I I
I I I
1 CON6ESTION INTHE
I 1 I
ELIMINATION I I I MENINGESANOA
I
t \
I
I ' I
AND O)C.IOAIION. I I I I \
I I : 5iA6NA1JON JN"ll-fE
I I I I I 1 CEREBROSPINAL
I I I '
I I 1 FLUIO ASIHE
\ ,
.'m��: // //
I I \
l-IGHT P�ESSURE I
I
I
\
I 11 ! CENTRALCORE
WITH A GENTLE \ I
I I I A<..TION FROM THE
\ \
SENSORY T'r'PE 1 I
I
\
\
\ 'V- I
I I I J LIFE PRINCIPLE
TOUCH CONTACTON I ' I I
I ' IN IHE VENTRICLES
," I I
I

POLARITY CENTERS \ I ,
I
\
' I 0FT14E BRAIN.
\
I \ I I 1
IS RELA')(.IN6 AND \ \ \ \
I
I
I I
' lACK OF OXIDATION
�OOTJ-UNG TO NE.RVOUS 1 \ \ \ I
\ ' \ / I / ,' STAGNATeS' THE LIFE
PAIIENTS ANDIO \ \ \ '
OVERSTIMULATED AND\ \
' ' / I I / FLUIDS BECAUSE 0�
I
\ 1 1 INSUFFICIENT
IRRITATED TISSUES. \ /
//
\
\
\
' '
/
I
I
/ R,ADIATI0"-1 OFIHE
IENSE PeRINEAL \ ' I / FfERY LIFE ENER(:,V
\
' ' I I
MUSCLfS ARE CHRONIC \ '
\ / MI)(E'D WIT� AIR TO
1
I
EMOTIONAL REFLEXES '
"
\
' ' F"AN fT. POLARIZING
.I

\ \ ... .... .., / / /

\ \
\
''
-'
/ ,
/ THE BRAIN FAC.UL"TtES
' _,/ �ROM T�£ RI6�1TOTHE
\
//
' ,1 / l-EFT t-I.ALF CAN 8£ DONE
\ ...

'
' / FOR �LANCING OR STIMU-
,,......_
,/
'
' ,/ LAIIN6 ACTION. (IAUG�T
'
,
'' , ,./"" IN CLASS WORf<).
EVOL.UTIONARY .......
SERIES , _______ ..,

CHART N0.2
 Volume Page 181

POSTERIOR MOTOR CURRENTS OF VfTAL ENER6Y.

SECOND ANDTJ-4\RD LUMBAR SPACE JS T}4E BODY WEIG)..lT
CENTER. SEVEN JOI�T CONTACTS FOR MOTOR CURRENT
RELEASE. ALSO CONTACTS ON BAC.K OF HAND ANDrOP OF
FEET TO CORRESPOND TO THE SPINAL MOTOR AREA.

SEE CHART N0.59-

PAGE80 IN
*wiRELESS ANATOMY'' -,..,
..,�----- .........
.
....

,-""/" ',
.

/" JAW JOINT

ALSO GHARI NO.S- ,.:" / '
PAGE L./8 IN / / ' '
"POLARITY THERAPV/1 // I ...
' \
'
I I \ VE�TEBML SORENESS
I I
'

\ \ AND IENSION ARE

'

I I '
' \ .LOCAl. INDICATORS
I I
\
'

FIRM PRESSU�E / I \ \ \ OF IHE NERVE.

"

'
WlTH MOTION OR I \
\ \ CURRENT
RHYl'HMIC. VIBRA'TION / 1,'
I
\
\
\
\
\
\
tNTERFERENC.E
\ BY LAC..KOF
t5 STIMULATIN61"0 f \ \
I

115SUE5 AND I \ \ DRAINAGE. OF

PRODUC.E:.S BETTER (
f 1
1 I
I I \ T�E FLUIDS AND
QRC.ULAIION AND I I I I 1 WASTE Ace. U M-
I
LY,...,PI-tATIC f I
I
I I
\ ULA1'10N IN TJ...lE
0RAINA6f.. I 1 LOCAL 'TISSUE.
I I
T�E AIRY MtND : I I : ANDORuANS
PRik!CIPLE IS 1 I I 1 SUPPLI£0 8Vl�AT
I I
,....E VOL.UNTARY I
' I : NE::RVE CENTER.
IMPULSE FOR � I I 1 ,..E:NDERN£SS OVER
MOTIONANO I I THE TRANSVERSE
I I
I J
EXERTION.
fl EXPRESSES 11
I
I
I I : PROCESS OF ANY
I I 1 VERTEBRAE
II SELF i�ROU&H \ \ I I
1HE. PAR�SYMPATHIC I J I I 11\lO\CAIE� A
\
1\!E.RVOUS S'lSTEM
AS A 13RAk:ING
\ I
\
\
\

\ '
I
I
'
'
I 11 S't'MPAIHETIC NER\.£
R E5PON5E 10 LOCAL
IMPUL�E' TO \ \
\
I
I
I I :
I REACTION OFTHE
6ALAN<.E Tl-tE
\\ ' \
\ \ I
I
I
I
I
/ llSSUES SUPPLIED
\
I I
I
' \
M£;?NTAL EMOTIO�AL \ ' \ I
I I I I BY THAT C.ENTER.
EXUBE�AitON. \ ' I I I I
\ I
THIS t-J£E.DS A
\ \ I
6ENTLE iOUC� 10
I
/
\ \ / I I
\ " I BALANCE. IT WITH I
\ \ I
\ I I THE 5'(�\PATJ..\ETIC I
\ \ /
\
\
'
/
I
I CHA4N FROM THE I
\ ', I C.ENTERS A SOVE
'
' I
\ '
\
\
' / ANO BELOW. TENSION I
\
'
"
'' /
/ OVER TJ..t 1:: TRANSVERSE /
\ / 1 PROC..£SS OF ANY VfRlABRAE
/
'
'' // NEEDS A HE'AVY PRESSURE
' ; CONTACT AND A BALANCING
'
EVOLUTIONARY
',
,, ........
--
�,_,,,/;S ��T���OM����i�ci����
SE�IE.S tN IHE PERINEUM FOR EMOTIONAL.
_,.

M AND MlNO CAJRRE.NTS �E'L.EASE.

CHART N0.3
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

EVOLUTIONARY TREATMENT APPLlED

\T DISTRIBUTES THE FIERV ENER6Y OF DIGESTION,
AIDS C)RCULATION AND CURRENT FLOW.

IHE:: UMBtLICAL CONTACT

RELEASES T� E Fl RE:' OF
OXIDATION AND CIRCULATION
FROM 'TI4 E CENTER TO THE
A S I N61-E CONTACT ON C..l �CUM FERENCE.
I�E SOLE OF"TI-\E FOOT
CAN ALSO 8E USED
WIT� T�E UMBILICAL DIRECTIONAL
C.ONTACi EN�RGY FLOW
CONTACT POINTS

1 1-U;: UM BJLICUS IS
J,
THF:. POTENIIAL
L...IFE: C.ENTER
----+
t
FROM SIRT�
..k
G)(CELLENT
THERAPY FOR
�EART, I<ID�EYS
AND DIGESTIVE..
f TI-llS IS AVER\' EFFECTIVE
TREATMEN"T FOR SCIATICA.
ORGANS THE RELAXATION IN THE
&ROIN$ RELIEVES IHE
ANTERIOR MUSC.LE.
TENSION AND PAIN.
T�UMB IS SUNK WELL
DOWN W'TI-IOUI FORCE
INTO UMBILICUS AND
D'RECTIONAL PRESSURE
GIVEN. AVOID PR.ESSUR.E
ON TJ-lE ABDOMINAL AORTA
ON LEFT SIDE OF UMBILICUS.

'/a�
@ UMBIL.JCUS

/� SINGLE CONTAC.TS !=OR EAC.H 5/DE- KNEE

AND UMB\l-ICUS OR F"OOT AND UMSIUC::.US. USE
EVOLUTIONARY
SERlES A FIRM CONIAC.T ON KNEE 0� FOOT, WITH OR
WIT�OUT MOTION.
�ART N0.4
 Volume Page 183

HORIZONTAL DL�GNOSTIC AREAS

LEFT HAND DIAGNOSTIC AREAS OF TENDERNESS OF
MOTOR AND SYMPATHETIC CIRCULATORY ENEJ:<GY J=LOW.
ACUTE SYMPTOMS ALSO f"-ICLUDE THE NAlLS�I�-n::tR COLOR,
CURVES,THICKNESS, SPOTS AND RIDGES.
\.:.:_:

FOR ANTERIOR VERTICAL OIA6NOSTIC AREAS

SeE (HA�T No.4
- PA6£. II. FOREHeAD
''WIR&L£SS
ANATDMY11

��-�'s
�
-

UTERUS OR PROSTATE,
PeL-VIC TROUBLE,
/NDJCAIE:S CAESEF?/AN
OR BIRTH D1f:'FIGULIY
FOR MOTHERS.

z
Ill
(\
A

FEET SHOW CHRONIC REFLEXES.

PAINFUL �OINTS ARe IMPORTANT
SIGNS 0� ENERGY 6LOCKS. NAIL
CONDITIONS ARE AS ABOVE,THEY
.Sf-lOW VITAL C\RCULATIO� DE.FJCIENCY
AND 5VMPA1'HETIC ENE..RGY BLOC.KS.

�.OLUTJONARY SER)E5
:HART N0.5
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

HORJZONTAL DIAGNOSTIC AREAS.

RIGHT HAND DIAGNOSTIC REGIONS OF TENDERNESS
ARE ACUTE SYMPTOMS OF REGIONAL £NER6V BLOCKS.

THESE AREAS ARE TJ..tE

HORIZONTAL REPRESENTATION
OF= IJ..IE BODY AS GIVEN
IN C..HART NO.3 - PAGE 37
''POLARITY T�ERAPY.11

F=OR "TJ...IE VERIICAL

PRESENTATION SEE.
CHART NO.�- PAG.E I I
"WIRELESS ANATOMY/1

IENOER FOOT AREAS ARE OLD SYMPTOMS

OF" ENERGY BLOCKS. TJ..lE SPACE BETWEEN
THE IHUMBS AND FIRST FJNGE�S REPRESENIS
THE NECK AND B'R,b.C.HJAL PLEXUS AREA IN 114E
HAND, IT J5 FOUND ON T14E BJG TOE �OINT, TOP
AND 60IIOJV1. T...-E. THYROID ,AR£A IS ON THE
EVOLUTIONARY 60il"OM OF71-'f. LOWER .JOINT AND THE SEVENTH
SeRIES C6.R\JICAL CIRCULATORY RE.FLEX IS ON TOP.
CHART N0.6
 Volume Page 185

DRAINING THE r=>ROSTATE

BY A PERINEAL LIF"TING CONTACT FROM II-IE OUTSJDE' AND ALSO
A CONTAC.T ON THE f...\ EELS. PRESSURE ON THE INSIDE OF THE HEELS
GLEARS TI-l£ NEGATIVE POLE REF"LEXES OF'THE PROS1ATEOR UTERUS.
Lt�TIN6 UPTHE PROSTATE FOR DRAlNIN6TAKES A LITTLE MORE
PRESSURE T�AN �OLDlN6 IT FOR RELE.t\SE OF IRRITATION OR5WELLIN6.
I�E CENTER AREA OF T�E PERINEUM FROM THE SYMPHYSIS PUBIS TO
TI-\E RECTUM IS T�E PROSTAIE AREA FOR LIFTIN61T UP FOR DRAINAG£.
MAKE A G,ENTLE LIFTING C.ONTAGTON Tt-IE
TENSE MUSCLE F'ASC.IA LIF"TING TOWARD
THE HEAD AND HOLD IT BRIEFLY. IHE HEEL
PRESSURE IS ON THE AREAO�TJ-IE" INSID£
OF THE HEEL WHlCH IS TJ.tE MQST TENDER.
HOLD FIRMLY �ERE. 'TREAT GENTLY AC(ORD­
ING TO TOLERANCE AND RESPONSE.

PERINEAL CONTACT IS IHE 6EST TREATMENT

'Tl-rE
FOR NERVOUSNESS AND HYSTERIA W�ERE VER.Y
6ENTLE CONTACTS AREGlVEN AS IN Cf-IARIS 30
AND 31 JN\'WlRELE.SSANATOMY:IJ.IE ELBOW
PRE:SSURE ONII-t£ SPINE IS FOR A C.OMBINAIION
TREATMENT OFT�E KIDNEYS OVER T�E liTH AND 12Tlf
DORSAL IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERINEAL
CONTAC.T FOR I�E PROSTA,.IC CONDlTtON.
EvoL.UTlONARY
SERIE.S

CHARI NO. 7
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

PERINEAL AND SPINAL PRESSURE THERAPY

SPINAL IHERAPY BY PRESSURE IN T�E SPINAL GROOVE ANYWHERE
ALON61HE. SPJNE ON EITHER SIDE, IS I=OR I�E RELAXAIION OF I�E
ERECTOR SPINEA MUSCLES AND INHIBITION OVER T�E 'TRANSVERSE
PROCESSES Wf-HC14 PRODUCES A SYMPAiHETIC REACTION AND RELAX­
AtiON. T06ET�ER WlTI-4 A PERINEAL CONIAGT ON THE SAME 51 DE
ON TI-lE 'TENSE PERINEAL MUSCLES, GIVES MARVELOUS RESULTS IN
LUMBAGO CASES, SCIATICA, LIVER, SIOMACH AND DIGESTIVE
"TROUBLES. TH£ SECOND FINGER IS USED HERE FOR PERINEAL
CONTACTS. ll-4E PRESSURE iS MADE WITH IHE ELBOW ON �EAVY
PATIENTS AND IN SEVERE TENSIONSj OIHERWISE WITf4iHETI-tUMB.

Tf<EAT ONE SIDE A"T A )I ME UNTIL. IT REL.A)(ES A f::EW M'NU'TES

..

ON ONE SlOE AND T)-4EN 11-t&: OirlER AND REPEAl. 'THE PERtNeUM
IS IHE PARASYMPAI�fC �ESPONSE AREA- T�E 6AN6L.tON OF IMPAR
AND T�E' SYMPAIHETIC FIBRES ON EACH SJDE OF THE COCC.VX ARE
,-�E GON"TACT ARE"AS F"OR T�E SYMPA.T�ETIC RELEASE A-r \TS
NEGA-riVE POLE. IHE POSITIVE POL.E IS IN THE NEGK BS.,..I)..JD "T14E
AN6LE OF' THE ..JAW ANO THE STYLO\D PROC.ESS OF T�E TEMPORAL
BONE. MAa.<E A �E.NTl...E C.ONTAC.T '-'ERE ALSO BUT OF VERY S._.O�
OURAIION AS Ta...ESE ARE HI6J.4LV SENSI'TIVI:: TISSUES.

EVOLUTIONARY
SERlE5
CHART N0.8
 Volume Page 187
-

DRAINAcSE OF UPPER LYMPHATICS

SYMPATHETIC ORAINA�E OF"Tf..IE A)OLLARV RE610N AND NECK STIMULATES
PRANIC ENERGY FLOW ALSO THE CERVICAL GANGLIONS AND BRACHIAL PLEXUS
C.URRENT.S. JT GLEARS HEAD CONGESTIONS IN COLDS, ET(. Tf.4E DOCTOR STANDS
ON ONE SIDE AND G.Rtt>S THE AXILLARY MUSCLES ANDTJ..IE NECK MUSCLES ON ONE
SIDE WJTH GENTLE 59UEE21NG ALTERNATING RJ..tYn-IMIC MOVEMENTS. ITG\VES A
GOOD RESPONSE OVER THE UPPER LEFT RJB AREA OF THE 3o, 4TJ.a .AN05111RIBS
WI-I ERE DJGES,.fVE AND STOMACH
REFLEXES ACCUMULATE AND ARE"
OFTEN MISTAI<E N f=OR J.l EART
PAINS. ON IHE Rl6f.IT SIDE THESE
AREAS G\VE GALL BLADDER AND
LIVER REFLEXES AND SHOW
CHEMICAL OISTlJRBAJI.ICE ANO A
LACK OF OX.lDA)ION. ,-HESE
CONDITIONS ARE SENE�ITT£0
TJ.IROU6H THE OVERALL R>LARJlY
CJRCUITS AS WELL AS 'l"HE
NERVE CENTER RESPONSE.

EVOLUTJONA�
SERlE$
CHART N0.9
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

MAN AND HIS FJNERATOMLIKE ENER6YPOTENTIALS

C.HAKRAS ARE NUC:.LEI OF VI8RAT\N6 SPINNING ETI-lERIC. ENERGY SUBSTANCE OF
LIGHT AND SOUND CURRENTS. NO. I THE TISRA TILL. CENTER OR TJ.tE AJANA CHAKRA
IS THE MYSTERIOUS THIRD EYE. THlS CENTER tS THE ME.E'Tif\jG PLAC.E OFSOUL
AND MIND ENERGV ltl.l ITS DESCENT INTO '"Tl-tE BODY .. IT 15 THE 60RDIAN KNOI OF
LIFE WHERE THE (.ONSt:.tOUS CURRENTS ANDIHE UNC.ONSC.IOUS fMPULSES MeET.
J-\ERE IS THE. ARMAGEDDON OFTHESOUL FOR CONTROLOF"THE OIRECTtON OF
ENERC,Y UPWA�DAS THE PAT� OF VIRTUE Al\JD UBER.ATION OR DOWNWARD AND
OUTWARD FOR FURTHER INVOL..UTION INTOT�
C.ENTRAL AXIS SNARES OF" MAriERANDSELFSATISFAC.TION.
SOUND CURRENT IT IS THE MIND CENTEROFTHOU6WTCONTROL.
EVOL.UTI ON i THE SUN AND MOOt-J ENERGY AS POSITIVE AND
RE6ENERATION NE6ATIVE COSMIC BREAIH EtvERGY CROSSES
OVER IN THE CENTER OF EACH GHAKRAAS
INVOLUTION
IHE INOlV,DlJALtz.ED LIFE. BREATH. ASTHc
GENERATION
SUN AND MOON l"RAVEL CONSTANTL'C' SO
DOES THE 6REATJ-4 SUPPL"t' ALL. CELLS IN
ITS RHVTI-\MlC FLOW. THE CENTRAL CORE
ENERGY MOVES BY PO)...ARIZAIION FROJ'W'\
PLUS TO MINUS. T�E SURFACe GIRCULA­
TI Ot-J IS THROUGH RADIATION Ll KE ATOM l G
I-IEAT WAVES. THIS E�AUSTS ITSELF UNLESS
IT IS SUSTA•NED FROM IHE C..ENTRALC.ORE
AS THE TREE OF 1-lFE IN EAC.J-l SECTION
OR OVAL. N0.'2. !HE VISHUDDt-4A CHAKRA
OR KANTH MANDEL lS l�THET�ROAi(A).
IT IS INIHE ETHERIC PLANE AS TATTWA
ENER6V. IT IS ALSO-rt-4E POSI71Vf. POLE 06="
THE PRANA LtF"E CURRENT. P.S"t'C�OLOG­
lCALL"< I) IS "T� E CENTER OF PR I 05 AND
VANITY. N0.3 THE A�AHATA OR ._.RI DAVA
MAND.AL 15 THE HEART GENTER (B). 1\ lS
IHE AIR ELEMENT OF THE GHEST AND LUNGS.
LEITERS lT lS ALSO T�E VIAN CURRENT lfoJ THE ClRGU­
INOIC.ATE LATlOW.T14ESENSE OF'TOUCH AND FEEL-\�6
TAITWA
HAVE T�EIR GENTER �E.RE.THECENTER
�EGIONS
NUMBE RS OF GREED LIES �ERE UKE-rl-4E AIR ENVEL-
ARE 0PIN6 ALL THit-JGS. N0.4 THE. IV\A�I PURA
Ct=NTEA.SOF
OR NAB ..u GEN.TER ,THE NAVEL (c.). I-\ ERE
EVOLUTIONARY (.0 NC..ENTRATED
SER.aES E"THERIC. 15 SAMAN, TI-fE FIRE ELEMENT WHl� WORKS
ENERGV THE DI6ESilVE ORGANS AS �EAT UNDER A
CHARTNO.IO L.l�e:
POT. REP lN COLOR. ANGER i-4A5 ITS SEAT
GANCI LIONS
HERE AND FLIES FREELY. N0.5iHESWADI5t4-
TANA,THE INDRIYA LINGA C,ENITALCEN'TER
(D). THE WAti.;;R ELEMENT-WH1TE- ALSO
I�E SENSE OF TASTE LIES �EREASIHE
TATTWA E.LEMENT, 11-'E ACTIVE POLE lS
TJ4E ION6UE AS THE POS lT \ VE CENTER.
DESIRE AND LUST HAS ITS POLE HE:RE. N0.6 T�E MULAOJ4ARA C.�AKRA 0R6lJDf4A
MANDAL ISil-\E RECTAL C.ENTER {E). liiSTHE EARTH ELEMENT ANDT�E SEAT
OF ATTACHMENT. IT IS GRA"¥151-1 RED ORYEL..LOW. TH£TATTWAS ARt: F1NE.R
AIOMICTVPE SUBSIANCES AS OVAL AREAS IN Tt4E SOOV, LIKE PLAIES I"-! A
8ATTERV WIT'-l ELEC..TRICLIKE PRANA C.URR.ENTS F=LOWINGT��OUG.H-"JHE,.....
 Volume Page 189
�

MANS MENTAL AND SPIRITUAL ENER6Y POTENTIALS

THE BRAlN WrT� ITS FACULTIES OF INTELL16ENC.E" AND REGIONS OF SPIRIT­
UALITY WEI<E CALLED Kt::'THER,CROWNOFCREAT•oi'J BYT\4£ CABALISTS
JN THE 6RAI N AR.E THE PROTOTYPE OF" PATTERNS FROM THE SPIRI1lJAL RE"610ht5
REF-LECTED AS t--"tND PA\TERNS AND 8LUEPRlNTS f� MINATURE:TO BE
EXPRESSED IN c.REAIION AND LIFE AS LIVING FORM5 AND QUALITIES. I�E
CENTER AND ORI61� OFAb..L LIFE ANO ENERGV ARE THE SOUNOANO L.lGHT
CURRENTS FROM HIGHER SPIRITUAL RE6lONS WHlCl4THE CENTRALAXlS
OF INTELLIGENCE AND LIFE AS T14E REAL ESSENCE IN ALL L...V,NG BeiNGS.
0 THE FlRST CENiER BE'TWEEN THE
EVk:S IS CALLED TISRA ilLL,THf AJANA
CHAKRA OR THE THIQO EYE. IT lS THE
SEAT OF THE SOUL WHEN FUNCTIO�It>-.G
AS CONSC.IOUSNESS. WHEN T14E M I NO
IS ST1LLEO HERE, IT IS CALLED RUH
SAt>JCTUARV OF REST BY
OR Tt-t E
SEJNGSTILL. �ERE IST�ETABER­
NAC.LE: OF' GOD lN MAN AS t-IIS MOUN·
TA\N OFINSPfRAitON AND REVELA­
IJON FROM Hl6�ER REGIONS, ALL.
SAINTS, SAVIORS ANO PROP�ETS
HAVE USEOIHlS �IGHW.A"'< TOT""E
SPIRITUAL REGLONS, "Tt-ttS 15Tt4E.
SANCTUARY AND MAGIC MIRROR
Wt4ER£ HIGHER CREATIONS CAN
BE: SEEN AND TR.AVELE'D IN ON
IHE SOUND CURRENT. IHIS CENTER
WAS ALSO MENTIONED tN ARABIAN
NtGHTS AS THE ALADO\N1S LAMP
FOUND B'( 6R.EAT EFFORT AND
MANY TRtALS.

NO. I I�E SAHANS DAL t-<ANWALL. REGION OR ASTRAL PLANE. FROM I'T Fl-OW
A THOUSAND ENERGY CURRENTS W�ICH SUPPLY THE COSMIC !=UNCTIONS
AS WELL AS MAN. N0.2 "11Rt<U1"1 REGIO� OR MIND EME.R6V PLAt\IES
COSMIC. A�D \NDlVIDUAL MIND. N0.3 DAS\NAN DWAR LOI-<. THE
SOULF'ULRE610N OF BLISS ANO INTELLIGENCE. N0.4 BANWAR GUP""'A
LOK. WHIRLING ENEP.GY AND SWINGING IN BLISSFUL R�YTI-IM.
N0.5 SACH K�AND OR. SAT LOl<. 1�-u:: ETERNAL SP14ERE 1 "THE LIFE
REGION OFSPIRtiUAL Esse:NC.E ANO'Tf..IE HOME.O�Tt-'ESOUL. ALL­
REGIONS BELOW ARE EMANA"'TEO F=ROM H£RE.. T�SV ARE NOT £TER.NAL,
THIS ISIHE '-'OME OF I�E PURE SOUND AND LIGHT GURRENIS ASSUAAI
AND N I RAI. \HE REGlOI\1 OF TRUTH. N0.6 ALA&<H LOK OR UNPER.ClEVABL£
P..E610N. NO.7 AGAM LOK. ,.HE UNKNOWABLE RE610N. N0.8 RADHA
SWAMI OJ-lAM. 'THE ETERNAL SUN Of=" L'F=E. LOVE,TRUTH AND ALL
KNOWLEDGE C,'(AN.
..

11-'E FAC.ULTlES IN TJ-4E BRAlN lNTHE.SE AREAS ARE: I INSPIRATtON1

2. ASPIRAIION '3 COMMUNION-ONENESS 4 FAITH1 5 LOVE.1 6 HOPE,
1 1

7 ..,-�UTt-4, 8 GYAN -ALL KNOWLE06E..

E'VOLUT•ONARY SER,ES

CHART NO. II
 EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

ETHERIC ATOMIC LINES OF FORCE IN MAN

Tl--tE ATOM IN MAN AND MAN INTH£COSMfC TYPEA"TOM. TI-lE ADAM KAOMAN
OF THE CA86ALISIS ALSO TI-ff SEPHIRDTIC TREE OF LIFE. fi IS SIMILAR TO IH E
M£RCAVAH OR CHARIOT OF JEHOVAH, WHICH EZEKIEL SAW BY Tl-tE RIVER CHEBAR
AND SAID IT \NASA WHEEL WITHIN A WHEEL OF ENERGY WHIRLS. THE. LORD AS
SPIRIT ENERGY ABOVE AND THE FOUR DJ\IfSIONS OF AIR- F=IRE-W/lTER AND EARl"H
SUBS#ANCES IYPI FlED AS MAN- LJON- EAGLE AND BULL AND THE CHERU BJM
AS COSMIC ENERGY.
POSITIVE
CENTRtFUGAL POLE.

NEGATlVE VORTEX
AN ATOM CENT� l PETAL PoLE

POSITIVE
CENTRIFU<::AL
POLE
Tl-fREE TYPES OF E"T�ERIC ENERGY WAV£5 •

MtND I:NER6Y WAVES FROM

VERitCAL..
I T�E. NORTH POLE, THE HEAD. AND SOUTH
POLE, THE FEET. ANTERIOR AND POSTERIO�
ON THE RI6HT A�D LEFT SIDE. CHARI l.
AlSO CHARTS J T09 JN WIRELE:SS ANATOMY.

2 VITAL NEUTER ENERGY SPIRALS ANit:RIOR

FROM TJ.lE UMBILICUS- POSTERtOR �ROM
rHE END OFTHESPINAL CORDAiiHE 12TH
DORSAL INTERSPACE AND A'T LUMBAR
VERTABRAE. SEE CHARTS N0.2. AN 3.

3 J-lORI'20NTAL SUN AND MOON PATI-\

ENER6Y FROM EASTTO WEST: FRONT
TO BAC:J.<. ETHERtC AND MA6NEJIC ATOMtC
TYPE EI'-JERGY SP\RALS WHICH iiE INTO THE
CENIRAL CORE AS T)..tE SUSiAINtNG LIFE
8REA'TH. .SEE CJ..tART 7- FIG 4 WfREL£SS ANAIOMY. I
NEGAiiVE VORTEX DR. BABBITT 5
CHART 12 EVOLU"TIONAAV SERt�S. CENTRIPETAL POLE
II
ATOM
I
FROM 6A�81'TT.S PRINCIPlES OF LIGHT AND COLOR."
 Volume Page 191

CHART VITAL EXERCISES WITH NATURAL BREATH EXPRESSION

in the m o tion to integrate the Life Energy
No.13 with the action, so the inside and the outside
muscles benefit in the effort, Five minutes
of it will convince anyone of its value .

These charts on Exercise are included in the "Evolutionary

Ene rg y Series" of charts and are also a supplement to the
little book , "EASY STRETCHING POSTURES FOR VITALITY AND BEAUTY" .

See last
paragraph

of Chart 15
for rota­

tional di­
rections,

Fig. 2

RELAX THE SHOULDERS AND FEEL IT BETWEEN THE BLADES AS A MOVEMENT,

A fine exercise for the muscles of the shoulders, the abdomen,

the thighs and the back , Useful in digestive disturbance,
constipation, kidney inact i v ity and general sluggishness,
Breathe out completely on going down - and breathe in on rising.
It is he lp f ul to the brachial plexus by releasing the shoulders

and neck tension, Let th e head relax naturally forward,

Fig.
Fig. 2

The above exercise is as natural as cho p p i n g wood and pu tti ng

some e ffort at t he end of the stroke, wh i ch produces the
natural sound of "Ha" at the end of the exhalation as well as
the e l i m i nati o n of the carbon dioxide, thereby com pleti ng the
chemical action of the exercise - and all by natural means,
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

CHART No.14 viTAL ExERcisEs FoR ToNING THE BonY.

Two powerful exercises with natural breath in
the effort which engages the inner Life Energy and most of the
body muscles in one balanced expression of exhilarat i on of
natural energy flow,

Fig. 2

Fig.

Fig. 3

Move from one side to the other alternately. Each t i m e, exhale

all the breath completely, with a loud "Ha" at the end of the
movement, as the chest rests on the thigh,

Inhale naturally as you rise and change positions f r om left to

right or right to left, as the case may be.

This exercise gives meaning and depth expression to our finer

Energy Fields in the body, which need the exercise and resultant

energizing of the otherwise stagnant currents even more than the

muscular structure. But that usually ge�s all the atten t ion
while these finer Energy Fields are neglected.
 Volume Page 193
EXERCISE FOR POLARIZING THE ENERGY CURRENTS
CHART No.15
THE PERFECT NEUTRAL POSITION OF THE BODY. The embryo in the
mother's womb is the beginning of the perfect postu�e, where
all the energies can flow freely, to build a perfect body,
( For further explanation, see Chart No, 5 in "ENERGY", page 49;
Chart No, 10 in "THE MYSTERIOUS SAC RUM", page 42; and pa ge
No. 9 in "THE NEW ENERGY CONCEPT" .

To assist the body in repairs and building or rebuilding, some

relationship to this primal position is used in many exercises
for the particular purpose of encouraging more Energy Flow,

especially when used together with the Life Breath.

Th is posture is wonderful for the relief of nervousness and

excess gas.

Fig. 2

In doing these exercises, choose a free spa ce on a soft rug so

that if you topple over in your first attempts y ou will roll
like a ball without hurting yourself,

This neutral position of the body is completed with the hands

under the arches of the feet, so the Polarity Currents can flow.
The elbow joints are over the knees and the head is bent forward
in a relaxed position in order to stretch the muscles of the

neck and back.

Then a rocking motion is used - forwards and backwards - while

the hands are pulling on the soles of the feet. Breathe out
when the abdomen is s queezed by this motion, and breathe in
when it is thus released, N ext, rock fro• s ide to side and
continue the s ame natural way of breathing as with the f orwar d
and b ackward motion, After that, rotate the body in a circular
motion - clockwise and counter-clockwise - in as wide a circle
as poss ible. This streng thens t he pe lv ic muscles and is very
helpful for lower b ack conditions, ( For further explanation,
s ee the charts in "EASY STRETCHING POSTURES FOR VITALITY AND
BEAUTY",
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS
THE PRIMAL ENERGY CURRENTS OF LIFE AS THE THREE DOSHAS OF
CHART No.16
AYURVE D : 1. WARMTH, FIRE, MALE, POSITIVE; 2. MOISTURE,

WATER, FEMALE, NEGATIVE; 3, OXYGEN, AIR, NEUTER.

THE EMB RYO NIC PATTERN OF LIFE ENERGY can be traced in the body by geometric
lines of force radiation like the atom, and by struc­
tural correspondence of proportions of superior,
middle and inferior fields as well as polarity

reaction in these fields . See Charts 1,2,

3,4,5,6,7,8 in WIRELESS ANATOMY,

Three currents - positive, nega­

tive and neuter - called Gunas or

Doshas in the Ayurvedic System,

operate in the three dimensions of

space and build all forms and bod­

ies, Nature's way. This is the
energy play in finer substance,

like the atomic charge of positive

and negative around a neuter cen­
ter or nucleus .
The Yang and the Yin as the

microscopic eternal male and This is a new approach to the

female in endless embrace of healing art, explaining the fields
motion and attraction. and the wireless energy which built
the body and sustains it, Specific
See Chart No. 1 in VITALITY BALAN CE, functions and motions are evolved

as the Eterna l Flame of Life, crea t ing from this simple begi n nin g into a
upward and downward motion and light complex whole . In space it is su-
in the spheres above and below. perior, middle and inferior or
See Chart No. 11, pa ge 18 in WIRELESS height, breadth and thickness in
ANATOMY as the two triangles of ene rg y which energy plays and brings forth
in ac t ion in t he human body, going down forms.
and up, like a window shade in mo t i o n ; Mind pattern energy and mind sub-

also Chart No, 1 4, page 21 of t he same stance ( or Chit ) built the three­
book, as energy weavings of fibers , See fold nervous system thru the Tri­

also Cha r t No, 7, page 54 in POLARITY Guna Polarity, to be actively re­

THERAPY for the path of the fiery p ri n - fleeted therein thru stepped-down
ciple in t he body. energy waves along conductors for
specific local function and action,

li ke a t elephone system, Body cells reproduce themselves by this bipolar

energy activity.

Male and female ever ywhere are the active factors with a neuter field for
gestation. F a t her, mo t her and chil d are t he human family co mpl et ed , In
the Chinese system this was illustrated as the Yang - red, positive - and
the Yin - dark, nega t ive - energy as its reflection entwined in endless

mo t ion.

The prime energy can be t raced in t he body by it s func t ion and ge ome tric
lines of force, as action and reaction to stimuli, different from nerve
traci ng and response, The design is the WIRELESS ANATOMY and t he function

is the POLARITY PRI NCIPLE in action. Upon this basis finer t racings of
energy blocks can be achieved and proved in practice with better results

t han mere mechanical or chemical therapies.

 Volume Page 195

THE THREE NERVOUS SYSTEMS AND THE THREE WIRELESS ENERGIES

CHART No.17
WHICH BUILT THEM AND SUSTAINS THEM

The Fire Principle radiates

r------MIDSRAIN like atomic warmth from the

chakra at the umbilicus, in

oval waves, outward, and cre­

ates the vital aura of devo­

tion shown in pictures of the

saints. When stepped down it
works thru the sympathetic

nervous system as autonomic

function, to sustain the bod�

See Chart 2 in this series.

The Airy E lement is illus­

trated in Chart No . 12 of this

series. It works thru the
parasympathetic system, above
and below, from the outside
in and out. Air expands and
locks up function in tissues,

STOMACH
causing spasm and pain any­
DUODENUM
where. It acts as a brake to
M� the motive energy, like an
air gap in conduction. Most
ADRENAL pains are due to expansion
and gas formation in tissues
before the actual gross accu­

mulations occur. Great re­

lief can be given by removing
these energy blocks and clos­
ing the wireless gap by means
of P O LARI TY APPLICATION over
the polarity regions, above

GONADS AND SEX CONAOS AND StX

and below, as shown in WIRE­
ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES
LESS ANATOMY and in POLARITY

THERAPY, as well as over the

parasympathetic regions shown
PARAS'YMPATHE rtC SYMPATHETIC here, for specific response.
(CRANJO-SACIIAL) (THORACO -LtJMBA II) This is a simultaneous contact
A diagram of the autonomic nervous system. The parasympathetic division with one hand above and the
is shown on the left, the sympathetic division on the right. Roman numerals refer to
cranial nerves. other below. See Chart No.4,
page 11 in WIRELESS ANATOMY.
N OTE : This diagram is reproduced from Part Stimulating the Fire and Water
l, Lecture No. l of "Chiropractic Neurology" principles by POLARITY, in
by kind permission of Otis J. Briggs, D.C., their local fields, will move
Ph.C., Dean and Instructor at The Indiana the Airy blockage by flowing
Chiropractic College, Indianapolis, Indiana. thru it.

The Water Principle acts in the cerebrospinal system and its fluid in the

arachnoid space. Moving this is better than vertebral adjustment for pain

and spasm. Nothing can be forced when tension exists in the tissues duem
the air locked in the cells, See Chart No. 1 in this series, This is the
North and South Pole POLARITY in the body and its zones are illustrated
throughout the b.:>ok, "WIRE LESS ANATOMY" .
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS
THRU THE FIERY £VOLUTIONARY
CHART No.18 VITAL WIRELESS THERAPY

ENERGY IN TH E UMBIL ICAL CHAKRA OR CENTER.

The umbilicus is the center in the body thru which the Life Energy can

be in fluenced, It is the link to the Primal Energy of the Yang and the
Yin of embryonic life impulses which, in their ceaseless churning, wove
the pattern of the body into tissues.

Fig.

Fig. 2

The fiery Sun Energy radiates from the center of the umbilicus, outward,
in its warmth of circulation. In this middle region it is the fire of di­
gestion, above it is the light in the eyes, and below it is the power in

the thighs, See Chart No. 7, page 54 in POLARITY THERAPY.

TREATMENT: (BLOODLESS SURGERY WITHOUT BREAKING A DHESIONS) Find the

tension in the umbilical ring and place a deep but gentle thumb contact

in it. By directing it upward toward the eyes or the thyroid, with a

simultaneous lift under the clavicle with the other hand, the areas will

respond. Directing this thumb contact upward to the 3rd, 4th and 5th
ribs on the left together with corresponding Polarity contact with the

other hand over these ribs, will release stomach spasms, Symptoms of

Angina Pectoris are relieved by this same contact when alternated with

the arm contacts together with the directional � mbilical contact, The
umbilical contact along with the Polarity contact on the 3rd and 4th ribs

on the right side elicits gall bladder and liver response, Downward di-

rection of the thumb in the umbilicus, with specific abdominal Polarity

contacts with the other hand, will open the energy circuit to any of the

pelvic organs, including the prostate, Polarity contacts on the thigh

elicit digestive, intestinal and kidney r€sponse; also affect the circu­
lation in the head, Useful in Epilepsy, High Blood Pressure, etc,, where
the Polarity circuits are blocked,
 Volume Page 197

CHART No.l9 Figure 1 - HE AD AND FEET POLARITY RELATIONSHIPS

Figure 2 - LUMBO SACRAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT

The functions in the head and brain areas can be influenced thru the neg­
ative pole of the feet by stimulation or

heavy pressure on specific spots in the

feet. The reason is that the feet are the

end of the circuit or the negative pole of
he "embryonic energy currents which built the body.

The heels correspond to the occiput - the inside

to the center areas and the outside to the sides

of the occiput.

Fig. That soft portion of the arch, underneath, has its

reflex not only to the abdominal areas and organs

but also to the brain areas which govern them, 'Th�

is the path of the Primal Energy Pattern, from above downward.

The toes have an influence on the frontal portion of the head and brain.
Stubbing our toes has also a mental implication. See Chart No. 6, page 43

in VITALITY BALANCE.

---

'"" ....... - � ---

....... ....... .-. _____ .

the muscles
over the
transverse

processes

are sympa­
thetic re­
Areas
flexes which
can be bal-
out adjustments

Fig. 4 The 5th lumbar .. of Impar

,�-
position in relation to the sacrum
can be detected by sensitive fingers,
�'Z!iii��., � Fig. 3
bent to make an even line, as illustrated by the hand in this chart. Compare

the 5th lumbar spinous process position to the 1st sacral spine, The patient
lies on a roll or cushion to bring this area upward for better observation
and touch. Next, note the tenderness on the spinous process on each side,
The sorest side is the one in distress. It is usually rotated laterally,

anterior and inferior on that side. Check the 5th lumbar on each side,

TREATMENT: First release the parasympathetic spasm as shown in Chart 20

as well as 18 of this series for sympathetic release. Use a perineal con­

tact on the densest spot in that area on that side. See Chart 8, page 81
in "ENERGY" for the perineal area, also Chart 30 , page 37 in "WIRELESS AN­
ATOMY" for details. Then make gentle contacts, posteriorly, on the sympa­
thetic areas shown here for relaxation around the innominate rim. Also in­
hibit tension spots along the spine, over the transverse processes, to­
gether with polarity contacts below, Then a correction can be made with

only ounces of pressure while the patient lies on the sore and inferior
side, This is done with one finger on the lateral spinous process and the

thumb over the gluteal muscles. See Chart 34, page 41 in "WIRELESS ANATOMY"
 EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS
Figure 1 - SYMPATHETIC POLARITY CONTACT AREAS
CHART No.20
Figure 2 - PARASYMPATHETIC POLARITY CONTACT AREAS

Fig.l: The dotted lines are Sympathetic contact areas

all along the muscles of the back. Superior, middle and

inferior locations make them a Polarity field of action.

of Fig. 1 shows the POLARITY of the occiput as the superior

The left side
sacrum as the middle or neuter pole and the heels as the
positive pole, the
In Polarity Therapy all three are used on both sides,
negative inferior pole.
below with the im-

pulse above.

See charts 30 and 31,

pages 37-38

Fig. 2 in "WIRELESS ANATOMY "

STRUCTURE IS FROM BELOW UPWARD. IM- On the right of Fig. 1 we also show
PULSE IS FROM ABOVE DOWNWARD. an appendix reflex area, near the
On the right side we show the cor- knee, with a 2nd L. lesion on the
responding polarity of the atlas as right transverse. This would show a
the positive pole above, the 5th L. sore 4th C. on the right, wi th a

as the neuter pole in the middle, shoulder reflex. High on th e arch of

and the tendon of Achilles as the the foot we also have a reflex from
negative inferior reflex area pole. the 2nd L. See chart 19, page 93 of
See chart 2, page 15 in "VITALITY "VITALITY BALANCE". Always find your
BALANCE" for cervical and lumbar re­ negative pole resistance in the feet,
lationship. which goes with every spinal lesion
An excessive impulse from above as a chronic reflex lock.

produces a lesion below. And a sub­ Fig. 2 gives the P arasympat het i c a­

luxation below, due to trauma, reas below as the negative pole in

causes a lesion above in the cervi­ the perin�um, and the neuter in the

cals. The soreness found by palpa­ sacrum, and over the shoulders as a
tion is the guide to diagnosis. contact near the pneumogastric nerve,
Impulse from above supplies the the positive contact pole for release.
structure. And structure imbalance The top of the head reflects to the

from below perverts natural impulse perineum. Th e lower occip u t reflects

by blocking its flow. to the sacral parasympathetic nerves.
 Volume Page 199

CHART No.21 BRIEF NOTES ON DIAGNOSTIC SIGNS OF THE TONGUE AND VOICE

The tongue is the digestive indicator. It is a miniature picture of the

gastrointestinal tract. The reflexes from the organs to the tongue are sim­

ilar to their locations on each side of the spine. The interpretive range
is up to the diaphragm only as shown by its retracted, curved position. The
tip of the tongue represents the pelvis as an erotic reflex. A thin,

central line or groove on t�e tongue represents the central nervous

system. Deep lines indicate poor

conditions. Transverse lines across

it show interference in energy flow.

Acute conditions are indicated by
light lines. Deep cracks indi­
chronic conditions as
ious energy blocks.

Four
basic

tastes.

Each taste
bud repre­
sents one tongue
of the four
Taste

Sweet Earth
Sour Air
Salty Water the tongue reflects
Bitter Fire the small intestines
like in typhoid,
when the entire front of the tongue is fiery red up to one-
fourth of its length. The colon area is on the outer borders of
the tongue, on each side. Deep cracks are often found on the
sides, which means a bad colon on that side and local area.
Mucous on the tongue is a catarrhal symptom. When deep and furred, it is
chronic. When it is light and can be brushed off while cleaning the teeth,
it is acute but not serious. Giving rest to the digestive system and par-
taking of no mucous-producing food, like milk and starches, is a great help.
The reflex to the diaphragm is at the top of the curve, with the stomach
reflex on the left and the liver on the right side. Pressure or stimuli on
the posterior curve has a gagging effect, as reflexes from the organs.
The back portion of the tongue gives reflexes to organs located posterior­
ly and lower in the abdomen and into the pelvis. Pressure applied on the
back of the tongue with a tongue depressor relaxes tension in the lower bow­
els and in the pelvis. It stimulates natural elimination and has been used
for spastic colitis and menstrual cramps.

THE VOICE IS LIKE A SOUNDING BOARD. The tone of voice reveals the Inner
Energy that is active. Its volume and intensity reflect the latent energy

in the patient. Listen and learn is the key. The particular cries of a

baby are interpreted by every mother. Why not the sounds of adults by their

physicians? In illness a weak or hollow voice indicates a bad condition,

while a firm or a mean one indicates that the patient has la tent strength.
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS
Figure 1 - SACRAL CORRECTION BY LEG LEVERAGE TECHNIQUE
CHART No. 22
Figure 2 - THUMB AND HEE L OF HAND CONTACTS

With a good, soft bolster or wedge-shaped pillow under the patient to re-

- lease the sacral lock and lumbar tension, a sacral cor-

&
' '
, , rection is possible by both methods - Fig.l Fig.2
.. ,
•

............. _
Using the legs for leverage is of great help to

\
\ N\
/Y;I relax them and the pelvic muscles. It is unique
for good results and saving the doctor's en­
:;\ \ I\
!\ \.
'. ergy. Many combinations of contacts can be
\ I I
'

'
)
t--- ..u
\

..... (
'
used with this leverage from the sacrum to the

I ',
)•,' ..., I
occiput, for sympathetic and parasympathetic
I '-.. ' ,, tension release along both sides of the spine
,,,
I and over the sacrum.
I ",
I
I ' '

�--------�
I
�L ,r ----�--�.
...... __ _

,..---- ·.

Fig.

Fig. 2

The doctor stands at the side of In Fig. 2 the thumb or the heel

the inferior sacral base and at the contact of the hand is directed

side of the curve in the spine, on the inferior sacral base, as a

grasps both legs together, with one lifting fulcrum.

hand on the outer leg, and s�lngs Contacts on the muscl�s of the in­
them slowly towards him. With the ferior ilium are also used in an up­
heel or the thumb of the other hand ward direction for SYMPATHETIC RELEASE
he supports the inferior sacrum in over sore spots there. The other hand
an upward lift and toward the oppo­ is simultaneously pla ced on the occiput
site side, while rocking the legs with the sacral contact as its opposite
toward himself and toward the pa­ polarity pole. Occipital stimulation
tient's thigh, This is a powerful releases the locked up energy impulses.
correction for the base and pelvic When the �ower contact shifts to the
anterlority on the far side. The lumbar region, then the cervicals are
heel of the other hand can move up stimulated simultaneously.
on that side, over all the spinal These moves can be used on either
muscles, while the legs are used as side, with skill and a little pressure,
a lever for release in a corrective foT remarkable corrections along the
direction. spine, from the base upward.
 Volume Page 201
CHART No.23 Figure 1 - POLARITY LEVERAGE FOR SPECIFIC SPINAL
ADJUSTMENTS.

Figure 2 - FOOT TECHNIQUE FOR S C I ATICA , COLON AND HIPS

The neck contact requires th� pressure

of one finger specifically on one cervi­

cal lamina, to release the impulse there
by repeated stretching movements and ro­

tations.

,
I
I
I
Fig. I Fig. 2
I
f
t
'

muscles and gravity pull. By careful pal­

pation on the cervical laminae, the most
tender area can be found on one side and
traced to the corresponding lumbar lesion,
and corrected.
:he neck is the positive pole Have the patient sit well back on a
�o the negative lumbar region. stool. Place your arm under the shoulder,
7his Polarity relationship is on the side where you found the sorest car­
!llustrated in VITALITY BALANCE vical, and swing the posterior side anter­
�age 15, chart 2. St1mulation iorly. The arm should fit snugly under the
�bove and adjustments below are shoulder and the hand below the occiput,
:arried on simultaneously. The over the atlas, for a 5th L. posterior; on
=irection of the thumb fulcrum the axis for a 4th, etc.
=etermines the specific adjust­ If the sympathetic and parasympathetic
xent to be made. See "C ountry­ have been released first, the adjustment
side Technique" in WIRELESS will happen naturally by correct position
_l._'iATOMY, pages 54-59, This and the leverage used.
specific contact with leverage Fig . 2 - The foot is leveraged on the leg
:s the quickest correction for and released repeatedly with one hand while
�11 lumbar inferior and poster­ the other hand works out the energy blocks
:or subluxations; also for lat­ in the Achilles tendon area, up to the mid­
�ral side slips. It is unique dle of the calf of the leg. The patient
:or Sciatica and leg condi­
lies face-down for this correction.
-:ions.
The tendon Achilles is the negative pole
Cervicals and lumbars are op­
to the 4th lumbar and upward. The release
;osites on the double 'S' curve of these energy blocks is essential in
:f the spine, and in direct Sciatica, to free the sciatic nerve im­
�ine of leverage by the spinal pulses.
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS
FOOD CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO EARTH'S MAGNETIC STRATA
CHART No.24

Only four elements are essential to vigor and longevity to the acidoph­
all living things. Some need more of ilus bacilli. The Chinese used a

one than the other, according to type lot of red beets and cabbage in
and individual requirements. These their diet.
elements are: FOOD, MOISTURE, WARMTH The earthy type of food is best
AND AIR. suited for those with a rugged con­
stitution, who perform hard physical
1. FOOD - EARTH. Vegetable life labor and who have limited means.
needs good soil for food in order to The conclusion is that the earth
grow luxuriously. Man and animal life element sustains life in a simple
in their turn need this bounty of Na­ way.
ture as food. Carnivorous animals and
scavengers get it second-hand. In 2. MOISTURE - WATER. The next
short, the earth is Nature's mother. classification according to stratum
The earth is a magnetic sphere. is the food which is grown above the
Foods grown under the ground and ground and nearest to it. This type
nearest to the surface on the top of contains the water element in abun­
the ground have more of earth's nega­ dance and is rich in filtered miner­
tive magnetic energy in them as well als. It consists of green vegeta­
as more mineral contents in their tion and cucumbers, melons, squash,
natural form. They are heavier and pumpkins, etc. Acid foods are to be
more earthy in their constituents and found on this level also in tomatoes,
in their magnetic electric charges as strawberries, pineapple and rhubarb.
an organism. All root vegetables, They have their application as elim­
tubers and herb roots belong to this inators or purgatives. They are
category and include taro, beets, like a spice to salads, in combina ­
turnips, potatoes, carrots, onions, tion with them.
garlic and edible herb roots. The When combining alkaline and acid
latter two have a spice-like quality juices. they should preferably be se­
which makes them more of a stimulant lected from the same magnetic stratu•
than a food, for they act on the oxi­ for better digestion and oxidation.
dizing end of the digestion. Sea foods also come under the clas­
Tubers have a staying quality which sification of the water element. The
satisfies hunger and are rich in min­ element of water in the pumpkin seea

erals. Races that were found to live acts on the water element in the kid­
on them principally as their staple neys,

food had a rugged constitution like This tracing back to Nature and the

the earth and were naturally healthy. past is according to the elements and

For example, the South Pacific Is­ the principle of Homeopathy - "like
landers who used the taro as their sustains like" - rather than labora­

staple food; the Pomeranians of Ger­ tory chemistry. The earth and all

many in the past, who lived mostly on its vegetation needs moisture and ita

skimmed sour milk and plain, boiled magnetic e!"brace of electronic cur­
"
potatoes with the skins on; also the rent flow. Cells need moisture and
Bulgarians who used yogurt and dark so do animals and human beings.
sour rye bread as a staple diet kept The watery type of food is best
in good health aud lived long. Doctor suited for persons of a highly emo­
Metchnikoff brought this to the atten­ tional nature, for elimination of t he
tion of the world and credited their exhausted excessive emotional energy.
 Volume Page 203
FOOD CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO

CHART No.25 EARTH'S MAGNETIC STRATA

3, WARMTH - FIRE - SUN. The next the pranic or airy element expended

stratum, a little higher above the by his highly nervous activity. The
ground, contains more of the fiery monkeys do this by instinct. Every
electric charge in its make�p, espe­ variety of animal has an electro­
cially the sesame seed and the sun­ magnetic charge of energy requirement
flower seed. This is a positive type according to the stratum in which
of food. The papaya comes in on that they live. The same is true of human

classification as a powerful elimina­ beings. Even the squirrel that lives

tor because of this fiery element and in trees, selects only the perfect

less protein without the acidity, The pine seeds or nuts; but man eats ev­

grape and its juice is a stimulant. erything and then wonders why he is

The grains and pulses or legumes not well,

are rich in protein and in starch, The electromagnetic charge in foods

Included in this category are corn, has not been thought of in our search

wheat, rice, peas, beans, lentils, for "Vita-amines" or life sustainers,

garbanzos, etc. However, millet is Future chemistry will follow the a­

one grain that is rich in protein but tomic procedure of measured energy

low in starch. That is why it is charges which make up the seeming

recommended for diabetics, solids.

The fiery energy in these foods is Another source of prana or life el­

essential to man for replacing the ement is found in seeds which contain

e�pended energy and warmth, The fi­ the power of growth or latent energy

ery type of food is best suited for expansion, When these are ground and
the vital motive type of person with put in distilled water over night,
a great mental and physical drive, the water will leach out much of this
energy and become a sustaining and

4, AIR - OXYGEN, Fruits and nuts invigorating drink for persons with

are in the highest stratum above the impaired digestion or a nervous, run­

ground and contain more of the airy down condition where solid foods and

element in their atomic construction. even juices are not properly digested

Air and oxygen are needed by all liv- and oxidized, This method of ex­

ing beings, Oxidation is the final tracting the essence can be used for

state of the fiery process of diges- nuts, grains and fruits which are

tion, We breathe in oxygen and ex- rich in minerals, like figs, raisins,

hale carbon dioxide, This in turn is etc., in cases where the minerals and

used by plant life. Volcanic erup­ natural life element in them are

tions help vegetation by supplying needed but the solid food cannot be

carbon dioxide to the atmosphere at digested, This drink is easily ab­

intervals, Fruits are delicate, with sorbed and is not so concentrated or

more air space between cells than the as highly acid as juices extracted

other types of food, Citrus fruits direct from the fruit.

are made up of compartments, perfect­ Straight carrot juice should be

ly insulated from the outside air. taken most sparingly because carotene

Nuts are a delicate protein of a has an affinity for the liver and

more airy nature than the grains and when taken as pure juice, the caro­

legumes, Because of the airy element tene piles up, causing symptoms of

predominating in the fruits and nuts, jaundice,

that type of food is best suited for Each individual should select the

the highly sensitive electric type of foods that he can best digest and

person, who needs much replacement of utilize, That is the most important
point in all diets and food selection.
EVOLUTIONARY ENERGY CHARTS

TREATMENT FOR SHOCK

PRODUCED BY PHYSICAL, MENTAL OR EMOTIONAL TRAUMA

Parasympathetic stress and emotional energy block must be corrected

before free energy flow can take place. In trauma, all three nervous
systems are involved and must be balanced before all symptoms can disappear.

Even in a simple case of varicose ulcer, there is a Sympathetic

and Parasympathetic block - immediately above and about Poupart's ligament -
that registers more deep tension and real soreness than the ulcer itself.
When this hypersensitiveness, as well as the deep soreness, is released,
the pressure is then removed from the ulcer. This is accomplished not
only by relieving the arterial or venous pressure above the lesion, but
also by "emoting" the pent-up, blocked energy and strain first, in
the supply area or positive pole. Later, a spinal or sacro-iliac lesion
may be found, and is then easy to correct.

All mental, emotional tension, and physical stress and strain have
a Parasympathetic reflex on the body, as this nervous system is the con­
veyor of such impulses from the emotional field of mind energy to the
periphery. It also conveys such impulses back to the mental energy field.

When this factor is released and balanced, the symptom picture

becomes clear and easy to balance by other physical methods, such as:
Holding the leg up, and assisting drainage by deep, steady manipulation -
upwards - toward the trunk of the body; cold water for tone; a support
for the dilated area, etc.

In shock, the spasm of the diaphragm must be released by whatever

means possible, to free the respiration from its choking impulses.
Steady lifting contacts with the fingers under the floating ribs, and
rhythmic pressure on the chest with the other hand on the same side of
the body is very good. Lift the shoulder against the contact under the
ribs, release, and repeat several times on both sides.

Release the brachial plexus by sliding the fingers up under the

shoulder blades and gently lifting them. ( See charts 36 and 46 on pages
43 and 55 in "THE WIRELESS ANATOMY OF MAN". )

A contact � n the soft portion of the hand between the thumb and
the first finger is made with the thumb and the first finger of the
operator's hand, while the other hand is used in finding the sore
spot right on the head of the humerus, on the shoulder. This is a
stimulating heart contact for a better pulse on that weak side.

*The material on this page was originally published as page 13 of Dr. Stone's
"Appendix to the New Energy Concept" which was compr,ised mainly of key ex­
cerpts from his major books.
 SUPPLEMENTARY
PUBLICATIONS

Polarity Therapy Principles & Practice

Energy Tracing

Private Notes for Polarity Therapy Students

A Brief Explanation of the Emerald Tablet of Hermes

NOTE: All of Dr. Stone's writings not included in this 2-volume set are available
in the new edition of HEALTH BUILDING: The Conscious Art of Living
Well, which includes most of his writings on diet and exercise.
 Commentary on
Dr. Stone's
Supplementary Publications

Throughout his career, Dr. Stone periodically published various booklets, pam­
phlets, and supplements to previous publications. Only in this new two-volume
set of his Collected Works are they brought together and, as much as possible,
integrated into the other works with which they belong. His smaller, supplementary
publications often contain some of the most practical, clinically valuable insights
as he discovered them in his practice. On the other hand, some of the supple­
mentary material is the most esoteric and difficult to understand of all his written
work.

After integrating many of his smaller works into the major publications with
which they belong (most of which are now found in the new edition of HEALTH
BUILDING), the following four publications remain and stand alone as significant,
independent publications.

Polarity Therapy Principles & Practice elucidates many energy principles and
fundamentals of energy movement. Dr. Stone then goes on to show why various
treatments of difficult cases fail and how they might be treated more effectively.
A great many insightful tips on specific problems and techniques are included,
with particular attention to the often neglected hypotension-vasodilation cases.
He also explains new findings on the treatment of asthma, rheumatism, lumbago,
arthritis, and sciatica.

Energy Tracing is a sophisticated statement of the art of Polarity Therapy,

in which Dr. Stone states a number of refinements that he learned over the years
of applying Polarity principles to his patients. The process of tracing energy
is central to the art of Polarity Therapy, and here Dr. Stone applies these prin­
ciples to such problems as migraine, eye troubles, sciatica, etc.

Private Notes for Polarity Therapy Students was originally available only
to those attending Dr. Stone's personally conducted seminars, in which he could
make even very abstruse theories come alive by his presence and level of con­
sciousness. The summary of the Ayurvedic theory of the five elements was used
as a basis upon which he could elaborate in his lectures.

A Brief Explanation of the Emerald Tablet of Hermes is Dr. Stone's detailed

esoteric explication of an ancient doctrine that has intrigued, inspired, and per­
plexed students of occult and spiritual sciences for centuries.
 Volume Page 207
Polarity Therapy Principles & Practice

1. Energy is the real substance behind the appearance of

matter and forms.

2. Energy precipitates all forms according to a mental blue­

print pattern set�forth by the Creator in His decree or

Will.

3. Energy enlivens all forms and sustains them by linking them

with all Nature, as the unit of substance and matter,

4. Energy in the sunlight can be broken up by the spectrum

into colors which are gases and determine the presence of

metals in planets far away. The secretion of chemistry in

the body is a similar process. Carbons loaded with a metal

iron core will produce short ultra violet light waves. Here

the chemistry from energy to liquids and solids has its

beginning.

5. Energy is a living breath of life, called "Prana", from a

higher sphere of the space world. The breath of life is
also called "Qi" in Acupuncture, One of the concepts of
Acupuncture is that of Polarity, Life exists as the re-
sult of tension between two extremes - male and female -
positive and negative - yang and yin - pingala and ida -
right and left breath - qualitative and quantitative.

6. The nucleus or neutron energy is the central core energy

as a neuter principle in Na ture, called "Prana, Qi, Od,
Akash" or Ether . I ts position in the body is the cent e r
core of fine energy substance from the top of the head to
the end of the spine, like the staff of Hermes, the Mes­
senger of God's Energy, called the Caduceus, the Tree of
Life in the human form. From it radiates the energy which
flows over the three nervous systems as the airy neuter

principle, and flows in the cerebrospinal fluid as its

river and conductor of the Sea of Life Essence. This is

the green or neuter spectrum band.

This neutron energy also flows over the circulation

as the positive principle of Fire and Warmth, the river
of the sustaining life substance, This is the three-fold
red spectrum in the light sphere,
This same energy also radiates and flows in the lym­
phatic system and all secreting glands as the negative
Water Principle, which is cooling, soothing and healing.
This is the blue, indigo and violet in tm spectrum waves.

7. Between the eyes lies the center of Consciousness, which

connects the Soul as Awareness with the outside world,

through the right and left breath and the ten senses -
the five sensory and five motor senses - through which we
POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE

7. function in this physical world.

8. All energy flows either from the center outward, called

centrifugal - positive, or from the surface inward, called

centripetal or negative. The right hand gives and is con­

sidered the positive hand. The left hand receives and is
considered the negative hand.

9. Our Consciousness or Soul perceives life on this plane as

sensory or motor·impulses - incoming or outgoing energy

flow.

10. Life is maintained by energy flowing over the three con­

ductors in the body.

(a) The nervous s�em as the airy, neuter conductor for
mind sensation, feelin� perception and expression.
(b) The circulation is the sustaining river of life for
the body as arterial, venous and vasomotor and dilator
mechanisms.

(c) The lymph as the secretion mechanism and the urine as

the lubricating, chemical and eliminating current flow
in these fluids.

11. Accordingly, the old Ayurvedic Medicine and Acupuncture

ascribed three modes of motion to energy in the three di­
mensions of space, and called them the three "Gunas" -
"Satwa" the neuter,"Rajas" the positive, and "Tamas" the
negative mode of motion.The Chinese called them the "Qi"
(neuter), the "Yang" (positive) and the "Yin" (negative)
poles of action. These became the Air, Fire and Water
elements of the Hermetic Philosophers, who obtained this
information from the Orient.

12. This is the foundation of the mystery of the link of Con­

sciousness with Matter and functioning therein through
step-down energies and electromagnetic currents which
motivate the three conductors of Energy and transmit them
to organs and tissues for function and sensation, as ex­
pression and feeling of awareness in life.

13. Acupuncture classifies all organs as either positive or

negative, with many qualifications and points of contact

for inserting the gold (positive) neeqle for disbursing

and distributing excess energ� or the negative pole, the

silver needle, for toning areas as specific spots. The
balancing of the two extremes made a blend in which the
neuter "Qi" energy could flow again and link these poles

to the Life Current of the Universal Essence, by tuning in

even as male and female are united in the child, the ever-

becoming neuter Youth of Life.

 Volume Page 209

14. A c upun c t u re balances the two currents in their function

and polarity with each other by means of needles, so they
will flow in and out of the form freely in normal action

and expression, called Health or Well-being. When there

is no obstructio n � to the energy current f low, there is no

pain or stagnation in the c irculation.

15. WHAT THE NEEDLES CAN DO, THE HANDS CAN DO BETTER, with a
battery of consciousness behind them plus intelligence for

direction of currents . The right hand is the positi v e sun

action, radiating, disbursing, outgoing golden energy. The
left hand is the negative cooling moon energy, toning,
soo thing and inhibiting or concentrating the current for
sedimentation and use . The negative current is the mother
principle of the nest builder in Nature, for perpetuatio n

and repair .

16. Isometric or Isometros ( equality of measure, balance ) is

the trend of action and exercise today . In the Hermetic
art they did this by magnetic passes, and the laying on of
hands on the positive and negative areas, instead of using

the gold and silver needles .

17. In the body, the pulse beat is the m ea s ure of life waves
going out and f lo w ing in, carrying air and nourishment to
all cells . Circulation follows the energy current in its
movement. When there is an energy block, the heart, as a
regulator, is helpless .

18. All tiss u es, even the brain and nerve tissues function in

proportion to their blood supply . Physically, it is most

important then, that all therapy should balance and improve
the blood supply to the tissues .

19. Symptom relief and blood supply are positive checks and

p ro o f .

20. E v en in the down-to-earth physical realm, we have the func­

tioning of the law of Polarity, of expansion and contrac­
tion, u p on which all function and motion depends .

21. The vasomotor dilators and constrictors are the real reg u ­

lators of the circulation. If the brain cells and the

cord cells do not get their needed blood supply, they can
not fun ction .

22. Hypertension , caused by arterial vaso-constriction in excess

of the dilators, causes an excess flow of blood to the brain

and the spinal c or d , producing a hyperemia there and an

ane m ia on the outside surface of the spinal muscles .

POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE

23. Any therapy or treatment of manipulation that will stimu­

late the spinal muscles will draw the excess blood from
the stagnant central area and balance these two functions.

Improvement will be seen at once and can be felt in the

right pulse as more compressible and less tension.

24. All manifestation of excess energy and drive is due to

hypertension. In symptomatology, it will be fevers, red-
ness, swelling, heat beyond the normal in any area or
organ. Active and acute diseases come under this category
of too much blood and energy in the vital centers.

25. HYPOTENSION is the excess of vasodilation in the control

centers of the brain (due to emotions), the spinal cord
and the sympathetic centers. The centrifugal fiery energy
is in excess, without the centripetal balance of resistance

necessary for stability and balance of function. It is

this over-expansion which causes exhaustion.

26. A weak right pulse and a stronger left pulse wave are the
physical signs of polarity energy expenditure. It is li ke
the male energy going to war, without the feminine checks,
causing devastation and famine. The brain and the spinal
cord and sympathetic centers are in a state of hunger or

anemia for lack of oxygen and food supply of the normal

circulation.

27. Any therapy which can turn the tide of this outgoing wave
of energy by reversing the polarity current flow of the
cerebrospinal fluid and the circulation back to its cen­
tral area, will relieve the symptoms of exhaustion and
anemia in the control centers, which govern the vasodila­
tion and constriction mechanism of blood supply to the
areas.

28. By placing the left hand on the pole of the agitated center,
it acts like the silver needle of Acupuncture, for stability
and toning. The right hand is placed on the opposite side
anterior, lateral or inferior to it. This draws the current

to the area of excess dilation and congestion, which needs

disbursing and distributing so the centers are again sup­

plied with energy, circulation and normal secretion.

29. In these HYPO CONDITIONS the blood li� s in pools of stag­

nation in the abdomen, due to excessive capillary dilation.
ThE needs disbursing and distributing by the right hand cur­
rent of opposite radiation and stimulation to start action

locally again. Manipulation of the abdomen with the patient

sitting up will release the inhibiting gas pressure and
relieve the headaches due to it.
 Volume Page 211

30. Also, hot fomentations to the abdomen are the physical

means for thermal action. Cold to the spine by a direct
stream of water or rubbing an ice cube � the spine a few
times, will drive the excess blood on the surface inward
to the cord and relieve the spinal anemia.

31. These are physical means, while the hands work th rough
the electromagnetic currents and fields for balance there.

32. You may say, why not give a chemical tonic or stimulant
to accomplish either action? This is true, but in general
over-all reaction alone, While by manual means it can be
made very selective, to apply to any one specific area or
spot only, where the cerebrospinal fluid is stuck. Thus
one can "put the finger on the spot" exactly where it is
needed, which is the real science and art of healing. In
this manner one can find the sore vertebra and the specific
spot on that lesion which controls the symptom and the
pain. Place the thumb of the left hand on the most pain­
ful point on that side of the vertebra, and the whole right
hand above it, or opposite to it, to balance and move the
cerebrospinal fluid current.

To illustrate: This morning I had a case with a severe

frontal headache, indicating gas pressure from the in­
te•tines, which must be released first before any checks

are reliable. Bending the head forward increased the

pain, indicating a stagnant hyperemia in the brain, which
needs draining.

Treatment: The patient sat on a chair sideways for 9asier

access to the neck and shoulders. I placed my left hand
on the back of the neck, under the occiput, with the hand
resting on the shoulder area for support. My right hand
was placed on the forehead, and the head tilted back into
the left hand for a lifting drainage motion, and held that
way for a moment,
Next I checked the pulse and pushed my right hand
finge�under the sternal area with a lifting motion, for
gas release.
Then I looked for the major block in the neck, as
the sorest spot where the cerebrospinal fluid pressure
recorded itself. I found it on the left side of the axis
and over the laminae and muscles. I placed my left thumb
against the sore spot firmly, and my right hand on the
forehead, then relaxed to let the el ectromagnetic energy
current (of the molecular motor in the body) work and
polarize the excess front of the head with the anemia in
the axis center for one minute or so.

This balanced the current and relieved the pain, and

POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE

34. and brought up gases and a gurgle in the small intestines

as a sign of release of the stagnation there. The cur-
rents were rolling and so were the gases. I further re­
leased them by working over the trapezius and on some
kernels in this digestive center, then polarized it with
the fifth dorsal for stomach release. The relief was
complete and balance was established, all in about fif­
teen minutes. Truly an ISOMETRIC TREATMENT!

35. Such is the tracing and balancing of the cerebrospinal

fluid energy and the circulation which depends upon it.
We start out with physiological tracing and end up with
the electromagnetic balancing of currents. Thus the
patient is pleased and the doctor is occupied physically
and mentally every moment, which takes the work completely
out of the routine class and makes it creative and in­
teresting.

36. RULE: In all hypotension cases, with an anemia of the

spinal centers and brain and sympathetics, do not work
on the spine by any manipulation, vibration or heat,
and do not let them take hot baths, because that will
draw more blood to the surface and make the condition
worse.

37. In such cases manipulate the abdomen to disperse the

stagnation there, and vibrate or work from the feet up,
to increase the central energy and blood supply. Use
cold on the specific spinal centers and hot on the ab­
domen.

38. Use your left hand where you wou ld use the cold, and
the right hand for the hot application area to balance
the energy currents.

39. This type of treatment is used in all atonic conditions,

exhaustion, mental instability, hypersensitiveness and
talkativeness. Hypotension is the energy aspect of the
symptoms. Arterial vasodilation is the physical aspect,
which is called by various names like valvular collapse,
an irritable heart with fast and jumpy pulse and skipping
beat, etcetera.
These are the types of problem caSE;)S that will not
respond to the best physiological manipulation, because
the polarity is opposite to the usual hypertension cases
and their therapy, which has become a routine procedure.
Even the alternate hot and cold applications to the spine
does not work in hypotension. That therapy defeats itself

as it helps the end circulation process in hypertension

and balanced arterial type circulation cases, but not in
hypotension.
 Volume Page 213

40. su-ary: The hypotension type cases ara on the wave of an

excess centrifugal output with exhaustion and confusion.
Passes with relaxed hands from the feet to the head are
helpful to reverse the flow of electromagnetic currents.
Tonifying the vasomotor and spinal centers by applying the
left hand on them and the right hand opposite, is useful.

41. The umbilical region is the seat of the fiery principle of

digestion, which is the light of the eyes and the power in

the thighs. The abdomen is th e sensory region, which cor­

responds to the spine, which is the opposite to the moto r

region. Find the sore spots and balance these to opposite
currents, with patient lying on his back.

42. For electromagnetic balancing, place the right hand over

the abdomen and the left over the forehead, to stabilize

the head and the feeling center of the solar plexus in

the abdomen, to balance the fire and airy elements in

their flow.

43. To balance the Pranic or lif e breath currents, find the

sorest vertebra in the neck and hold that spot with one
hand and place the other on the top of the head. When

you are on the �ht 3ide of the patient, the right hand
fits onto the neck and the left hand on the top of the
head. This is reversed when on the left side of the

patient lying on the table.

44. When the patient is in a sitting-up position, you can

choose either contact, which depends on the hyperemia or
anemia of the brain circulation.

45. In anemia of the brain, bending the head forward feels

better. Then you use the left hand to tonify it and the
right hand on the sore spot on the neck. In hyperemia of
the brain circulation, bending the head for ward is painful
or uncomfortable. In such cases, the contacts are just
the reverse of those for anemia of the brain.

++++++++T++++++++++++
POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE

46. ASTHMA is a good illustration of anemia in the spinal cen­

ters, because even a light stimulation in the upper dorsal
region over the vasodilator centers can bring on an attack.
The best th erapy indicated is the release of the Pranic or
life breath currents in the cervical region, as described
in 43, , 44. and 45. on page 213.

47. You can place the left hand lightly over the upper dorsal
region, and the right hand on the upper chest or on the
forehead or back of the head for general polarization of
currents. Find the sorest spot on the vertebra of the

second, third or fourth dorsal and place the left thumb on

it for specific needle-point control with the same sore
spot in the neck region and with the right thumb on the
first, second or even the third cervical vertebra, and

hold for specific polarization from above downward.

The right hand can be placed on the forehead or on the

back of the head, alternately, whichever gives the most
release in an attack or frees the breathing.
All this can be given with the patient sitting on a
chair, as it is difficult for asthmatics to lie down.
For home treatment, the thermal cold principle can be
used by applying a folded cold wet cloth, not more than
four inches wide, over the upper dorsal region for about
five minutes, and repeat it several times at intervals.

The squatting posture is a wonderful release to the

tense psoas muscles and their pull on their lumbar attach­
ments, where the muscles of the diaphragm also h ave their
origin. This can be used any time for relief and postural
correction. Repeat often. This posture is described in
detail under the SCIATICA caption, which begins with 50.
on page 215.

48. Rheumatism and arthritis are usually due to excess vaso­

dilation in the spinal centers, causing anemia of the cord,

with spastic deterioration of the outer muscles. Cold

running water, applied under p ressure over the spinal
centers briefly, and over the joints affecte� regularly
and persistently for about twenty minutes twice a day,
will send enough blood inward to the lock ed-up tissue

cells to release their spastic grip. It requires courage

and persistence in bad cases.

The temperature of the water shoul � be 60 degrees F.

or lower, and alternated from joint to joint during the
shower, which is taken straight from the pipe or hose,
without a spray head. The full stream is played on the
affected joint, and the hands apply strong friction at
the same time, to release the electromagnetic locks. This
'

together with the proper diet, has done wonders for many
so-called incurable cases who had been all over the world
 Volume Page 215

48. without obtaining relief.

Releasing the involved specific brain and spinal
centers with Polarity Treatment is most beneficial.

49. CHRONIC LUMBAGO is due to too rich a diet in proteins,

particularly thit of animal origin. Such a patie�t is in

need of a strict vegetarian diet, stressing the use of

green, leafy vegetables and fruits that are compatible.
Hot and cold showers, alternately, under pressure, will
favor the end c irculation where the arteries and veins
meet.

The pulse will determine the nature of the treatment

to the spinal centers, as previously mentioned.

50. SCIATICA: Acute sciatica is a very painful condition due

to irritation in the spinal centers, causing the sciatic
artery to swell in the sciatic sheath and press upon the
nerve. Heat over it or capsoline rubbed in over the nerve
often relieves the congestion by drawing the excess blood
to the surface.

In the acute stages, adjustment is not indicated as

it may cause a spasm. In this painful condition, the best
position that the pa tient can take on the treatment table
is to lie face-down across the width of the table and allow
the hips and sacrum to hang from the table support, with a

soft cushion under the lower portion of the abdomen, to

gently stretch the articulations, which in turn allows the
blood to circulate and gives some relief. Even lying a­

cross a bed in this manner is comfortable.

You can polarize the spine from one side to the other
by stimulating the unaffected side with manipulation or
gentle vibration; also around the shoulder blades, which
often relieves the spasm.
With the patient lying face-down over a pillow placed
under the lower abdomen, make a gentle contact into the
perineal muscles on the affected side; find the tight
fiber and hold it steady to relax it. At the same time raise
the foot by bending the knee and make a contact on both
sides, on the sorest spots under the ankle. Hold both
contacts until relaxed.
The squatting postures, shown in "EASY STRETCHING
*
POSTURES FOR VITALITY AND BEAUTY" ,with rotation, give
the best release for sciatic pain and structural correc­
tion for home use, as illustrated in that book. This
position releases the spasm of the psoas and other inter­
related muscles in the pelvis. By means of the rotation
or side motion from one side to the other, the tense
muscles are stretched and a better circulation is estab­
lished, wrnch is a great help. It relieves spasms and
pains. As a home treatm�, it has no equal for all lower

*EASY S'I'REI'CIIIliX POS'lURES now forms Part II of the new edition of HFALTH BUILDI!Il;.
POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE

50. back pain and even for asthma caused by the psoas tension
pull on the crura of the diaphragm attachments . It should

be used many times a day, whenever there is pain. This

speeds the recovery.

This exercise is superior to any traction or stretch­

ing devices .

The old Zulu trick of riding on the back of a big

turtle to cure back aches was successful due to the

stretching of the inter pelvic muscles, which this simple

squatting posture with natural stretching and rotation does
even better .

+++++++++++++++++++++
 Volume Page 217

Energy Tracing

(Original charts reproduced here in miniature)

� •.• ..,, Book III

PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL loo(EVCHARl"

POLARITY THERAPY

Diagnostic & Polarity

Relationship Chart #4, Book II

THE ATOM
Chart #12 in the set of 25 Charts

T racing energy in POLARITY research goes deep into the

Sound Current Energy in the causal field, the blueprint stage

of mind pattern energy and the subtle formative stage of the
five elements in the creative process. The five elements are

akash or ether, air or gases, heat as fire, water as liquids

and earth as solids. These stages of formation have energy

lines of stress which produce electromagnetic tension fields

in the body as lines of stress. (See Charts 5, 6 & 7 in Book I)
ENERGY TRACING

This process is similar to atomic lines of stress and potential

energy, which can be calculated in atomic research and engi­
neering designs.

There is a constant similarity of patterns of the subtle

process being reflected in the grosser formative stages below,

In the body, it is the unwinding of the spool of fate of energy

lines of forces, by the stepped down concentration of vibratory
intensity. This crystallizing process is the nature of tamas,
the vegetative sprouting energy process of the five elements of

matter, forming the material root system in darkness,

The subtle, central life energy is the motivating radia­

tion of warmth of feeling and understanding of the biological

creative process. That is the sun energy, the centrifugal
impulses from the center outward. These fine potential causes

can be traced in the life of patients, as the origin of ill

health, long before chemistry and mechanical involvement.

This type of energy stress research concerns itself more

with subtle causes of disease, rather than their symptoms of

effects, Its aim is to balance the lines of stress between

the primary elements involved. That can be established only
by wide research and observation in cases where the solution

of the problem of the disease origin was not possible by other

methods of technical details, It has to be fo und closer to
the River of Energy and Life itself,

Tracing the energy currents is like trying to re-estab­

lish the ancient "Rainbow Bridge" of the gods in the Norse

mythology, which linked the subtle powers of the heavens above

in the cosmos with the gross earth below, This arch of

Nature's subtle tension fields in the body is the established

link between causes and effects, from the causal fields of

mind patterns through the vital seed power pattern of forces

to expression of sound, as speech, or the full-grown, mature
fruit in Nature's realm,

In the Bible we find an authentic statement of the life

breath (Prana� the vibratory shining energy (Hyranyagarbha)
being placed by a special process into the body of man, made
out of the fine dust of the five subtle elements in creation,
which is continuous. Genesis 2:7 - "And t.he Lord God formed
man of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils
the breath of life; and man became a living soul," (Prana is
described on pages 57 to 63 in Book I)

That was a special stage in the involution of souls into

physical bodies of subtle earth elements, as a garden to take

care of and to keep it fit, as a temple of the living God, God

 Volume Page 219

dwells and walks therein, as in Paradise. The latter is a

vital sphere in creation, called the Astral Plane, the

Thousand-petalled Lotus or Sahasra dal Kamal in the sacred

writings of the East. The conscious awareness of this 'garden'
lies hidden in the 'tis � a til', the center between the two
eyes, where the two planes meet.

Energy becomes nuclear by condensation of sound vibra­

tion ( dhvani) and thus gives rise to shapes and forms. Atomic

or nuclear energy is nothing but sound corpuscles or congealed

sound. Refraction of the vibrating crystals of sound energy

is the basis for our atomic research and the many applications

of it in industry.

Dr. Einstein proved that every atom gives off cosmic

rays or vibrations, even in a state of rest. The atom is

really a microscopic solar system in itself. Prana is the

shining energy principle in the sun. It is this type of glow

in the human body and in Nature. It has its source in the

anahata sound energy of creation, which is sustained by the

unconditioned, unlimited, true Sound Current ( Shabd ) , called

Bhani in spiritual literature of the Radha Swami Teachings.

This Soul Melody or Dhun is one, but has various degrees of

intensity on the spiritual planes, beyond the material level
and beyond the astral and causal levels as well.

The Anahata Nada, the spiritual sound, even in the lower

spiritual regions, is vibrationless and can create and destroy
universes.

Dhvani, on the other hand, is vibratory sound, caused

by the movement of the five elements among each other, and is

dependent upon them for conduction of these sound waves of
various lengths and frequencies. In a vacuum, these sounds
cease to transmit the impulses of vibration. A bell enclosed

in a vacuum may continue to ring, but cannot be heard outside

of the enclosure. The classification of ultrasonic, supra­
sonic or infrasonic waves does not change their nature of
limitation of conduction.

In music we have wind instruments producing vibratory

sound by air pressure. In string instruments, also the gong
or the drum, we have the primitive type of communication by

means of vibratory dhvani wave impulses. All these are ab­

sorbed in the akash or ether of space, the neuter element,
also called vyoman in the metaphysics of Sound Research. It

is the space record of all created sounds, recorded automat­

ically, on this writing sheet of the universe.

SOUND is the logical exponent for all energy and its

ENERGY TRACING

law of progression applied to therapy, whatever the approach

may be. The True Sound of the Anahat Shabd is for the soul,
the dweller in the body, Dhvani, the vibratory sound, is for
the five elements which co�pose the house or body we live in.

The five subtle elements make up the body, which is

formed out of the fine dust or essence of the earth. (See

Genesis 2:7) The subtle airy principle and the gross earth

of clay are opposed to each other. The fire and the water

elements are also opposed to each other. While ether or akash

is the neuter element which they can blend into and flow out

of, through the vibratory sound energy called prana, the

breath of life. (See chart No. 2 in Book II)

That is the step-down of soul energy - the spiritual

Sound Current, flowing not only through the nostrils, but

through every cell in the body to keep it alive and function-

ing. This is linked to its center of radiation from the solar

plexus, the autonomic center called "The Great Abdominal

Brain" by Dr. Byron Robinson, the eminent research surgeon of
the 19th century. This is the circuit that is the key to the

unconscious functions in the body and is the balance wheel of

energy flow for health, (See chart No, 7 in Book III and

charts No, 2 and 3 in the set of 25 charts)

The dual POLARITY principle in Hatha (Ha and Tha) YOGA

can prove very helpful by the use of fulcrum and leverage

technique, applied in POLARITY treatments and principle when

used wisely in stretching the connective tissue tension

stress fields by flexion and extension of articulations and

joints. The joints are the energy cross-over points (X),

The life and breath, or airy substances, are interlocked

with emotions as gases of carbon dioxide, which must be lib­

erated where it is compressed as airy pressure, as in a motor,

which causes all kinds of headaches, shoulder pains, numbness

in arms from indigestion and many other symptoms,

When the air does not move as gases and vital emotional

tension release, nothing can move. Lesions or locks occur

all along the spine and in the body tension fields of the
connective tissue that is supplied �y lymph and liver chem­

istry. Then pressure pains are built up in tissues and in

joints all over the body, or locally, and are called lesions,

But when this is understood as a circuit of current

flow, as in electricity, it can be released in the deep tis­

sues by POLARITY balancing treatment of opposing tension

fields. (See chart No, 3 in Book II, also charts 6 and 7 in

Book I) Then the compressed gases roll and the patient
 Volume Page 221

either belches, yawns or begins to breathe deeply as evidence

of relaxation. Sometimes the desired reaction obtained is

gentle perspiration, which is also evidence of function of all

physiology. And the patient feels lighter and better, as if
a huge burden had beeri�lifted from him.

MIGRAINE HEADACHES - HICCOUGHS - are nothing but gas

pockets under pressure, trying to get out. The sound energy
currents are the over-all moving factors that set things right
again, by making the prana, the central life energy, flow by
release of the gaseous block. (See chart No, 28 in Book II)

The shoulders are the subtle airy leverage centers of

'Yang' and 'Yin' or positive and negative currents on each
side, right under each blade, about one inch down from its
tip, which links it with the subtle vital force of respira-
tion, oxidation and digestion. This must be shown, explained
personally and felt or experienced in order to comprehend it.
Typical emotional cases are the best to prove its merit, where
even psychiatry and other methods have failed, (See charts
No, 4, 9, 10 and ll in Book II)

SHOULDER SOCKETS have a definite relation to the EYE

SOCKETS, as shown in chart No, 8 in Book No. 5, by placing
the head (the crown pattern) in the chest region, Eye and
head trouble can be reached from here by tracing and feeling
for the lock or energy block. Even glaucoma pressure in the
eye has its root in the built-up stagnation of the prana, the
radiant current of light that is blocked by gas pressure
built up behind the eye and in the fluids of the eye.

This is no ordinary technique of manipulation, but a

POLARITY CONTACT OF DRAINAGE RELEASE, above, on the occiput
and the upper dorsal vertebrae for fulcrum point. Use the
center line of 'tchi', and on each side of the spinous process
as the '�' and '�' leverage. That can only be proven in
actual cases of eye trouble of this type, even after optom­
etrists' tests, diagnosis and treatments. The condition is
also due to a lack of oxidation of tissues in the eye as a
result of indigestion and gas build-up, which can be relieved
by getting the life currents to flow again as a result of
POLARITY BALANCE in the tattwas or elements in the body.

A similar situation exists in SCIATICA, where the sci­

atic sheet limits the expansion of the sciatic artery due to
gaseous blocks and inflamation, The built-up pressure causes
excruciating pain. It can be released by the same principle
of POLARITY treatment, by moving the energy block in the con­
nective tissue sheet for relaxation, and drawing the accumu­
lated heat of the inflamed sciatic artery to the surface, to
ENERGY TRACING

relieve the deep internal expansion pressure on the nerve it­

self. I had several such severe chronic sciatica cases in my
clinic in India as well as in the U, S, A. Some had expert
medical diagnosis and attention at home and in hospitals, and
after a year or more of it were advised to have surgery. That
is when they came to me and I could prove my POLARITY PRINCIPLE
of ENERGY. They were relieved in one or two treatments. The
recurring gas pressure was eliminated by releasing the diges­
tive energy blocks. (See chart No, 4 in the set of 25 charts)

The above is mentioned to show the practical application

of this new basic approach to the over-all picture of therapy
in treating bad chronic cases, even after prolonged hospitali­
zation and all modern therapy had failed. Experience is the
best teacher, and the proof lies in accomplishment.

The shoulder level is the horizontal line of subtle

stress and the base and fulcrum for the airy and vital pranic
energy circulation to the neck and head. This subtle energy
is the active mover in the blood stream also, beyond the
physical gravity principle! It is the upper triangle of the

Tree of Life of circulation, digestion, oxidation and carbon

dioxide pressure release,

But this takes far more than mere pressure on a spot,

or a needle in the blockade pressure point, as in Acupuncture.
It is an art and a science, rather than a mere process of

movements applied by any other type of therapy or chemistry,

It deals with subtle ENERGY and not the gross forces that are

obvious, Even a lifetime of research work and midnight oil

can solve only a measure o f such problems of health and living,

T h is has to be seen and demonstrated personally, after which

the books and charts really mean something and can be used as
reference books.

The soul, as the center of consd.ous being in the body,

must be reached through these lif e energies by mending the

short circuits of mental and emotional resistance through
understanding the subtle life process in ourself and in Na­
ture, which are the tattwa or elemental tension fields. This

law of Life and Motion operates in the cosmos and in man, and
cannot be ignored, Life itself is a paradox, which comforts
while it mocksl

Opposite to the shoulder level is the hip level base,

the water tattwa or element and the earth tattwa support

fulcrum of motion, These two major levels must be coordinated
in therapy as horizontal lines of forces in action, It is

like the Ark of Noah, floating on the psychic energy ocean of

Life. (See chart No, 10 in Book II)

 Volume Page 223

POLARITY CURRENT RESEARCH IN CEREBROSPINAL FLUID AND IN

CRANIOPATHY: The life-breath or prana current moves in the

cerebrospinal fluid conductor to all tissue cells and communi­

cates with other internal secretions and body fluids, like a

living cosmic breath. 3his may be called the primary respir­

atory cycle of energy flow, with its own cranial rhythmic im­
pulses as a physiological wireless energy response, like atomic

current circuits. It is prior to and distinct from the regular

respiration of the lungs' cycle of oxidation and pulse beat.

In the structural field of anatomy, it is the connec­

tive tissue which is the tension factor for postural rela­
tionship and balance response, or the structural lesions in

articulations and joints. Posture depends on this relation­

ship of electromagnetic tension fields in the body structure
and functional response through the life-breath, the prana

currents.

The cranial rhythmic impulse may, at times of rest,

synchronize with the pulmonary circulation. It is more subtle

and may persist even when the pulse beat has stopped. Therein
lies the mystery of cases that were unknowingly buried alive
in olden times, and of those who have been re-animated after

all signs of life were absent. I mention these findings here

only to show how subtle and deep this sound energy goes.

The duramater has its fulcrum leverage point in the ten­

torium cerebelli tension membrane in the skull, which also

moves the cranial bones in rhythmic sequence, by brain im­

pulses. (This has been electrically recorded by other re­
search scholars.) The duramater covers the spinal cord and

is attached in its inferior pole only at the prominence of

the second sacral vertebra, which moves the sacral base.

In the inhalation phase of the cranio-sacral mechanism

of flexion cycle, the sacral base rotates posterio-superiorly,
while its apex and coccyx move anteriorly toward the symphysis

pubis.

The point of vital importance in recording these physi­

ological observations of Craniopathy is the fact of the simi­

larity established by Hermes as the primal mind pattern in

Creation and in the body relationship. This is mentioned in
his 'Emerald Tablet' as "the above with the below" and refers
to the reciprocal relationship of the life process, and to

the design pattern of Creation in bodies and form structures.

In my Polarity research and therapy I also found this

relationship and response in the bones and joints of the feet
and the hands to the cranial tension fields and prana impulses.
ENERGY TRACING

I classified them as acute symptoms in the hands, and as chronic

ills or crystallized sedimentations in the feet, which obstruct

the pranic current circuits and waves in the body from th e head

to the feet, and their return currents , called a reflex response,

This is illustrated to some extent in charts No, 4 and 5 in

Book 5. This type of response and reflexes can be found and

established by means of PO L A RI TY THERAPY, all over the body.

The Therapy itself has been described and charted by artistic

hand-drawn illustrations in my books for doctors and students,

Chart No , 4 in Book II gives a brief synopsis of it for diag ­

nosis and tracing the superior and inf e rior corresponding ten­
sion fields.

Hermes refers to the vibratory prana life principle as

the universal agent, Chiram. This astonishing correlation of

the secrets of life-observations in the past, can now be veri­

fied by anatomical and physiological scientific research and

tests, some of which are given in detail in the two books of

Dr. Harold Ives Magoun, Sr. of Denver, Colorado, Linking the

la bors of the thinkers of the past, to the present, is indeed

a helpful encouragement and w ill benefit all humanity in time
of acceptance.

The terms, 'primary respiration mechanism' and 'Crani­

opathy' were discovered and coined by William Garner Suther­

land , D.O. in his lifetime research on the cerebrospinal

fluid movement and its vital energy pulsation in relation to
Osteopathy and health, Its basis was sought in the hydro­

static pressure fields of the body fluids. ( But prana was not
mentioned or identi fied as a vital force, )

To that research was added years of e ffort in scientific

study of correlation and superb artist i c illustrations of
anatomy and physiology by the able Doctor of Osteopathy,
Harold Ives Magoun, mentioned a bo v e , in his first and seco nd
(1966) editions of the remarkable book, "Osteopathy in the
Cr anial Field".

Such art and research is a rare accomplishment and de ­

serves our thanks, and acceptance by science.

EDITOR'S NarE: All the rest of the material originally published in "Energy Tracing"
(all of which concerns Dr. Stone's "Polarity Yoga" ) is now found in the expanded new
edition of HEALTH BUIID!Ri: '!he Conscious Art of Living Well.
 Volume Page 225

Private Notes for Polarity Therapy Students

The energy current flow in the atom explains the POLARITY

mystery of the five elements or matter in their gross and in

their finer etheric fluidic central and surface end lines of

force and grades of atoms . POLARITY principles pinpoint the
fixed 'switches' or cross-over lines of force for the exact
points of contact. This is the basis of the scale of balance
of well-b eing through atomic energy function in cellular tis­

sue fluids. Being aware of this, makes it easy to do.

Dr . Randolph Stone's TRIUNE POLARITY STRETCH of flexion and

extension is the practical basis of the Hatha Yoga of India.

This POLARI TY YOGA can be done in about two minutes, daily.

It is a special, subtle fulcrum and leverage technique, which
moves the central core current upward and beyond the grosser
form of mere muscle exercise or that which is accomplished
through static postures only.

This Triune Polarity Stretch of POLARITY YOGA can well be

called ATOMIC POLARITY STRETCHING, applied to connective tis­

sue and the duramater, also to the finer constitution of man.
This is the same as the atom in the universe and in nature.
It is also illustrated in Chart No. 12 of the Evolutionary
Energy Series, showing "THE ATOM IN MAN AND MAN IN THE ATOM",

The five 'Pranas' are th e vital airy and primal plasma or so­
called gas currents penetrating the five iTattwas* or elements

in their static constitutional function in the body.

Philosophic theories can only deal with the formal routine,

but cannot change the actual energy current flow to almost

instant response, as can be done by this technique. Only by
practical demonstration and by doing it yourself can this be
proven in daily life .
PRIVATE NOTES FOR POLARITY THERAPY STUDENTS
CONVENTION MATERIAL FOR STUDENTS ONLY

POLARITY THERAPY PRINCIPLES OF THE 5 ELEMENTS OF MATTER AND

THEIR ENERGY FLOW AND BLENDING AS FUNCTIONS IN THE BODY

ENQUIRY INTO THE GROSS BODY

This gross body, I cannot be. Why? I am seeing it. It is an object for my sight. I am the seer. It is separate and I am
separate.

The Five Great Elements

This Gross body is not mine. Why? It belongs to the five Great Elements. It is a product of the Pentamirus
combination of the five Elements. It cannot be mine. Why? Look. These represent the Five Elements.
Every Element is divided into two halves. One half remains unchanged. The other half is further divided into
four equal parts making each equal to l/8 of the original. Thus each is now found as five parts.

Pentamirus Division

With the unchanged half of each Element, l/8 part of each of the other four Elements are combined, thus
making a size as whole as the original Element. But each now contains all the Elements but one only predominates.
Thus in this Pentamirus Combination, twenty-five factors are manifested. How?

Five Fold Combination

Thus in this five fold combination twenty-five factors are manifested. How?

The Products of the Five Fold Combination of Sky

Grief Grief, Desire, Anger, (Love or) attachment, Fear.

Grief is the principal quality of Space, a feeling of nothingness.
Desire is produced by the combination of Wind with Space.
Anger is produced by the combination of Fire with Space.
Attachment or love is produced by the combination of Water with Space.
Fear is produced by the combination of Earth with Space.
I am not these: Grief, Desire, Anger, Attachment ot Fear. I am seeing them.
Anger Love I am the Seer. They are not mine, they belong to the various Elements noted
as above_ I should not claim these as mine.
 Volume Page 227

The Products of the Five Fold Combination of Wind

Speed
Speed, Lengthening, Shaking, moving, contracting.
Speed is the main quality of Wind.
Lengthening is produced by the combination of Space with Wind.
Shaking is produced by the combination of Fire with Wind.
Contraction Movement is produced by the combination of Water with Wind.
ngthening
Contraction is produced by the combination of Earth with Wind.

Movement
Speed, Lengthening, Shaking, Moving, Contracting, I am not. I am seeing
Shaking
these. I am the Seer. They are objects for my observation. They are not
mine. They belong to the Elements noted above.

The Products of the Five Fold Combination of Fire

Hunger
Hunger, Sleep, Thirst, Lustre, Laziness.
Hunger is the main quality of Fire.
Sleep is produced by the combination of Space with Fire.
Thirst is produced by the combination of Wind with Fire.
Lustre is produced by the combination of Water with Fire.
Laziness is produced by the combination of Earth with Fire.
Hunger, sleep, thirst, lustre, and laziness, I am not. These are objects and
Thirst Lustre
I am able to see. They are not mine. They belong to the Elements noted
above.

The Products of the Five Fold Combination of Water

Semen
Saliva, Sweat, Urine, Semen, Blood.
Saliva is produced by the combination of Space with Water.
Sweat is produced by the combination of Wind with Water.
Urine is produced by the combination of Fire with Water.
Saliva Blood Semen is the main quality of Water.
Blood is produced by the combination of Earth with Water.
Saliva, sweat, urine, semen, and blood, I am not. These are objects I am able
Sweat Urine
to see. These do not belong to me. They are products of the Elements.

The Products of the Five Fold Combination of Earth

Bones
Hair, Skin, Blood vessels, Flesh and Bones.
Hair is produced by the combination of Space with Earth.
Skin is produced by the combination of Wind with Earth.
Blood vessels are produced by the combination of Fire with Earth.
Hair Flesh Flesh is produced by the combination of Water with Earth.
Bones are the main products of Earth.
Skin Blood vessels Hair, skin, blood vessels, flesh, and bones, I am not. I am able to see them.
They are objects for my perception. They are not mine. They belong to the
five Elements. They cannot be mine.
I am not these. They are not mine. I am the Seer. Witness.
PRNATE NOTES FOR POLARITY THERAPY STUDENTS

EXTRACTS FROM A VIEWPOINT ON METAPHYSICS

by Dr. Joseph P. Green ( St. Louis, Mo., 1919)

Meteors fall out of the interstellar spaces upon our planet. Some weigh two to twenty
tons and more. They are chiefly composed of nickel and iron. How did nickel and iron
get into space? Did it overcome the gravitation of the Earth and fly away? We think
not. Did it break away from some other planet or sun? We think not. Nothing could
be powerful enough in an orb, or sphere, to force it beyond its own power of gravitation.

Is it possible that all material substance once existed in space as invisible or meta­
physical substance, and then crystallized and took form? We prefer to believe that such
is the truth. Matter is constantly being turned back into the ocean of invisibility. So
then the rule must work both ways. We mean that if the visible substance can be turned
back into the invisible, then the invisible can be turned into the visible form, and this
is done.

All the elements of a kernel of wheat have been extracted from the atmosphere by
scientists. Gold, diamond, iron with sufficient heat can be floated out into the atmosphere
as invisible substance and we breathe it, move in it, unaware of its presence. When man
knows enough he will take food, clothing, material, heat, metals, oils, etc. out of the
atmosphere and we will not need to wait on the slow process of vegetation and nature
to do it for us.

This planet was one day invisible substance. Then, by some POWER, will, or mind
this substance became nebulae, or star dust. Then this same power produced motion or
whirl in this star dust. A vortex resulted, and star dust rushed into this vortex, forming
a nucleus, which continued to whirl, and star dust added and added until our world ( the
word comes from whorl ) was formed.

"Meta" means beyond, above or over. "Physics"

The word metaphysics comes this way:
means the law, action or movements of matter. Therefore, metaphysics means the law,
action or movements which are beyond, above or over matter. Metaphysical substance
is the mother and father of matter. Every building, painting, etc. first existed meta­
physically in the realms of mind. Then it was put onto paper or canvas. Then, in the
case of a building, it was externalized with brick, stone, timber, etc.

An electromagnetic core is a harness for the metaphysical force known as electricity.

A water wheel is a harness for gravitation, an automobile is a harness for gasoline, a
locomotive for steam, an aeroplane a harness for the atmosphere.

Physical man is of the earth, earthy. Metaphysical man is invisible, yet possessing
and manifesting through the physical as his harness. He is greater than the physical
harness as magnetism is greater than the magnet. Organs are laboratories in which the
metaphysical man performs his wonders of creation.

Turn a horse, a cow, a sheep, or a goose loose in a clover field. The horse makes
flesh and strength; the cow, flesh and milk; the sheep, mutton and wool; the goose, goose
flesh, eggs and feathers out of the same food. Why this difference? It is all due to
the chemistry of the metaphysical power and intelligence in each animal. Metaphysical
man can create any chemical needed, in the laboratory of his physical body.
' ;.,
Where are the fruits, vegetables and foods that we will eat ten years from now?
How will they get here? By the slow process of mind in plants, trees, etc. unless the
metaphysical man uncovers enough knowledge, so that man shall know how to produce
them quickly as did 1 esus the wine at Cana, and the loaves and fishes on the shores of
Lake Gallilee.
 Volume Page 229

A Brief Explanation of
the Emerald Tablet of Hermes

" THE SECRE T WORKS OF CHIRAM, ONE IN ESSENCE,

BU T THREE IN ASPE C T- 1CHIRAM TELAT MACHASO T'
i.e. CHIRAM THE UNIVERSAL AGENT, ONE IN
ESSENCE, BU T THREE IN ASPECT.

"IT IS TRUE, NO LIE, CER TAIN, AND TO BE DEPENDED

UPON, THE SUPERIOR AGREES WITH THE INFERIOR,
AND THE INFERIOR WI TH THE SUPERIOR, TO EFFE C T
THA T ONE TRULY WONDERFUL WORK. AS ALL THINGS
OWE THEIR EXISTENCE TO THE WILL OF THE ONLY ONE,
SO ALL THINGS OWE THEIR ORIGIN TO THE ONE ONLY
THING, THAT MOS T HIDDEN, BY THE ARRANGEMENT OF
THE ONLY GOD. THE FA THER OF THA T ONLY ONE
THING IS THE SUN, I TS MO THER IS THE MOON, THE WIND
CARRIES I T IN I TS BELLY; BU T ITS NURSE IS A SPIRI TOUS
EAR TH. THA T ONE ONLY THING (after God) IS THE
FA THER OF ALL THINGS IN THE UNIVERSE. ITS POWER
IS PERFE CT, AF TER I T HAS BEEN UNITED TO A
SPIRI TOUS EARTH."

The oldest and most revered of all alchemical formulae is the sacred
EMERALD TABLE T OF HERMES of Egypt . The secret art of transmu­
tation of base metals into gold (with the stone of the Philosophers) was
re fe r r ed to as the Magnum Opus, or the Great Work.

The characters were recorded in the "Tabula Sma ra g di na " in base relief
in a block of pure emerald (not engraved), and hardened by this art.
A very ancient author, who lived several centuries before Christ,
mentions having seen this tablet in the court. It was said to have been
over two thousand years old then.

"THE SECRE T WORKS OF CHIRAM" : the Architect of the universe,

the potential
primal vision , idea and energy in all creation.

"ONE IN ESSENCE" = Sha bd , the Eternal Sound Cur r ent, omnipresent,

omniscient, omnipotent, unifying support of all c reation.

" THREE IN ASPECT" : the three gunas or qualities of: s att va, the true
(0), neuter quality, the center, the nucleus; ra:Jas , the positive ( + ) ,
radiant pole; and tamas, the negative ( - ) , crystalizing pr ecipitation and
gravity attraction pole, downward.
THE EMERALD TABLET OF HERMES

''THE SUPERIOR AGREES WITH THE INFERIOR" = the 'superior' is the

true Shabd or Sound of the Eternal Sound Current and its pattern of the
five Holy Sounds and five regions of spiritual intensity or planes of the
Sound reflected in the five elements of creation of forms. The moon
principle or vak sound originates in the causal plane of Trikuti as mind
patterns in the blueprint stage of the great architecture of the universe.
It is the spiritual Anahat Shabd or Sound Current.

"AND THE INFERIOR WITH THE SUPERIOR" = the 'Inferior' is a

reflection of the above, like an imprint or picture on a film of the great
macrocosmic process of the Creation-pattern, impressed upon the space
substance, the mirror of akash or ether, below; and the four emerging
elements as four rivers or four faces of Prajapati in his emergence.

A microfilm of this is implanted in the pattern of each unit or variety of

form or body in the creative reflection process of patterns in its three
stages of emanation as ( l) mind energy, the form pattern design, the
blueprint stage; (2) as vital energy, prana, the central radiation of warmth
or heat as the fire element latent in the sun and in the atom, like an

embodied sun radiation sealed in a miniature, material shell; (3) the shell
of crystallized form of matter, which cannot hold the subtle cosmic
radiations in bound, so they become sealed in 'giants 1 or 1 Titans 1 in the
formation of the universe.

This is the story of old of the giants, the Titans or cosmic forces and
forms that were later dismembered or dispersed by the gods, dividing
them into endless units of vibratory energy forms in the process of
Creation. All of this is an interesting picture of the mind and its process
of dividing to rule; to emphasize formal details, boundaries, customs and
limitations, to become lost and confused therein and thereby, like
Prometheus bound to the rock of matter. T he story of Gulliver, bound by
the Lilliputians, is a modernized version of how our own thoughts and
impulses bind us to the material world.

"THE WILL OF THE ONLY ONE" =the Shabd or Sound is the spoken word
of the Creator, the VOICE OF GOD, which is sent forth as the fiat energy,
producing the creation as the Logos or eternal Word. John 1:1- "In the
beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was
God." All things were created by the WORD and all things owe their
existence to it.

"SO ALL THINGS OWE THEIR ORIGIN TO THE ONE ONLY THING, THAT
MOST HIDDEN, BY THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE ONLY GOD." = That
most hidden thing is the love, the beauty and the Truth of Being of the only
God, hidden in all His creation as the Life Energy and the designer of
 Volume Page 231

forms and artistic patterns concealed by this veil of Isis, the Great
Mother principle of Nature, and in Nature itself everywhere. Such is
the grace of the unknown beneficent Giver, to remain unknown to the
beneficiary of all His gifts of Love, Life, Truth and Beauty, and
abundance everywhere in Essence and Bounty, in its subtle aspect, or
in revealed grace, through His Vision and gift of intuition and devotion
to Him. It is like the precious incense and the container. The Anahat
Shabd is the magic power of the real transformation into the 'g old' of
the spiritual self.

"ITS MOTHER IS THE MOON" = the Sound principle of vak in the Sound
Energy study of the ancients.

"THE WIND CARRIES IT IN ITS BELLY" =the subtle airy principle and
gas as the distributor throu gh all the body tis sues and elemental functions.

"BUT ITS NURSE IS A SPIRITOUS EARTH" = The five earthy subtle

elements and all their animal natures in the 1ark1 of the body are protected,
directed and carried by airy currents, nursed and nurtured while floating
in the psychic sea of the flood of energy in the subtle creative process of
consciousness in a body form. Here all five elements of the five tattwas
or subtle elements were represented and permeated by the essence of the
five spiritual regions, balanced and held by the spiritual Sound Current,
"THE FATHER OF ALL THINGS IN THE UNIVERSE.''

"ITS POWER IS PERFECT, AFTER IT HAS BEEN UNITED TO A SPIRITOUS

EARTH" =the Great Work of transformation, the "Magnum Opus," the day
of the soul's liberation, its transcendance over all elements of creation,
forms and co:r.ditions. It is the soul's salvation and resurrection of the
consciousness out of bondage, ready to return out of the 'Egypt' of the
sensuous life to the Father 1s House, like the Prodigal Son in the parable
given by Jesus.

All this transforming power was accomplished by the 'Philosopher's Stone, 1

the most hidden gift of Love, Beauty and Truth of the Shabd Life Current,
embodied in a true Teacher or Saint, the Sat Guru in human form.

The Saviors of souls come into this world in each and every age and take
only those who are weary of the toys of sensory enjoyments and ego, and
are ready to come Home to the Essence of God's Love.

Dr. Randolph Stone

September 2, 1970
A formal portrait of Dr. Stone taken in India when he was in his eighties.
 Volume Page 233

Brief Biography of Dr. Randolph Stone

"Service without love is work."

---Dr. Randolph Stone

The above quotation from Dr. Stone, which he stated emphatically in one
of his seminars, epitomizes the spirit and essence of all his work in the healing
arts. He was a great spirit and a pioneer physician who made a memorable impact
on those with whom he came in contact. In fact, Dr. Robert K. Hall, M.D. has
called him "the father of a new field of energetic studies." Dr. Stone was a
person who was born with a grateful heart, and he seemed to love sharing his
high spirits and knowledge. His vitality and stamina were legendary among his
students, as was his sense of humor. Even in his eighties, he taught four-day
seminars (six to seven hours per day), and afterwards he did a number of treat­
ments in the evening with patients who were brought to him-- all the while eating
only a fruit diet during those four days.

In addition to the love, high spiritedness, and enthusiasm that he radiated,

his childlike freshness and openness to life and his capacity for acceptance and
broad-mindedness impressed people tremendously. In spite of his knowledge and
accomplishments, he seemed to lack any pretense. Although Dr. Stone was de­
monstrably brilliant in his understanding of the body and in his perceptions into
the healing arts, human psychology and spiritual truths, he never flaunted it.
In fact, he seemed to regard the teachings that he transmitted as having a life
of their own, as being objective living truths that he was privileged to hear about,
along with his students. At one seminar, after quoting from one of his own books,
he exclaimed, "I'd like to meet the man who wrote this!"

In fact, although broadly educated in diverse schools of thought in the healing

arts, he always emphasized to students that they had to catch the living truths
of life to do good work with patients. He admonished students that "We get
so much education today that we don't know what's real anymore." And at one
seminar he stated, "I've got a stack of certificates this high (gesturing two feet
higher than the table) and they don't mean a thing!"

Dr. Stone was more an inspired teacher than a learned scholar. Much of
his most impressive knowledge was learned from experience and was eminently
practical. His writings just flowed out of him, issuing forth from his stream
of inspiration and enthusiasm, and he didn't polish those writings to show off
to the learned. In fact, he refused to let himself be caged in by the limits of
conventional thinking and contemporary modes of "logic". A quote from The
Book of Mirdad could be applied to Dr. Stone's winged flights of inspired percep-
tion:
"Logic is a crutch for the cripple, but a burden for the swift
of foot; and a greater burden still for the winged."

CHILDHOOD & YOUTH

He was the youngest of six children-- two boys and four girls-- born in a
Catholic family in Engelsberg, Austria on February 26th, 1890. His mother died
when he was only two years of age. He emigrated to the U.S.A. with his father
and a sister in 1903, two other sisters following later after the father had estab­
lished a home in Elgin, Illinois. The young boy, his father, and his sister arrived
by train in Chicago on July 4th, 1903. They stayed temporarily in Wisconsin
with friends from Austria, until they settled in Illinois.
BIOGRAPHY OF DR. RANDOLPH STONE

At the tender age of thirteen, the young boy began to earn his own living
as a farm-hand in Turtle Lake, Wisconsin. The family for whom he worked and
their Lutheran Congregation were so impressed with his diligence and sincerity,
as well as his devotional tendencies and his eagerness for knowledge, that they
granted him a scholarship to the Concordia Lutheran College in Saint Paul, Minne­
sota, where he studied to be a Lutheran minister. Previously, since he was well
versed in the German language and knew practically no English, he had studied
the English language by means of comparing the German Bible with the English
Bible. That is how well he knew his Bible at that young age. He was even
able to help the senior students with their German, and they in turn helped him
with his English.

While at Concordia College, he became seriously ill with typhoid fever and
brain fever. On recovering, when he was still quite weak although able to move
about, he went home to Elgin and learned part of the machinist trade. Then
he worked his way out West ( to Montana, Wyoming, Oregon, Washington, California,
Arizona and Nevada ) to regain his health and earn his living. All this time he
continued seeking and studying, while working on ranches, in mines, in machine
and railroad shops- whatever honest employment he could get- and came in contact
with many types of people. He always helped others out of his meagre income.

MEDICAL TRAINING & SPIRITUAL SEARCH

Dr. Stone began at an early age to seek a deep understanding of life and
a sense of union with the Creator. He studied various occult and esoteric teach­
ings practically all his life. He was a student of philosophy and of the underlying
secrets and backgrounds of many religions, past and present, Eastern and Western,
including the Hermetic and Cabalistic doctrines. This dedication to a spiritual
ideal guided his life and his work. When only nineteen years of age, he realized
that what he was looking for was not confined to orthodox religions. He then
took the Nazarene Vow, went on a strict diet and intermittent strict fasts, and
spent most of his time in seclusion and meditation. He later realized that this
was not the way for him to attain the enlightenment of a true spiritual nature
for which he was yearning.

Since he wanted to help humanity as well as himself, he decided to take

up the healing profession, to which he was naturally inclined. He was always
a great lover of Nature and so preferred natural methods and drugless therapy.
Therefore, he studied Osteopathy, Chiropractic, Naturopathy, Naprapathy and
Neuropathy, and received his degrees in all of them. He passed the State Board
Examinations in 1914 in the Colosseum on 14th Street & Wabash Avenue in
Chicago. He answered the same questions side by side with the Medical graduates
at that time and was grated an O.P. ( Other Practitioners ) license, which broadly
covers all the methods of drugless healing without surgery.

After this he continued with post-graduate studies and doing his own research,
because in the healing arts field too, he felt that each branch had something
to offer but was not complete since it did not cover _the entire constitution of
man. In other words, the subtle bodies or energies which animate the gross body
were not represented in the healing art. That is how he eventually developed
Polarity Therapy and specialized in difficult cases in later years, sharing his knowl­
edge with other doctors through his personally conducted classes and the books
he wrote. Most of his studies were in Chicago, and that is where he settled
in 1912 and bought a home in 1918.
 Volume Page 235

He was such a great lover of Nature that whenever he could he would go

out into a forest or woods, somewhere near a stream or lake, away from all
human habitation, lost in contemplation of God in Nature. Wild animals never
bothered him nor did he ever harm or fear them. After passing his State Board
Exam and obtaining his License in 1914, but before setting up in practice, he
decided to go up north into the Canadian wilderness for some rest and relaxation,
away from the noisy city life� He took the train as far as it went in those days,
and from the end of the line he travelled on foot. He carried with him only
the barest necessities-- a small pup tent, books, a Hudson Bay blanket and a
short-handled axe to chop his way through some of the underbrush and thickets
whenever necessary. Food did not interest him. He utilized this time to try
out the fasting theory, and after a two-week fast he lived on wild berries and
whatever vegetation he could find in the wilderness. Many times he had to ford
and sometimes swim across a stream or a lake and then dry out on the opposite
shore before proceeding further. His mattress consisted of pine boughs which
he had gathered before retiring at night, and often he slept with only the trees
or the sky for his roof. The latter happened at Loon Lake and at Lake Nippigon,
his target. Both places were without human habitation at that time, though now
they are popular resorts and there is good transportation all the way to them
and beyond.

MARRIAGE AND PROFESSIONAL LIFE

In August 1916, after being in practice for two years and teaching in the
then newly founded Eclectic School for Doctors, at that time located in the Wen­
del Bank Building at the corner of Ashland and Madison Avenues in Chicago, he
married Mrs. Anna L. Stone, a divorced lady from Denmark, who then lived in
Chicago. She was a practical nurse, trained in the famous Lindhlar Nature Cure
Sanitorium on Ashland Avenue in Chicago, where she had been head nurse in 1912.
The Doctor met her in the Esoteric Study Center in Dr. Washburn's Sanitarium
in Elgin, Illinois several years before they were married, while she was head nurse
there. Their interest and spiritual aspirations were mutual at that time, although
she was twenty years older than he.

However, after their marriage, Mrs. Stone developed great social ambitions.
This led to many dinner parties, lavish entertainment, and large expenditures on
antiques, paintings, and home furnishings, which became a strain on domestic
harmony. It kept Dr. Stone busy for many years just to keep up with that way
of life, which was contrary to his simple requirements and preferences. After
Mrs. Stone's death in 1 une, 1935, Dr. Stone managed to pay off the mortgage
on his home within a few years and devoted all his time and resources to his
professional, philosophical and spiritual pursuits.

It may be mentioned here that at his wife's insistence, he legally changed

his name from Rudolf Bautsch to Randolph Stone. He had become an American
citizen through his father's naturalization when he was still in his youth. However,
during and even after World War I, there was so much hatred toward anything
German-- even a name that sounded German-- and his wife also objected to the
name Bautsch, that he made application to have his name changed by order of
the Court. This was granted in the Superior Court of Chicago, Cook County,
Illinois in 1919 by the Doctor's good friend and patient, the Honorable Judge
Hurley. Ever since that time he has been known as Dr. Randolph Stone.
BIOGRAPHY OF DR. RANDOLPH STONE

A TRUE SEEKER

All the while he was devoting his energies to his research and his profession,
Dr. Stone never stopped seeking the spiritual depths, trying to understand the
Mysteries of Life, as he termed them at that time. He was an avid reader of
all the occult, esoteric and hermetic books that he could find, sometimes even
depriving himself of the necessities of life in order to obtain a book which he
thought would contain the answer. As a result, he accumulated a library of books
from the attic to the basement of his home. Not only did he read books, but
whenever any yogi or spiritual leader or teacher came to Chicago, who he thought
might have the answer, he attended their lectures, took their courses, and housed
and fed many of them-- only to find that some of them were fakes and others,
though sincere, knew no more than he did about the Mysteries of Life.

He joined the Masonic Lodge which, although it has high ideals, he concluded
was mainly a social and charitable organization, having forgotten the spiritual
meaning of their rituals. He was a student of Vivekananda's teachings as well
as of Swami Rama Tirtha, Yogananda, Krishnamurti, Swedenbourg, Madame Blavat­
sky, and many others. He was a member of the Philosophical Research Society,
having attended Dr. Manly P. Hall's lectures and purchased and read all of his
books. He was also a student of Rosicrucianism and Sufism, and was offered
the leadership of the Sufis in Chicago at that time. This he declined since he
still felt that it was all well and good, but not the answer he was seeking. Many
of the teachings hinted at self-realization and God-realization; some even kept
promising that for an additonal fee they would tell more. But no one ever men­
tioned how or exactly what to do to attain spiritual enlightenment. Each time
he met with the same disappointment, but was never discouraged from continuing
his search.

During these years, his favorite books, which he actually kept under his pillow
and not only read frequently but also memorized, were the Bhagavad Gita, Light
on the Path, and The Voice of Silence. In later years, he would conclude that
a living spiritual Master was required to illuminate the truths in such books and
to pu t their teachings into actual practice. After years of searching, in 1945
he came upon the teachings of "Sant Mat" (also called Surat Shabd Yoga or the
Radha Soami Teachings) through the book The Path of the Masters by Dr. julian
1 ohnson and through other books on this particular spiritual science. He stayed
up all night to read one of the books and the next morning exclaimed, "This is
exactly what I have been looking for all my life!"

He immediately adopted the strict vegetarian diet required for that spiritual
practice and applied to be initiated by the living Master of those teachings, who
was residing in Northern India, Maharaj Sawan Singh, a shining personality known
to his followers simply as "The Great Master". Within only a few months, he
heard from the Master in India and was initiated in California by the only repre­
sentative of the Master in the USA at that time.
Stone was initiated into Dr.
"The Path of the Masters" or Sant Mat on November
17, 1945, the culmination
of his long search and his yearning for communion with the Lord. In this path,
he felt that all his questions were completely answered and that now it was merely
a matter of applying himself by walking the Path under the guidance of a living
Master. He dedicated the remainder of his life to this task and was always grate­
ful for the privilege.

THE POLARITY PRINCIPLE

After further research in the healing art, and influenced by h}htspiritual direc­
tion and meditation, Dr. Stone discovered and was able to apply the Polarity
Principle of the finer energies of life. He felt that this "lost art of the An­
cients", covering the entire constitution of man and his finer energies and circuits,
 Volume Page 237

would be rediscovered as the science of the future. In his view, Man is the micro­
cosm or microfilm which contains the whole play of life's energies in expression,
the same as the macrocosm. Dr. Stone says that man's physical body is the
epitome of the universe, his mind is a spark of the universal mind, and his soul
is a spark of the Supreme Being. Therefore, the causes of physical ailments
are in the energy fields, and the symptoms and pains are merely the effects in
the physical body. By applying these natural principles and the understanding
of energies at play, which 'need balancing through skill and keen observation and
much research, he has been able to trace these energy patterns and "energy blocks"
and prove his theory in practice. Thus he has been able to help many difficult
cases and some that were considered hopeless by other practitioners, not only
in America but many places in the world, including a free clinic in India that
he ran for many months each year for over a decade, where he met with serious
cases rarely seen by most Western physicians. In fact, his broad experience and
the wide variety of experimental methods that he tested eventually led to his
specializing in difficult cases with a high degree of confidence. Few cases were
considered by Dr. Stone to be too "hopeless" to treat by Polarity Therapy.

LATER YEARS

In the early 1970's Dr. Stone terminated his practice in Chicago and taught
numerous multi-day seminars in the United States. After many years of not being
accepted by the health establishment and having only a few people show interest
in his books and lectures, Dr. Stone was extremely pleased at the rapid growth
of interest in his unorthodox but effective methods. Whereas one seminar in
Los Angeles in Spring of 1971 was attended by less than a dozen people, within
only a year his following and reputation grew tremendously. Dr. Robert K. Hall,
M.D. remembers Dr. Stone's happy reaction to this development:
"He was delighted. He was suddenly being taken seriously by a large group
of people disaffected with orthodox, allopathic methods.... He would say to
me, 'just think of it... eighty students in my workshop! Why it was a large
room, too, and the hall was full of people. They want to know! They need
some practical answers. And by the grace of Master I can give them an­
swers. This work gets to the causes of disease, not just the symptoms, but
the causes! I'm so grateful that I've been given this opportunity."'*
Suddenly there were hundreds of new students of Polarity Therapy, and all were
welcome to his seminars, regardless of their level of knowledge or qualification.
In fact, many new careers in the healing arts began this way, inspired by Dr.
Stone's work. When asked about allowing anyone to learn such powerful tech­
niques, he advised that worry was not necessary: "They'll weed themselves out.
Those who have the gift will use it; those who don't will fall by the wayside."*

After a series of increasingly well-attended workshops on the West Coast,

Dr. Stone surprised many people by retiring completely from practice and teaching
at the height of his popularity. In 1973, at the age of 83, he suddenly announced
that he was returning to India to end his days in meditation. He promptly gave
away all his personal possessions, made arrangements for the continued sale of
his books and the teaching of Polarity Therapy, taught one last farewell seminar
in Hawaii, and departed for India. He lived there, spending increasing time in
meditation, until his peaceful passing on December 9, 1981. He was almost 92
years of age.

*These quotations are excerpted from the fascinating and moving article by Dr.
Robert K. Hall, M.D., Profile: Dr. Randolph Stone, printed in The Lomi Papers,
published by The Lomi School, Tomales, California. For another description of
Dr. Stone and his work, see The Anatomy of Change by Richard Heckler, published
by Shambhala Pubs. Much of the biographical detail above is excerpted from
an article by Dr. Stone's niece, Louise Hilger, and used with her permission.
This new collected edition comprises all of Dr. Stone's original
works on Polarity Therapy. The contents of this two-volume set of
large, sewn-binding paperback editions are as follows:

Volume I
Energy: The Vital Polarity in the Healing Art
The Wireless Anatomy of Man
Polarity Therapy

Volume II
The Mysterious Sacrum
Vitality Balance
25 Evolutionary Energy Charts
& various shorter works

HEALTH BUILDING: The Conscious Art of Living Well by Dr. Randolph

Stone, D.O., D.C., $12.00...200 pages, with photos and illustrations.
A complete health program for people of all ages, based on living
energy currents and designed by the internationally renowned doctor
who specialized in difficult cases. Includes instructions on veg etarian
and purifying diets, as well as energizing exercises for vitality and
beauty. The author has degrees in Osteopathy and Chiropractic and is
the originator of Polarity Therapy.

For information on price or quantity discounts for schools,

teachers, and health centers, please write to CRCS Publications
(address on title page ) .